SFG1010 V7 ENVIRONMENTAL & SOCIAL POLICY & PROCEDURES FRAMEWORK(ESPPF) Assam Electricity Grid Corporation Limited (AEGCL) & Assam Power Distribution Company Limited (APDCL) AEGCL/APDCL/Final-ESPPF/2015 June’ 15 Contents EXECUTIVE SUMMARY .......................................................................................................... i-xlii 1.0 Project Context ..................................................................................................................... 1 1.1 State Specific Details - Assam .................................................................................. 2 2.0 Environment and Social Context – Assam.................................................................................. 5 2.1 Approach/ Methodology ........................................................................................... 6 2.2 Consultation/ Participation ....................................................................................... 6 2.3 Structure of the Report ............................................................................................. 7 3.0 Assam - An overview ................................................................................................................. 8 4.0 Stakeholder Analysis ................................................................................................................. 26 5.0 Issues, Impacts and Management Measures - Social ................................................................. 29 5.1 Impacts – Social ..................................................................................................... 29 5.2 Management Framework - Social ........................................................................... 30 5.3 Principles ............................................................................................................... 30 5.4 Definitions ............................................................................................................. 30 5.5 Legal and Regulatory Framework ........................................................................... 36 5.6 Mitigation Measures ............................................................................................... 40 6.0 Issues, Impacts and Management Measures - Environment ....................................................... 51 6.1 Environmental issues ............................................................................................... 51 6.2 Principles ............................................................................................................... 54 6.3 Definitions ............................................................................................................. 54 6.4 Legal and Regulatory Framework ........................................................................... 55 6.5 Assessment of Environment Impact ........................................................................ 59 6.6 Management Framework ........................................................................................ 60 7.0 Integration of environment and social management measures into overall project cycle ...... 63 8.0 Implementation Arrangements ............................................................................................ 88 8.1 Administrative Arrangement for Project Implementation ............................................... 88 8.2 Review of Project Implementation Progress: ............................................................... 88 8.3 Implementation Arrangement for Environment & Social Management by AEGCL/APDCL ............................................................................................................................... 89 9.0 Training & Capacity Building ............................................................................................. 96 10.0 Grievance Redressal Mechanism (GRM) .......................................................................... 100 11.0 Monitoring & Evaluation ................................................................................................. 102 12.0 Budget .................................................................................................................................. 106 13.0 Stakeholders Consultation……………………………………………………………… ..107 List of Tables Table 1.1: Summary of subprojects in Tranche- I under NERPSIP ....................................................... 3 Table 3.1: Administrative Setup in Assam ............................................................................................ 9 Table 3.2: Demographic Profile ......................................................................................................... 11 Table 3.3: District-wise Forest Cover .................................................................................................. 16 Table 3.4: List of Protected Area ........................................................................................................ 17 Table 3.5 Allocation of Power to Assam ............................................................................................. 22 Table 3.6: Status of Electrification in Assam....................................................................................... 25 Table 4.1: Key Stakeholders and their expectations/issues .................................................................. 26 Table 5.1: Management Measures to address potential Social issues ................................................... 34 Table 5.2 : Legal and Regulatory Provisions - Social .......................................................................... 37 Table 5.3: Comparison between WB Policy (OP 4.12) Requirements and RFCTLARR Act 2013……33 Table 5.4: Land Availability for Substations ………………………………………………………44 Table 5.5: Compensation and R&R Entitlement Framework for Land Acquisition ......................... 46 Table 6.1: RoW Clearance between Conductors and Trees .................................................................. 52 Table 6.2: Legal and Regulatory Provisions – Environment ................................................................ 55 Table 6.3: Potential Environmental Issues and its Management Measures ........................................... 60 Table 7.1: Environmental and Social Assessment & Management Process of a Typical T & D Project 82 Table 7.2: AEGCL/APDCL’ Risk Responsibility Framework ............................................................. 87 Table 8.1: Responsibility Allocation Framework for the E&S Assessment & Management Process .... 93 Table 9.1: AEGCL/APDCL’s Skill Requirement ................................................................................ 97 Table 9.2: Skill Development Program ............................................................................................... 99 Table 11.1: Monitoring of Mitigation Measures under ESPPF........................................................... 102 List of Figures Figure 1.1 : Power Map of the State Assam ............................................................................................ 4 Figure 3.1: Forest Cover Of Assam........................................................................................................15 Figure 3.2: Forest and Wildlife Habitats of Assam .................................................................................20 Figure 5.1: Activity Chart RFCTLARRA, 2013 .....................................................................................48 Figure 6.1: Approval Process of Forest Clearance ..................................................................................59 Figure 7.1: Project Cycle of a Typical Transmission/Distribution Project ...............................................64 Figure 7.2: Environmental and Social Management Procedures .............................................................69 Figure 8.1: AEGCL/APDCL’s Organization Chart with Arrangement for ESPPF Implementation .........92 Figure 10.1: Flow chart showing Grievance Redressal Mechanism ......................................................101 List of Annexures Annexure Title No. 1 Comprehensive Details of Assam 2 Assam Investment Plan under NERPSIP (GoI & World Bank Funding) 3 Social Management Framework (SMF) Salient Features of the Right to fair compensation and Transparency in Land 4 Acquisition, Resettlement and Rehabilitation Act, 2013 (RFCTLARRA, 2013) 5 Salient Features of the Electricity Act, 2003 Tree/Crop/Tower Footing Compensation Process (other than Forest Land 6 Compensation) 6a Typical Plan of Transmission Line Tower Footings 7 Health and Safety Checklists 8 Regulations for measures relating to Safety and Electric Supply 9 Right of Way/Width (RoW) in Forest: 132 kV S/C Line during construction 10 Forest Clearance Process 10a Online Submission and Monitoring of Forests Clearances Proposals (OSMFCP) 11 Environment Impact Assessment Notification, 2006 12 Form –8 for Disposal of Batteries Hazardous Waste(Management, Handling & Trans-boundary Movement) Rule, 2008 13 notification dated 24th Sept.’ 2008 14 Form-2 for Maintaining Records of E-Waste Handled / Generated 15 Pro-forma for Environment and Social details for Transmission Line and substations 16 Format for details of Sites identified for substations 17 Form of Safety Plan to be submitted by the Contractor 18 Checklist for Inspection of Transmission Lines and Substation 19 Sample ToR for Bio-diversity Assessment 20 Contents of Compensation Plan for Temporary Damages (CPTD) 20 Contents of Initial Environment Assessment Report (IEAR) 21 Contents of Compensation Plan for Temporary Damages (CPTD) 22 Contents of Final Environment Assessment Report (FEAR) 23 AEGCL/APDCL’s Public Consultation Process Abbreviations ADB : Asian Development Bank ADCs : Autonomous District Councils AEGCL : Assam Electricity Grid Corporation Ltd APGCL : Assam Power Generation Corporation Ltd. APDCL : Assam Power Distribution Company Ltd ASEB : Assam Electricity Board BoD : Board of Directors CA : Compensatory Afforestation CBD : Convention on Biological Diversity CEA : Central Electricity Authority CEM : Chief Executive Member CF : Conservator of Forests CKM : Circuit Kilometers CPCB : Central Pollution Control Board CPTD : Compensation Plan for Temporary Damages CSGS : Central Sector Generation Scheme DFO : Divisional Forest Officer DL : Distribution Line DPR : Detail Project Report EA : Environmental Assessment EAMP : Environment Assessment Management Plan E&F : Environment & Forests E&S : Environmental and Social EMF : Electro Magnetic Fields EPA : Environment Protection Act ESMP : Environmental and Social Management Plan ESMC : Environmental and Social Management Cell ESPPF : Environmental and Social Policy Procedures Framework FEAR : Final Environmental Assessment Report GDP : Gross Domestic Product GHG : Green House Gas GoA : Government of Assam GRC : Grievance Redressal Committee HT : High Tension IEAR : Initial Environmental Assessment Report kV : Kilo-volt kWh : Kilo-watt hour LT : Low Tension MDONER : Ministry of Development of North Eastern Region MoEF : Ministry of Environment& Forests MU : Million Units MVA : Million Volt Amperes MW : Mega Watts NBWL : National Board for Wildlife NE : North East NEC : North Eastern Council NO : Nodal Officer NOC : No Objection Certificate NPV : Net Present Value NSDP : Net State Domestic Product OP : Operational Policy O&M : Operation & Maintenance PCB : Polychlorinated Biphenyl PCCF : Principal Chief Conservator of Forests PMU : Project Management Unit RFCTLARRA : The Right to Fair Compensation and Transparency in Land Acquisition Rehabilitation and Resettlement Act, 2013 R&R : Rehabilitation & Resettlement RoW : Right of Way SIA : Social Impact Assessment SF6 : Sulfur Hexafluoride SIMP : Social Impact Assessment and Management Plan SMF : Social Management Framework SPCB : State Pollution Control Board T&D : Transmission and Distribution TL : Transmission Line TPDP : Tribal People Development Plan WB : World Bank EXECUTIVE SUMMARY 1 India's North East Region (NER) stretches across the eastern foothills of the Himalayan mountain range and is comprised of seven states including Assam, Manipur, Meghalaya, Mizoram, Nagaland, and Tripura. Geographically the region is connected to the other parts of the country through a small “chicken neck” corridor in the State of West Bengal. With a total population of 45.6 million (2011 census), the sparsely populated NER accounts for about 3.7 percent of India’s total population and covers 7.9 percent of India’s total geographical area. The vast majority of the region’s population lives in rural areas, accounting for 82 percent of the total population as against compared to the national average of 69 percent (2011). A large part of the NER is hilly and, recognized as one of the globe’s biodiversity hotspots. Forests cover over 2/3rd of the area, twice exceeding the policy target of 33%. This sparsely populated region is characterized by extraordinary ethnic, cultural, religious and linguistic diversity, with more than 160 Scheduled Tribes (out of 630 in the country) comprising over 400 distinct sub tribal groups, and a large and diverse non-tribal population as well. 2 Regional Power Transmission and Distribution. The North Eastern Region (NER) in India is endowed with rich energy resources but faces significant bottlenecks in electricity access and availability levels. The per capita power consumption in NER is one-third of the national average. The region has a shortfall of about 500 MW installed capacity against peak demand of about 1950 MW. No significant generation capacity has been added in the recent past. Therefore, inadequate power supply continues a critical constraint to sustainable growth and economic development in the NER. Some states are generally not able to draw even their allocated share of power from the Central Generating Stations (CGS) through the grid due to poor/ inadequate intra/ interstate transmission and distribution network and no capacity addition towards transmission/distribution power system not done due to fund constraints. The transmission and distribution (T&D) losses are also drastically high (up to 50%) across most of the States as a large number of remote hilly areas are connected through long low tension lines, resulting in low voltages and poor quality of power at consumer end. While generation capacity addition of about 4000 MW program over present installed capacity is already underway, adequate transmission and distribution infrastructure to transmit and distribute this power to consumers within the North-Eastern States is the need of the day. Project Context 3 In order to create/ augment proper infrastructure of T&D in NER. Government of India (GoI) has formulated a “Composite scheme for transmission and distribution (T&D) in NER” capable of delivering adequate power to most consumers with reliability, aiming to improve the inter-state and intra-state transmission and sub-transmission infrastructure and reduce system losses in all the NER i states. The Govt. of India (GoI) has approached the World Bank to provide US$ 1500 million of IBRD funding support to portion of the scheme “NER Power System Improvement Project (NERPSIP)” in three investment tranches each being US$ 500 million for strengthening, augmentation of the intra-state and interstate transmission and distribution schemes (33kV and above and above) and undertake capacity building initiatives across six NER States of Assam, Manipur, Mizoram, Meghalaya, Tripura and Nagaland for World Bank & GoI funding. Ministry of Power (MoP), GoI has appointed POWERGRID, as the Central Implementing Agency (IA) to the six North East States for the Project. However, the ownership of the assets shall be with the respective State Governments/ State Utilities, which upon progressive commissioning shall be handed over to them for taking care of Operation and Maintenance of Assets at their own cost. 4 The project’s first investment tranche would be implemented over a seven year period (2014- 2021) and has two major components, namely: a) Priority investments for strengthening of intra-state transmission and distribution systems; b) Technical Assistance for Institutional Strengthening and Capacity Building of power utilities and departments. 5 In the above background, Assam state, one of the states in NER, is contemplating major expansion and augmentation of its transmission & distribution network in near future by implementing projects with the help/grant from GoI and other Multilateral Funding Agencies like the World Bank and ADB. Given the unique socio-economic, cultural and environmental resources, Assam Electricity Grid Corporation Ltd (AEGCL) and Assam Power Generation Corporation Ltd. (APDCL) in Assam is committed to manage them highly sustainably. Towards this, plans have been made by AEGCL/APDCL to prepare an Environment and Social Policy and Procedures Framework (ESPPF) to serve as a guiding instrument. AEGCL/APDCL assimilates environmental and social management procedures into its corporate functioning and also layout management procedures and protocol to address them. It outlines AEGCL/APDCL's commitment to deal with environmental and social issues relating to its transmission & distribution projects with a framework for identification, assessment and management of environmental and social concerns at both organizational as well as project levels. For this, POWERGRID, with proven credentials in management of environmental and social issues of large number of power transmission projects both within and outside the country has been mandated to prepare an ESPPF for AEGCL/APDCL. Thus, it enables AEGCL/APDCL;  To establish clear procedures and methodologies for the environmental and social screening, planning, review, approval and implementation of subprojects to be financed under the Project;  To specify appropriate roles and responsibilities, and outline the necessary reporting procedures, for managing and monitoring environmental and social concerns related to sub- projects; ii  To determine the training, capacity building and technical assistance needed to successfully implement the provisions of the ESPPF;  To ensure adequate financial provisions to meet the management measures to be undertaken to mitigate the impacts. 6 AEGCL/APDCL also believes that the ESPPF is dynamic and living document, which shall be further upgraded in light of the experiences gained from field implementation and other relevant factors while mainstreaming the environmental and social concerns in its corporate functioning. AEGCL/APDCL’s Environment & Social Policy Statement “AEGCL/APDCL considering the rich natural resources and diverse cultural, religious, social practice and customary laws of the region commits to achieve the goal of sustainable development and shall follow the principles of avoidance, minimization and mitigation during implementation of its projects with complete transparency and due social responsibility.” 7 The key principles of AEGCL/APDCL’s Environmental and Social Policy are:  Avoidance of environmentally and socially sensitive areas while planning project activities;  Minimization of impacts when project activities occur in environmentally and socially sensitive areas;  Mitigation of any unavoidable negative impacts arising out of its projects. Methodology & Approach 8 The ESPPF has been prepared following a region/ state specific environmental and social assessments which involved generating information through both primary and secondary sources including consultations and library research. The methodology adopted to identify the potential environment and social impacts is based on experience gained from implementation of similar projects and baseline assessments of work activities anticipated in this proposed project. The methodology takes in to account wide range of receptors:  Physical & chemical environment (e.g. water, soil, etc.);  Biological environment (forest, animals, birds, etc.); and  Communities, social groups and individuals (loss of land, loss of agricultural production, tribal, vulnerable groups (women and backward classes), socio-economic condition, health and safety risks). 9 The basic approach broadly involved following:  Review of environment & social baseline information from secondary sources;  Review of existing national & state specific legislations and policy and guidelines of multilateral agencies; iii  Review of project related documents; and  Stakeholders’ consultations. Consultation/ Participation 10 Consultations with key stakeholders including local, state, regional, central government entities and key ministries at the state level and central level as well as with World Bank officials were undertaken to know views and concerns about environmental and social issues/ concerns of the project. This activity ensured appropriate participation and gathering views from the environment and social perspective of all the stakeholders’ which is integrated in this ESPPF to be adopted during different stages of the project implementation. Assam at a Glance 11 Geography and Governance. The State of Assam spreads over an area of 78,438 sq km. and lies between 89°5'- 96°1' East and 24°3'- 27°58' North. Assam is surrounded by six of the other Seven Sister States: Arunachal Pradesh, Nagaland, Manipur, Mizoram, Tripura, and Meghalaya. Geographically Assam and these States are connected to the rest of India via a strip of land in West Bengal called the Siliguri Corridor or "Chicken's Neck". Assam shares international borders with Bhutan and Bangladesh. 12 The State of Assam is divided into 4 divisions (namely Upper Assam, Lower Assam, North Assam and Hills and Barak Valley Division) each headed by a Commissioner. The Commissioner oversees the activities of a number of districts. The State of Assam is divided into 27 districts. To further provide regional autonomy and better status within the constitutional framework from the tribes of Assam some of the areas have been incorporated within the sixth schedule of the Constitution of India. The Sixth Schedule provides for administration of certain tribal areas as autonomous entities. There are nine such autonomous regions which have been defined in the State of Assam. The administration of autonomous councils vested in a District Council and of an autonomous region, in a Regional Council. These Councils are endowed with legislative, judicial, executive and financial powers. Six schedule areas in Assam are Bodoland Territorial Council, Karbi Anglong Autonomous Council, Dima Hasao Autonomous District Council1. 13 Demography. The Population of Assam according to the 2011 census stands at 3,12,05,576, making it the 14th most populated State in India. The State makes up about 2.5% of the country's 1 Govt. of Assam has recently created 6 more Autonomous Councils viz. Rabha Hasong Autonomous Council (RHAC), Mishing Autonomous Council (MAC), Tiwa Autonomous Council (TAG), Deori Autonomous Council (DAC), Thengal Kachari Autonomous Council (TKAC) and Sonowal Kachari Autonomous Council (SKAC). iv population. The State is spread over an area of about 78,400 sq. km. making it the 16th largest State in the country in terms of area. The density of population per sq km is about 398 and almost equal to the national average. The State has a population growth rate of about 17% which is again very close to the national growth rate. The literacy rate in the State is 72.19% (census 2011) where male and female literacy rates are 78.81% and 67.27% respectively. Sex Ratio in Assam is 958, which is above national average of 940 as per census 2011. The Scheduled Castes (SCs) and Scheduled Tribes (STs) population consists nearly 7.15% and 12.45 % of the total population in the State. 14 Forests and Protected Areas. The State of Assam is enriched with extensive forest area and also rich with different species and strains of floras and faunas along with valuable forest products. Forest cover constitutes 35.28% of total land area of this State. The recorded forest area of Assam is 26,832 sq. km. Also there are nearly 40 Sacred Groves are identified in Assam. Mostly Sacred Groves are found in Karbi Anglong district. However, some of the monasteries like Shankaradeva maths distributed all over the State also have Sacred Groves. These Sacred Groves are ecologically rich and play important role in the religious and sociocultural life of the local people and homes to many medicinal and aromatic plants. These sacred groves are protected by the community but do not have any legal protection. 15 In Assam 25 protected area networks consisting of 5 National Parks, and 20 Wildlife Sanctuaries (including 2 proposed WLS) are formed. All these National Parks and WLS hold a large number of endangered and local species (refer Table - 1). Assam has five Elephant Reserves (Sonitpur ER (1,420 sq km), Dehing-Patkai ER (937 sq km), Kaziranga-Karbi Anglong ER (3,270 sq km), Dhansiri-Lungding ER (2,740 sq km), and Chirang-Ripu ER (2,600 sq km) and Eight Elephant Corridors connects these Elephant Reserves, Protected Forest and nearby forests locating in the neighboring States (viz. Arunachal Pradesh and Meghalaya). Table - 1: Protected Area Network in Assam Sl. National Park and Location Main Habitat No. Wildlife Sanctuaries (District) 1. Kaziranga National Golaghat, One horned Rhino, Swamp Deer, Wild Buffalo, Park Nagaon & Tiger, Elephant, Hoolock Gibbon, Capped Langur, Sonitpur Home to 25 globally threatened and 21 near threatened species of birds 2. Manas National Park Chirang and Rhino, Elephant, Tiger, Pygmy Hog, Hispid hare, Baksa Golden Langur, Assamese Macaque, Rhesus Macaque, Leopard, Golden Cat, Fishing Cat, Leopard Cat, Jungle Cat, Large Indian civet, Small Indian civet, Toddy Cat 3. Orang National Park Udalguri and Rhino, Tiger, Maljuria Elephants (male elephants in v Sl. National Park and Location Main Habitat No. Wildlife Sanctuaries (District) Sonitpur group), Hog Deer, Wild Pig 222 species of Birds ( Greater Adjutant Stork, Lesser Adjutant Stork, Brahminy Duck, Pintail Duck etc.) 4. Nameri National Park Sonitpur Tiger, Leopard, Elephant, Gaur, Wild Pigs, Sambar, Barking Deer, Hispid hare, Slow Loris, Capped Langur, White Winged Wood duck, Palla’s fish- eagle, Lesser Adjutant Stork, Greater spotted Eagle, White ramped vulture, Longo billed vulture, Black bellied Term, Rufous–necked Hornbill, Wreathed Hornbill, Great Pied Hornbill etc. 5. Dibru-Saikhowa Dibrugarh and Tiger, Elephant, Leopard, Jungle Cat, Bears, Small National Park Tinsukia Indian Civet, Squirrels, Gangetic Dolphin, Slow Loris, Assamese Macaque, Rhesus Macaque, Capped Langur, Hoolock Gibbon. It is an identifies Important Bird Area (IBA) 6. Bherjan-Borajan- Tinsukia Hoolock Gibbon, Capped Langur, Pig-tailed, Padumoni WLS Macaque, Macaque, Slow Loris and Rhesus Macaque 7. Panidehing WLS Sivasagar Elephants, Lesser Adjutant Stork, Greater Adjutant, Swamp Francolin, Spot-billed Pelican, White- rumped Vulture, Greater Spotted Eagle, Slender- billed Vulture, Pallas's Fish-eagle 8. Hollongpara Gibbon Jorhat 7 Primates (Hoolock Gibbon, Stump- tailed WLS Macaque, Capped Langur, Pig-tailed Macaque, Assamese Macaque, Slow Loris and Rhesus Macaque) 9. Nambor-Doigurung Golaghat Gaur, Elephants, Hoolock Gibbon WLS 10. Garampani WLS Karbi Anglong Elephants, White-winged Duck, Lesser Adjutant Stork 11. Nambor WLS Karbi Anglong Gaur , Elephants, Hoolock Gibbon 12. East Karbi Anlong Karbi Anglong Gaur, Elephants, Tiger, Hoolock Gibbon WLS 13. Marat Longri WLS Karbi Anglong Tigers, Leopards, Gaur, Elephants, Hoolock Gibbon 14. Burhachapori WLS Sonitpur Elephants, Aquatic Birds, Tiger, Bengal Florican 15. Laokhowa WLS Nagaon Elephant, Tiger, Asiatic Wild Buffalo, Bengal Florican 16. Pabitora WLS Morigaon Rhino, Leopards, Barking Deer, Lesser Adjutant, Greater Adjutant, White-bellied Heron, Greater Spotted Eagle vi Sl. National Park and Location Main Habitat No. Wildlife Sanctuaries (District) 17. Sonai-Rupai WLS Sonitpur White Winged wood duck, Elephant, Tiger, Gaur 18. Barnadi WLS Udalguri Hispid Hare, Pygmy Hog, Elephants, Tiger 19. Chakrasila WLS Kokrajhar Golden Langur, Gaur 20. Dihing-Patkai WLS Dibrugarh and Hoolock Gibbon, Elephants, White Winqed wood Tinsukia duck, Tiqer 21. Borail WLS Cachar Serow, Himalayan Black bear, Hoolock Gibbon 22. Amchang WLS Kamrup(Metro) Elephant, Gaur, Leopard 23. Deepor Beel Wildlife Kamrup Greater Adjutant Stork, Whistling Teal, Open Billed Sanctuary (Metro) Stork, Shoveler, Pintail, Garganey, Pheasant tail jacanas 24 North Karbi Anglong Karbi Anglong Tiger, Lesser cats, Elephant, Gaur, Sambar, Bears, Wildlife Sanctuaries Barking deer, Rhesus macaque, Hoolock gibbon, (Proposed) Capped langur, Slow loris 25 Bordoibam Bilmukh Dhemaji and Kingfishers, Large whistling Teal, Lesser Adjutant Bird Sanctuaries Lakhimpur Stork, Spotted Dove, Pheasant tailed Jacana, Bronze (Proposed) winged Jacana, Indian River Tern, Black Headed Gull, White Wagtail, Black Headed Oriole, Purple Moorhen, Openbill Stork 16 Power Scenario. The peak demand of the State is 1430 MW. The State’s own generation is about 260MW out of their installed capacity of 377 MW as hydel generation (ROR i. e. Run of the Rivers) is negligible due to insufficient rainfall. The allocation of power in the State is depicted in the table below: Sl. Capacity Allotment To Assam Particulars Remarks No. MW % MW 1 Kathalguri (AGBPP) 291 56.5 164 Gas based 2 R C Nagar (AGTPP) 84 45.6 38 Gas based 3 Ranganadi (RHEP) 405 43.3 175 Run on River 4 Loktak (NHPC) 105 29.4 31 Reservoir 5 Khangdong (KHEP) 50 56.3 28 Reservoir 6 Kopili-I (KOP-I) 200 53.5 107 Reservoir 7 Kopili-II (KOP-II) 25 52.3 13 Reservoir 8 Doyang (DHEP) 75 43.8 33 Reservoir A Total CSGS- NER 1235 589 B Total CSGS- ER 162 vii C TOTAL CSGS 751 1 Lakwa TPS 157 100 157 Gas based 2 Namrup TPS 120 100 120 Gas based 3 Karbi Langpi HEP 100 100 100 Run on River D APGCL TOTAL 377 377 EIPL, AOD, Champamati E OTHERS 31 100 31 HEP etc. F TOTAL AVAILABILITY 1159 Source: http://www.apdcl.gov.in/irj/go/km/docs/internet/ASSAM/webpage/PDF/prespower.pdf: 17 Power Utilities. Assam Electricity Grid Corporation Limited (AEGCL) responsible for transmission of electricity to the distribution network of Assam could handle hardly 720 MW only in the year 2004. After 2004, on the assistance of Govt. of India and Govt. of Assam, different projects like ADB funding, NLCPR, NEC, TDF were implemented and grid capacity enhanced to handle load in the tune of 1603 MW presently. Since then, AEGCL has incorporated 4949.374 circuit kms of EHV lines and has a transformation capacity of about 4565.80 MVA from existing 54 numbers of EHV (400kV, 220kV, 132kV level) substations. AEGCL has also anticipated for additional transmission lines (around 900 Ckms) and transformation capacities (about 1300 MVA) by constructing new EHV substations (220 kV, 132kV level) and augmenting existing substations with assistance of Govt. of India and other funding resources including ADB. 18 The distribution of power is carried out by APDCL in the whole State of Assam by its three main regions or zones viz. Upper Assam, Central Assam and Lower Assam.  APDCL- Upper Assam Region: It caters to the consumers of the districts of Golaghat, Jorhat, Sibsagar, Dibrugarh, Tinsukia, in Upper Assam. It has over 6.62 lakhs of consumers connected through 1503.5 Ckt km. of 33 kV lines and 9270.5 Ckt km. of 11 kV lines & 106 nos. of 33/11 KV substations of 896 MVA Capacity.  APDCL- Central Assam Region: Area of operation of this zone is spread across the Districts of. Cachar, Karimganj, Hailakandi, Nagaon, Sonitpur, North Lakhimpur Dhemaji Morigaon, N.C.Hills & Karbi Anglong. It has around 10.65 lakhs consumers distributed through 2539 Ckm of 33 KV lines and 22284.00 Ckm. of 11 KV network and 98 nos. of 33/11 KV substations with a total capacity of 814.00 MVA .  APDCL- Lower Assam Region: This zone caters to the energy needs of the consumers of the districts located in lower Assam, namely, Kamrup, Nalbari, Barpeta, Kokrajhar, Bongaigaon, Goalpara and Darrang. It has over 11.94 Lakh consumers of different categories at present viii connected through 2047 Ckt km 33 kV lines and 9950 Ckt. km of 11 kV network and 105 nos. of 33/11 kV substations with a total capacity of 978.95 MVA. 19 Efforts are underway not only to bridge the gap but also ensure that adequate power is made available to enable boosting of State economy. An abstract of subprojects for the tranche-1 under expansion/augmentation of power system network in the State of Assam is presented in Table 2. Table 2: Summary of subprojects in Tranche- I under NERPSIP Sl. Quantity Capacity Addition Estimated Cost Name of the subproject (in Millions) * No. (Nos.) (Km/MVA) 1. 220/132 kV Transmission lines 11 376 km. 220/132/33kV substations 10824.80 2. 20 1644 MVA (New/Augmentation/Extension) 33 kV Distribution lines 3. 38 479.km. (overhead/underground) 3913.20 4. 33/11kV substations (New) 16 240 MVA *The estimated cost includes consultancy fees, contingencies and Interest During Construction (IDC) Stakeholder analysis 20 Stakeholder’s analysis has been undertaken to identify the issues and the concerns of various stakeholders who are supposed to be either directly or indirectly impacted/benefited or assume a position wherein they can have a significant role to influence the project. The Stakeholder’s analysis has been carried out to identify existing relationship and also to understand the roles, responsibilities and relations of these stakeholders in context of shaping the environment and social issues with respect to proposed project. Accordingly, key stakeholders at different levels starting from village/panchayat level up to national level have been mapped to know their issues & expectations with respect to proposed project. The process of consultation with stakeholders involves formal and informal discussion. A wide range of issues were discussed with various stakeholders that might have environmental / social concern. Some of the key issues are listed below: 1. Environment Issues  Impact on forest and biodiversity area e.g. national parks, sanctuary, biosphere reserves, etc.  Impact due to waste (Used Oil or E-waste), oil spills, sanitation;  Occupational health and safety during implementation , operation and maintenance phase;  Soil erosion and slope un-stability;  Leakage of SF6, a the potent greenhouse gas; and  Any other adverse environment issues. ix 2. Social and Institutional Issues  Securing land for substation;  Temporary damages to land, crops, trees or structures during construction;  Health and Safety risk including HIV/AIDS;  Community participation during project cycle i.e. planning, implementation and operation  Tribal/vulnerable groups;  Locals, Women and Inter agency participation/coordination; and  Ethnic and cultural conflicts. Impacts – Social 21 This section identifies the potential social impacts of the proposed projects in terms of the nature, magnitude, extent and location, timing and duration of the anticipated impacts. These impacts are both positive or negative relating to the project design stage, construction stage or the project operation and decommissioning stage. i. Positive Impacts  Increased economic activity;  Improved and reliable power supply;  Employment creation;  Improved road infrastructure;  Gender - Access to electricity would improve the quality of life and also reduce the time consumption of women for household activities which will entail availability of more time for other activities.  Reduced consumption/ reliance of/ on fossil fuels like firewood, charcoal etc.;  Capacity Building. ii. Negative Impacts  Loss of land;  Restriction on land use;  Temporary loss of access to Common Property Resources; and  Health and Safety risk including HIV/AIDS. Impacts - Environment 22 This section identifies the potential environmental impacts of the proposed projects. These impacts are both positive or negative relating to the project design stage, construction stage or the project operation and decommissioning stage. x i. Positive Impacts  Availability of power lessen the demand of natural resources like firewood, charcoal etc. resulting in conservation/protection of forest/vegetation. ii. Negative Impacts  Clearance of tree within RoW;  Impacts on forest, wildlife habitats and migratory birds;  Impacts on drainage, soil erosion & water resources;  Impacts on traffic and road infrastructure;  Aesthetic appeal of area;  Impacts from likely oil spillage;  Effect of electromagnetic (EMF) fields;  Leakage SF6; and  Health & Safety The potential E & S issues identified shall be managed within the applicable regulatory framework and international best practices. Policy, Legal and Regulatory Framework 23 AEGCL/APDCL undertakes its Transmission/ Distribution system (33 kV and above) activities within the purview of Constitutional provisions, Policy, Legal, and Regulatory Framework for environmental and social issues applicable to power transmission & distribution. In addition, the requirements of multilateral funding agencies are also considered in the management procedures for addressing environmental and social issues. 24 The Constitution of India provides for protection of the environment and its improvement as a fundamental duty and the Directive Principles of State Policy under Article 51 A (g) and Article 48 A respectively. The Apex Court has widened the scope of Article 21 (Right to Life) bringing environmental impacts under its ambit. Similarly, the constitutional provisions in regard to social safeguards are enshrined in the Preamble to the Constitution, such as justice, social, economic and political; liberty of thought, expression, belief, faith and worship; equality of status and of opportunity; fraternity assuring the dignity of the individual and the unity and integrity of the Nation. Fundamental Rights and Directive Principles guarantee the right to life and liberty. Health, safety and livelihood been interpreted as part of this larger framework. The provisions on social safeguards are contained in Articles 14, 15, 17, 23, 24, 25, 46, 330, 332, etc. xi 25 Sixth Schedule: In addition to basic fundamental rights, special provisions have been extended to the Tribal Areas of State under the 6th Schedule [Articles 244(2) and 244(A)]. The Sixth Schedule provides for administration of certain tribal areas as autonomous entities. There are nine such autonomous regions which have been defined in the State of Assam. The administration of autonomous councils vested in a District Council and of an autonomous region, in a Regional Council. These Councils are endowed with legislative, judicial, executive and financial powers. Most Council consists of up to 30 members including few nominated members. These constitutionally mandated Councils oversee the traditional bodies of the local tribes. The functions of the autonomous council are:  Allotment, occupation use or setting apart of land other than reserved forest for agriculture;  Management of forest (which is not a reserved forest);  Regulation of jhum cultivation or any other form s of shifting agriculture;  Village or town administration including public health & sanitation.  Inheritance of property  Social customs The Sixth Schedule envisages establishment of Autonomous Councils (ACs) and gives them elaborate Legislative, Administrative and Judicial powers. The district councils are also empowered to constitute Village councils and Village courts. The Sixth Schedule empowers the Governor to determine the administrative areas of the councils. He is authorized to create new autonomous districts, change the area of existing districts, redefine the boundaries and alter the names of autonomous districts. In case of Sixth Schedule areas the transfer of land from tribal to non-tribal is not allowed without the prior permission of the District Commissioner. The district council has been empowered to make laws pertaining to land and forest (other than reserve forest). The compensation for the damage to land, property and forest would be governed by the provisions of the rules formulated by the District Councils. 26 Environment : Mandatory environmental requirements for AEGCL/APDCL at state level include: sanction of GoA under section 68(1) of the Electricity Act, 2003; Forest clearance under the Forest (Conservation) Act, 1980; During the currency of operations, Regulations on Batteries (Management and handling) Rules, 2001 regarding disposal of used batteries, Hazardous Wastes (Management, Handling and Transboundary Movement) Rules, 2008 regarding disposal of used transformer oil, Ozone Depleting Substances (Regulation and Control) Rules, 2000 putting restrictions on use of ozone depleting substances come into force and required voluntary enforcement and provisions under Biological Diversity Act, 2002, E-waste (Management and Handling) Rules, xii 2011 regarding maintaining records & handling of electronic wastes, the Scheduled Tribes & Other Traditional Forest Dwellers (Recognition of Forest Rights) Act, 2006 and Assam Control of Tree Felling Rules, 2012. 27 The Forest (Conservation) Act, 1980 is the key legislation through which the environmental impacts of transmission projects are managed since the current regulation does not require an Environmental Impact Assessment for transmission lines. The legislation requires compensatory afforestation for any forest land diverted for non-forest use in twice the area diverted with afforestation undertaken by the respective state Forest Department. A national fund CAMPA has been created for this purpose. In case projects pass through or are located in designated protected areas, clearances from the Wildlife Board are also required. AEGCL/APDCL has decided to undertake assessment of environmental impacts even for cases where not statutorily mandated in order to confirm compliance with its own policy highlighted in paragraph 6 above. 28 Social: Mandatory Social requirements for AEGCL/APDCL at State level include provisions of section 67 & 68 (5 & 6) of the Electricity Act, 2003 for the calculation of compensation for any temporary damages. Involuntary land acquisitions, if any done, for securing private lands for construction of sub-stations, fall under the realm of The Right to Fair Compensation and Transparency in Land Acquisition Rehabilitation and Resettlement Act, 2013 (RFCTLARRA). The provisions of Indian Treasure Trove Act, 1878 as amended in 1949 covers chance finds. The Right to Information Act, 2005 (RTI) ensures citizens to access information under the control of public authorities. 29 The World Bank (WB) Operational Policies OP 4.01, 4.04, 4.11 & 4.36/ADB’s Safeguard Policy Statement 2009 (SPS 2009) for Environmental and Social Considerations outline funding agencies policy and procedures for Environmental Assessment (EA) of different developmental projects. Depending upon the issues and impacts, the projects are categorized as A, B, and C warranting larger and specialized focus for A and the least for C. This project, as per the WB guidelines, is categorized as A. Likewise, OP 4.10 and 4.12 outlines policy guidelines for managing issues related to tribal people and involuntary resettlement. 30 RFCTLARRA, 2013 has replaced the old Land Acquisition Act, 1894 and has come into force from 1st January 2014. The new act i.e. RFCTLARRA, 2013 authorizes State Govt. (i.e. GoA) or its authorized Government agency to complete the whole process of acquisition of private land including Social Impact Assessment (SIA), Action Plan for R&R (i.e. Rehabilitation and Resettlement) & its implementation and the AEGCL/APDCL’s responsibility is limited to identification and selection of suitable land based on technical requirement and ensuring budget xiii allocation. Conducting Social Impact Assessments (SIA) has been made mandatory under this new act and results of these assessments are shared with all the stakeholders and public hearing held which makes the process transparent and informed. Subsequently, an entitlement package that includes both compensation (for land/structure and assets to land and structure) and R&R as necessary is prepared. Further to this, individual awards are passed and all documents are disclosed in the public domain through local administration and internet. The flow chart of the land acquisition process with schedule prescribed for various activities is illustrated in Figure 1 below. The entitlements with regard to compensation and assistances towards land acquisition or loss of any assets or livelihood for all categories of people being affected due to land acquisition is briefly outlined in Table 3: Table 3: Compensation and R&R Entitlement Framework for Land Acquisition A Comprehensive Compensation Package Eligibility for Entitlement Provisions The affected families Determination of Compensation :  Land Owners: includes any person- 1. Market value of the land  as specified in the Indian Stamp Act, 1899 i) whose name is recorded as (he owner or of the land or building or part  the average of the sale price for similar type of land thereof, in the records of the situated in the village or vicinity, authority concerned; or or ii) any person who is granted forest  consented amount of compensation as agreed in case rights under the Scheduled Tribes of acquisition of lands for private companies or for and Other Traditional Forest public private partnership project. Dwellers (Recognition of Forest whichever is higher Rights) Act, 2006 or under any other Market value x Multiplier* between 1 to 2 in rural law for the time being in force; areas only (No multiplier in urban areas). or iii)who is entitled to be granted Patta 2. Value of the assets attached to land: rights on the land under any law of Building/Trees/Wells/Crop etc. as valued by relevant the State including assigned lands: govt. authority; or iv) any person who has been declared as Land compensation = 1+2 such by an order of the court or 3. Solatium: 100% of total compensation Authority; Total Compensation : 1+2+3 (*) Precise scale shall be determined by the State Govt. The indicative values of multiplier factor based on distance from urban areas as provided in the act. Radial Distance from Urban area (Km) Multiplier Factor 0-10 1.00 10-20 1.20 20-30 1.40 30-40 1.80 40-50 2.00 xiv B. R&R Package Elements of Rehabilitation and Resettlement Entitlements for all the affected families (both land owners and the families whose livelihood is primarily dependent on land acquired) in addition to compensation provided above Sl. Elements of R& R Provision No. Entitlements Subsistence grant/allowance 1. Rs. 3000 per month per family for 12 months for displaced families a. Where jobs are created through the project, mandatory employment for one member per affected family; or b. Rupees 5 lakhs per family; The affected families shall or 2. be entitled to: c. Rupees 2000 per month per family as annuity for 20 years, with appropriate index for inflation; The option of availing (a) or (b) or (c) shall be that of the affected family i. A constructed house shall be provided as per the Indira Awas Yojana specifications. Housing units for ii. A constructed house shall be provided, which will be not displacement: less than 50 sq. mts. in plinth area. i) If a house is lost in rural In either case the equivalent cost of the house may also be 3. provided in lieu of the house as per the preference of the areas: project affected family. ii) If a house is lost in urban The stamp duty and other fees payable for registration of the areas house allotted to the affected families shall be borne by the Requiring Body. Transportation cost for 4. Rs 50,000/- per affected family displaced families Resettlement Allowance 5. Onetime Rs 50,000/- per affected family (for displaced families) Onetime financial assistance as appropriate for construction 6. Cattle shed/ petty shop cost as decided by St. Govt. subject to minimum of Rs.25,000/- Artisan/small traders/others Onetime financial assistance as appropriate as decided by 7. (in case of displacement) State Govt. subject to minimum of Rs.25,000/- Special Provisions for SCs/STs In addition to the R&R package, SC/ST families will be entitled to the following additional benefits: 1. One time financial assistance of Rs. 50,000 per family; 2. Families settled outside the district shall be entitled to an additional 25% R&R benefits; 3. Payment of one third of the compensation amount at very outset; 4. Preference in relocation and resettlement in area in same compact block; 5. Free land for community and social gatherings; 6. In case of displacement, a Development Plan is to be prepared 7. Continuation of reservation and other Schedule V and Schedule VI area benefits from displaced area to resettlement area. xv Figure 1: Activity Chart RFCTLARRA, 2013 Project Cycle – Integrating Environment and Social Issues/ Concerns and Mitigatory Measures 31 Stakeholder analysis and impact assessments had enabled identifying issues. The same are now placed in the project cycle so as to draw management measures for addressing the same. Key milestones in AEGCL/APDCL’s transmission/Distribution (33 kV and above) projects are; i) Project Conceptualization ii) Project Planning iii) Approval iv) Detailed Design and Tendering v) Project Implementation vi) Operation & Maintenance vii) Review and Monitoring and Evaluation. xvi Environmental and Social Concerns 32 Environmental Concerns.  Clearing/lopping of Trees within Right of Way (RoW);  Clearing of Ground Vegetation for Movement of Machinery;  Disposal of Used Transformer Oil;  Disposal of Used Battery;  Disposal of E-waste; and  Leakage/use of SF6 gas. 33 Social Concerns  Loss to Standing Crop;  Change in Land Prices;  Temporary Loss of Access to Common Property Resources;  Restriction on Land Use;  Loss of livelihood due to acquisition of private agricultural land; and  Loss of homestead, if any. 34 Management measures to address the issues/concerns in respect of social and environment are presented in Tables 4 and 5 respectively. Table 4: Social Management Measures Sl. Potential Issues Management Measures 1 Loss of land For Tranche-1, this is an issue as land for only 15 transmission substations out of 36 transmission & distribution substations is available with the Utility (for details refer Table-5.4 in the main report). For remaining 5 transmission and 16 distribution substations, lands will have to be secured a fresh by AEGCL/APDCL through adopting any of the following three methods; i. Purchase of land on willing buyer & willing seller basis on negotiated rate; ii. Voluntary Donation; and iii. Involuntary Acquisition. In case of procurement of land through private purchase, AEGCL/APDCL shall ensure that compensation/rate for land is not less than the rate provided in the new land acquisition act, 2013. In order to comply with this provision AEGCL/APDCL may organize an awareness camp where provisions of new act in respect of basis/modalities of compensation calculation shall be explained to land owners with specific xvii Sl. Potential Issues Management Measures State provision if any. In the case of voluntary donation of land, it is to ascertained that the land owner/user(s) are not subjected to undue pressure for parting of land. Apart from this following shall also be ensured:  All out efforts shall be made to avoid any physical relocation/displacement due to loss of land;  The AEGCL/APDCL shall facilitate extending ‘gratitude’ to the land donor(s) in lieu of the ‘contribution’ if so agreed. The same shall be documented in the shape of MoU between donor and utility.  Subsequently title of land shall be transferred in the name of AEGCL/APDCL. All land donations (as well as purchases) will be subject to a review/ approval from a committee comprising representatives of different sections including those from the IA and GoA. In case of land acquired through involuntary acquisition, provisions of RFCTLARRA, 2013 shall be followed. (for details refer Part – A of Social Management Framework placed as Annexure – 3) 2 Change in land use and Due to inherent flexibility in locating substation and very small size of population relocation land, AEGCL/APDCL avoids habituated area completely hence no for substations relocation of population on account of setting up of substation is envisaged. Although securing land for construction of substations proposed under tranche-1 is an issue, AEGCL/APDCL shall make all out efforts to secure such land wherein possibility of physical relocation/displacement is not envisaged. 3 Change in land use and As per existing law, land for tower/pole and right of way is not acquired population relocation and agricultural activities are allowed to continue after construction due to towers/poles activity and AEGCL/APDCL pays compensation for all damages including cost of land below tower to its owner without acquiring it. Hence change in land use and resultant relocation of people is not envisaged in T&D projects. 4 Right of Way Land for tower and right of way is not acquired as agricultural activities can continue. However, the project shall pay full compensation to all the affected persons/ community for any damages sustained during the execution of work. Accordingly, AEGCL/APDCL has formulated appropriate management plan in the form of Compensation Plan for Temporary Damage (CPTD) to minimize the damages and provide compensation plan for temporary damages in consultation with the state government and affected persons and/ or community (for details refer Part – B of Social Management Framework placed as Annexure – 3) xviii Sl. Potential Issues Management Measures 5 Impact on Tribals The population of Assam as per census 2011 was 3,12,05,576. The Scheduled Tribes (STs) population is 38, 84,371 which constitutes 12.4 per cent of the total population of the State. In compliance with Bank’s Operational Policy 4.10 (Indigenous Peoples) and special provision of RFCTLARRA, 2013, a Tribal People Development Framework has been prepared (refer Part - C of Social Management Framework placed as Annexure – 3) 6 Gender/ women Women involvement will be planned through formal and informal group participation consultations so that their participation is ensured during preparation and implementation of the project. 7 Induced secondary AEGCL/APDCL operations are short-lived and do not induce secondary development during developments during construction. construction 8 Health and safety of During construction the health and safety aspects of workers and nearby worker/employee/ community shall be implemented through contractors with due diligence community and compliance of required regulation/guideline through a safety plan AEGCL/APDCL uses best available technology for lines and do not cause any hazards to health and safety. 9 “Chance finds” or Possibilities of such phenomenon in T&D project are quite remote due discovery of any to limited and shallow excavations. However, in case of such findings, archaeological AEGCL/APDCL will follow the laid down procedure in the Section-4 of artifacts, treasure etc. Indian Treasure Trove Act, 1878 as amended in1949. during excavation 10 Inter Agency Exclusive bodies will be set up at state/ district levels for over-seeing, Coordination reviewing and guiding the project Table 5: Environment Management Measures Sl. Potential Issues Management Measures No 1 Minimising adverse AEGCL/APDCL endeavors to circumvent / lessen environmentally impact on forests sensitive areas such as forest and other ecologically fragile / sensitive areas through optimization of route including use of modern tools like GIS/GPS and other modern techniques. 2. Clearing/Lopping of Use of extended/special tower to reduce RoW and impact on trees trees 3.  Vegetation damage To minimise damage to vegetation and habitat fragmentation,  Habited Loss AEGCL/APDCL utilises hand clearing and transportation of tower material by head loads into forestland and other land as well, wherever possible. xix Sl. Potential Issues Management Measures No 4.  Habitat fragmentation AEGCL/APDCL maintains only a 3m wide strip for O&M and  Edge effect on flora allows for regeneration of vegetation in the other one or two strips & fauna and beneath the transmission lines to avoid habitat fragmentation and edge effect. In hilly area this can possibly be totally avoided. 5. Chances of accident APDCL shall try to avoid such area to the extent possible. However, involving elephant in in case avoidance is not possible, suitable design modification in the the specified corridor pole like provision of spike guards, barbed wire fencing or any other due to placing of poles arrangement shall be incorporated in such location. 6. Erosion of soil and AEGCL/APDCL would ensure that all cut and fill slopes in TL/DL drainage along the cut are adequately protected using standard engineering practices and fill slopes in hilly including bio-engineering techniques wherever feasible. All drainage areas channels along or inside substations shall be trained and connected to main or existing drainage to avoid any erosion due to uncontrolled flow of water. 7. Chemical contamination AEGCL/APDCL does not use chemicals for forest clearance/RoW from chemical maintenance maintenance techniques 8. Poly- Chloro-Biphenyls AEGCL/APDCL use mineral oil in electrical equipments. (PCBs) in electrical Specification of oil containing PCB less 2 mg/kg (non –detectable equipment level) stated in the tender document 9. Induced secondary AEGCL/APDCL operations are short-lived and do not induce development during secondary developments during construction construction 10. Avian hazards from Avian hazards mostly encountered in bird sanctuaries area and fly transmission/distribution path of migratory bird predominantly related to nesting site. Although lines and towers the incidence of avian hazards is rare due to the distance between the conductors. AEGCL/APDCL shall take all possible precaution to avoid these areas by careful route selection. However, bird guards are provided to prevent any avian hazards. 11. Air craft hazards from AEGCL/APDCL as per the requirement of IS 5613 of July’94 transmission lines and provides aviation markers, night-lights for easy identification of towers towers in notified/selected areas. 12. Health and safety of During construction the health and safety aspects of workers and worker/employee/ nearby community shall be implemented through contractors with community due diligence and compliance of required regulation/guideline through a safety plan. AEGCL/APDCL uses best available technology for lines and do not cause any hazards to health and safety. 13. Fire Hazards Fire hazards are mostly occurred in forest area. However, AEGCL/APDCL uses state of art automatic tripping mechanism for its transmission/distribution and substation that disconnect the line in fraction of seconds to prevent fire hazards. The Forest Department also take precaution like maintaining fire line in the cleared forest xx Sl. Potential Issues Management Measures No area to avoid spread of fire Firefighting instruments including fire extinguishers are kept in appropriate place for immediate action in case of any fire hazard. 14. Pollution Although pollution is not an issue with transmission/ distribution projects still AEGCL/APDCL will make efforts to further minimise it. Sites are cleared of all the leftover materials and debris to avoid any chance of pollution. 15. GHG (SF6 Gas) Although leakage of SF6 is not a major issue, AEGCL/APDCL will make efforts to reduce the leakage through regular monitoring installing gas pressure monitor/ leak detectors in Circuit Breakers. 35 Other potential environmental and social issues/ concerns and their management measures are described in an EMP, a sample of which is in the Annex-A to the summary. It will be implemented during the execution of the project. Since many provisions of the EMP are to be implemented by the Contractor, to ensure its proper implementation and monitoring, the EMP forms a part of the contract document. AEGCL/APDCL’s Environment and Social Management Procedures 36 AEGCL/APDCL’s has developed comprehensive Environment and Social (E&S) management procedures and incorporated them to its project cycle, to ensure that its operation eliminates or minimizes adverse environmental and social impacts. The E&S management procedures identify the relevant issues at early stage of project cycle and follow the basic philosophy of sustainable development along with Principles of Avoidance, Minimization and Mitigation. These three guiding principles are employed in a project right from very beginning i.e. at the time of Project conceptualization & Planning Stage by studying different alternatives line routes for selection of most optimum route to avoid involvement of forests/ biodiversity/Eco-sensitive zone including animal/bird path, protected areas, human habitations etc. to the extent possible. If necessary/required, tall towers are also provided to avoid/minimize the impact. In case it becomes unavoidable due to terrain and line route passes through protected areas additional studies would be conducted by independent agencies to ascertain the impacts and to plan management measures to minimize/mitigate such impacts. A Terms of Reference (ToR), for such assessment, which can be customized for a particular situation/ location/ concern has been prepared and is placed at Annexure - 19 of the main report. 37 Likewise for substation land, AEGCL/APDCL identifies number of potential substation sites based on data collected as per the checklist (Annexure -16 of the main report) and a comprehensive xxi analysis for each alternative site is carried out. The analysis considers various site specific parameters that includes infrastructure facilities such as access roads, railheads, type of land viz. Govt., revenue, private land, agricultural land; social impacts such as number of families getting affected; and cost of compensation and rehabilitation giving due weightage to each. Environmental & Social Management process dovetailed in project cycle for appropriate and timely action is outlined in Figure 2. Environmental and Social Risk assessment 38 Environmental and Social Risk Assessment is a vital part of AEGCL/APDCL’s environmental and social management strategies. The risk assessment process identifies existing risks, and forecast future potential risks in its power transmission/distribution projects. It is a scientific process that includes cost benefit analysis. The environment and social management procedures developed by AEGCL/APDCL evaluate these risks, both qualitatively and quantitatively, and prioritise them. Based on prioritisation, environment and social management options are selected. AEGCL/APDCL’s Risk Management process involves risk preparedness, risk mitigation and the sharing of liabilities (via internal arrangements and insurance).Responsibilities in the event of occurrence of a risk have been illustrated in Table 6. Table 6: AEGCL/APDCL’s Risk Responsibility Framework Key Role-players Risk GOA AEGCL/APDCL Contractor Insurers Non Compliance  Regulatory2    -  Contractual3 - -  - Major hazards, e.g. tower fall during construction -    During O&M -  - - 4 Impacts on health etc. -  - - Force Majeure  Insurable - - -   Non-Insurable   - - Inclusion/ Exclusion of concerned Communities   Public interest mitigation   - - 2 Regulatory like working in forest/protected areas without statutory clearances. 3 Contractual like noncompliance of condition of clearance like fuel supply to labourer to avoid tree felling, no- work during night times, etc. 4 Impact of health like any case of prolonged exposure to Electro-Magnetic Field (EMF). xxii Figure – 2: Environment and Social Management Procedures xxiii Implementation Arrangements 39 To ensure quality and strengthen organizational systems to enable effective implementation of the ESPPF, AEGCL/APDCL shall have to set out procedures and work culture which will promote total involvement of all its personnel. To attain assigned goal following shall be ensured: a) A synchronized system of functioning adopted by Corporate Planning and Corporate Monitoring group, which monitors all activities in the organization; b) An emphasis on intradepartmental approach to all projects, delineation of departmental responsibilities and the delegation and decentralization of authority resulting in a fast response and quick adjustment to change; c) A commitment to provide at all times the best possible time bound quality service in all areas of its operations. 40 AEGCL/APDCL’s commitment to the ESPPF shall have to be developed with these principles. To ensure effective implementation of its ESPPF, AEGCL/APDCL’s will focus on;  Strengthening the implementation of the ESPPF by deployment of appropriately trained personnel at key levels;  Reinforcing in-house capabilities by working with specialized external agencies;  Placing dedicated manpower with specialization in the respective field to deal with and manage the environment and social issues;  Reviewing progress of the ESPPF internally or through external agencies. 41 Corporate office will have overall responsibility for construction, operation, and maintenance of transmission/distribution systems apart from providing necessary support services. 42 For the NERPSIP, the implementing agency (IA) is POWERGRID with its mandate for design and implementation supervision for the project. In consultations with the states, it has put up a tiered structure as follows:  Central Project Implementation Unit (CPIU) - A body responsible for coordinating the preparation and implementation of the project and shall be housed within the IA’s offices at Guwahati. The “Project-In-Charge” of IA & Head of each of the SPCU shall be a member of CPIU. xxiv  State Project Coordination Unit (SPCU) – A body formed by the Utility and responsible for coordinating with IA in preparing and implementing the project at the State level. It consist of experts across different areas from the Utility and shall be headed by an officer of the rank not below Chief Engineer, from AEGCL/APDCL.  Project Implementation Unit (PIU) – A body formed by the IA, including members of AEGCL/APDCL on deputation, and responsible for implementing the Project across the State, with its personnel being distributed over work site & working in close association with the SPCU/ CPIU. PIU report to State level “Project Manager” nominated by the Project-in-Charge of IA. The IA will have a Core team stationed at the CPIU on permanent basis and other IA officers (with required skills) will visit as and when required by this core team. Grievance Redressal Mechanism (GRM) 43 Grievance Redress Mechanism (GRM) is an integral and important mechanism for addressing/resolving the concern and grievances in a transparent and swift manner. Many minor concerns of peoples are addressed during public consultation process initiated at the beginning of the project and broadly outlined in Annexure-23. For handling grievance, AEGCL/APDCL has already a framework in place. To ensure its implementation, Grievance Redress Committee (GRC) will be established at two places, one at the project/scheme level and another at Corporate/HQ level. The GRCs shall include members from AEGCL/APDCL, Local Administration, Village Panchayat Members, Affected Persons representative and reputed persons from the society and representative from the autonomous districts council in case of tribal districts selected/decided on nomination basis under the chairmanship of project head. The composition of GRC shall be disclosed in Panchayat office and concerned district headquarter for wider coverage. 44 The complainant will also be allowed to submit its complaint to local project official who will pass it to GRC immediately but not more than 5 days of receiving such complaint. The first meeting of GRC will be organized within 15 days of its constitution/disclosure to formulate procedure and frequency of meeting. However, GRC meeting shall be convened within 15 days of receiving a grievance for its solution. GRC endeavor will be to pronounce its decision/ may also refer it to corporate GRC for solution within 30-45 days of receiving grievances. In case complainant/appellant is not satisfied with the decision of GRC they can approach AEGCL/APDCL Corporate level Committee /District Collector or Court of law for solution. 45 The corporate level GRC shall function under the chairmanship of Director (PMU) who will nominate other members of GRC including one representative from corporate ESMC who is conversant with the environment & social issues. The meeting of Corporate GRC shall be convened xxv within 7-10 days of receiving the reference from project GRC or complainant directly and pronounce its decision within next 15 days. 46 These GRCs shall act as supplement and in no way substitute the legal systems, especially embedded within RFCTLARR Act 2013, The Electricity Act, 2003, and Right to Information Act. Monitoring & Evaluation 47 For environmental and social components of a project, environmental and social monitoring plan is developed, based on baseline data and impacts predicted during the environmental and social assessment process. The concerned forest department staffs, as part of their duties monitor impacts on ecological resources through which the transmission line traverses. AEGCL/APDCL in coordination with forest/revenue officials will monitor timely implementation of various activities such as compensatory afforestation, ROW maintenance, prevention of fire hazards, natural regeneration of vegetation etc. The environmental and social monitoring plan for each project will be integrated with construction, operation and maintenance and shall be monitored by the ESMC on a monthly basis. 48 Since regular and effective monitoring of implementation of EAMP/CPTD for Transmission/Distribution Line and SIMP for substations are crucial for desired result, AEGCL/APDCL shall designate one Manager each for Environment and Social related aspects who will be made responsible for all the activities related to implementation/monitoring of the EAMP and CPTD. Participation of PAPs in the monitoring of EAMP/CPTD/SIMP is also ensured through regular consultation and their active participation. Major monitoring indicator identified for regular monitoring of activities will be carried out by different department at field and will be reviewed by the Nodal Officer (ESMC) on monthly basis. CMD will review ongoing activities on quarterly including environment and social issues and corrective measures if required are implemented at site. xxvi Annex-A: Sample Environmental Management Plan Clause Project activity/ Potential Proposed mitigation measures Parameter to be Measurement & Institutional Implementation No. stage impact monitored frequency responsibility schedule Pre-construction 1 Location of Exposure to Setback of dwellings to overhead Tower location and Setback distances Implementing Part of overhead lines overhead line safety related line route designed in accordance overhead/ to nearest houses Agency (IA) tower/poles/ laying of towers/ poles/ risks with permitted level of power underground – once underground cable underground frequency and the regulation of alignment selection sitting survey and distribution lines supervision at sites. with respect to detailed alignment and alignment & nearest dwellings survey and design design 2 Equipment Release of PCBs not used in substation Transformer design Exclusion of IA Part of tender specifications and chemicals and transformers or other project PCBs in specifications for the design parameters gases in facilities or equipment. transformers equipment receptors (air, stated in tender water, land) specification – once Processes, equipment and systems Process, equipment Exclusion of IA Part of tender not to use chlorofluorocarbons and system design CFCs stated in specifications for the (CFCs), including halon, and their tender equipment use, if any, in existing processes specification – and systems should be phased out once and to be disposed of in a manner Phase out Part of equipment and consistent with the requirements of schedule to be process design the Government prepared in case still in use – once 3 Transmission/ Exposure to Line design to comply with the Electromagnetic Line design IA Part of design Distribution line electromagneti limits of electromagnetic field strength for compliance with parameters design c interference interference from overhead power proposed line relevant standards lines design – once xxvii Clause Project activity/ Potential Proposed mitigation measures Parameter to be Measurement & Institutional Implementation No. stage impact monitored frequency responsibility schedule 4 Substation Exposure to Design of plant enclosures to Expected noise Compliance with IA Part of detailed siting location and noise comply with noise regulations. emissions based on regulations - once survey and design design substation design Social Careful selection of site to avoid Selection of Consultation with Part of detailed siting inequities encroachment of socially, culturally substation location local authorities/ survey and design and archaeological sensitive areas (distance to autonomous (i.e. sacred groves, graveyard, sensitive area). councils -once religious worship place, monuments etc.) 5 Location of Impact on Avoidance of such water bodies to Tower/pole location Consultation with IA Part of tower/pole overhead line water bodies the extent possible. and overhead/ local authorities– sitting survey and towers/poles/ underground line once detailed underground laying of Avoidance of placement of tower alignment selection /overhead line underground inside water bodies to the extent of (distance to water alignment survey and distribution line & possible bodies) design alignment and Social Careful route selection to avoid Tower/pole location Consultation with IA Part of detailed design inequities existing settlements and sensitive and overhead/ local authorities/ tower/pole sitting and locations underground line autonomous overhead/underground alignment selection councils and land alignment survey and (distance to nearest owners – once design dwellings or social institutions) Minimise impact on agricultural Tower location and Consultation with land overhead/ local authorities/ underground line autonomous alignment selection councils and land (distance to owners – once agricultural land) xxviii Clause Project activity/ Potential Proposed mitigation measures Parameter to be Measurement & Institutional Implementation No. stage impact monitored frequency responsibility schedule Careful selection of site and route Tower/pole location Consultation with alignment to avoid encroachment of and overhead/ local authorities/ socially, culturally and underground line autonomous archaeological sensitive areas (i. g. alignment selection councils -once sacred groves, graveyard, religious (distance to sensitive worship place, monuments etc.) area) 6 Securing lands for Loss of land/ In the case of Involuntary Compensation and As per provisions State Govt. Prior to award/start of substations. income change Acquisitions, Compensation and monetary R&R laid out in the act substation in social status R&R measures are extended as per amounts/ facilities construction. etc. provision of RFCTLARRA, 2013 extended before possession of land. 7 Line through Loss of Avoid siting of lines through such Tower/pole location Consultation with IA Part of detailed siting protected area/ precious areas by careful site and alignment and overhead/ local forest and alignment survey precious ecological selection (National Parks, Wildlife underground line authorities - once /design ecological area values/ damage Sanctuary, Biosphere Reserves/ alignment selection to precious Biodiversity Hotspots) (distance to nearest species designated ecological protected/ sensitive areas) Minimize the need by using RoW Tower/pole location Consultation with IA Part of detailed sitting wherever possible and overhead/ local authorities and alignment survey underground line and design /design alignment selection engineers - once 8 Line through Damage to the Study of earmarked elephant Tower/pole location Consultation IA Part of detailed sitting identified Elephant Wildlife/ Birds corridors to avoid such corridors, and overhead/ with local forest and alignment survey corridor / and also to line Adequate ground clearance, Fault underground line authorities – /design and Operation Migratory bird clearing by Circuit Breaker, Barbed alignment selection. once. wire wrapping on towers, reduced spans etc., if applicable Minimum/maximum Monitoring – ground clearance quarterly basis xxix Clause Project activity/ Potential Proposed mitigation measures Parameter to be Measurement & Institutional Implementation No. stage impact monitored frequency responsibility schedule Avoidance of established/ identified Tower/pole location Consultation with IA Part of detailed sitting migration path (Birds & Bats). and overhead/ local forest and alignment survey Provision of flight diverter/ underground line authorities - once /design and Operation reflectors, bird guard, elevated alignment selection perches, insulating jumper loops, obstructive perch deterrents, raptor hoods etc5., if applicable 9 Line through Deforestation Avoid locating lines in forest land Tower/pole location Consultation with IA Part of detailed sitting forestland and loss of by careful site and alignment and overhead/ local authorities – and alignment biodiversity selection underground line once survey/design edge effect Minimise the need by using alignment selection existing towers, tall towers and (distance to nearest Consultation with RoW, wherever possible protected or local authorities reserved forest) and design engineers – once Measures to avoid invasion of alien Intrusion of invasive Consultation with species species local forest authorities - once Obtain statutory clearances from Statutory approvals Compliance with the Government from Government regulations – once for each subproject Consultation with autonomous Permission/ NOC Consultation with councils wherever required from autonomous autonomous councils councils – once during tower placement 5 As per International/National best practices and in consultation with concerned forest/wildlife Authority. xxx Clause Project activity/ Potential Proposed mitigation measures Parameter to be Measurement & Institutional Implementation No. stage impact monitored frequency responsibility schedule 10 Lines through Loss of Use existing tower or footings Tower/pole location Consultation with IA Part of detailed farmland agricultural wherever possible. and overhead/ local authorities alignment survey and production/ underground line and design design change in alignment selection. engineers – once cropping Avoid sitting new towers on Tower/pole location Consultation with Part of detailed sitting pattern farmland wherever feasible and overhead/ local authorities and alignment survey underground line and design /design alignment selection engineers – once 11 Noise related Nuisance to Substations sited and designed to Noise levels Noise levels to be IA Part of detailed neighbouring ensure noise will not be a nuisance specified in equipment design properties tender documents – once 12 Interference with Flooding Appropriate sitting of towers to Tower/pole location Consultation with IA Part of detailed drainage patterns/ hazards/ loss of avoid channel interference and overhead/ local authorities alignment survey and irrigation channels agricultural underground line and design design production alignment selection engineers – once (distance to nearest flood zone) 13 Escape of Environmental Transformers designed with oil Equipment Tender document IA Part of detailed polluting materials pollution spill containment systems, and specifications with to mention equipment design purpose-built oil, lubricant and fuel respect to potential specifications – /drawings storage system, complete with spill pollutants once clean up equipment. Substations to include drainage and Substation sewage Tender document IA Part of detailed sewage disposal systems to avoid design to mention substation layout and offsite land and water pollution. detailed design /drawings specifications – once xxxi Clause Project activity/ Potential Proposed mitigation measures Parameter to be Measurement & Institutional Implementation No. stage impact monitored frequency responsibility schedule 14 Equipments Contamination Substations constructed above the Substation design to Base height as IA Part of detailed submerged under of receptors high flood level(HFL) by raising account for HFL per flood design- substation layout and flood the foundation pad (elevation with once design /drawings respect to HFL elevation) 15 Explosions Hazards to life Design of substations to include Substation design Tender document IA Part of detailed /Fire modern fire fighting equipment compliance with fire to mention substation layout and prevention and detailed design /drawings Provision of fire fighting equipment control codes specifications – to be located close to transformers once Construction 16 Equipment layout Noise and Construction techniques and Construction Construction IA Construction period and installation vibrations machinery selection seeking to techniques and techniques and (Contractor minimize ground disturbance. machinery machinery through creating minimal contract ground provisions) disturbance- once at the start of each construction phase 17 Physical Disturbed Construction activities on cropping Timing of start of Crop disturbance IA Construction period construction farming activity land timed to avoid disturbance of construction –Post harvest as (Contractor field crops (within one month of soon as possible through harvest wherever possible). but before next contract crop – once per provisions) site 18 Mechanized Noise, vibration Construction equipment to be well Construction Complaints IA Construction period construction and operator maintained. equipment – received by local (Contractor safety, efficient estimated noise authorities – through operation emissions every 2 weeks contract provisions) xxxii Clause Project activity/ Potential Proposed mitigation measures Parameter to be Measurement & Institutional Implementation No. stage impact monitored frequency responsibility schedule Noise, Turning off plant not in use. Construction Complaints IA Construction period vibration, equipment – received by local (Contractor equipment wear estimated noise authorities – through and tear emissions and every 2 weeks contract operating schedules provisions) 19 Construction of Increase in Existing roads and tracks used for Access roads, routes Use of IA Construction period roads for airborne dust construction and maintenance (length and width of established roads (Contractor accessibility particles access to the line wherever new access roads to wherever possible through possible. be constructed) – every 2 weeks contract Increased land New access ways restricted to a Access width Access restricted provisions) IA Construction period requirement for single carriageway width within the (meters) to single carriage (Contractor temporary RoW. –way width through accessibility within RoW – contract every 2 weeks provisions) 20 Construction Safety of local Coordination with local Periodic and regular No. of incidents- IA Construction period activities villagers communities for construction reporting once every week (Contractor schedules, Barricading the /supervision of through construction area and spreading safety arrangement contract awareness among locals provisions) Local traffic Coordination with local authority/ Traffic flow Frequency (time IA Construction period obstruction requisite permission for smooth (Interruption of span)- on daily (Contractor flow of traffic traffic) basis through contract provisions) 21 Temporary Overflows, Measure in place to avoid dumping Temporary fill Absence of fill in IA Construction period blockage of reduced of fill materials in sensitive placement (m3) sensitive drainage (Contractor utilities discharge drainage area areas – every 4 through weeks contract provisions) 22 Site clearance Vegetation Marking of vegetation to be Vegetation marking Clearance strictly IA Construction period removed prior to clearance, and and clearance limited to target (Contractor xxxiii Clause Project activity/ Potential Proposed mitigation measures Parameter to be Measurement & Institutional Implementation No. stage impact monitored frequency responsibility schedule strict control on clearing activities control (area in m2) vegetation – through to ensure minimal clearance. every 2 weeks contract No use of herbicides and pesticides provisions) 23 Trimming Fire hazards Trees allowed growing up to a Species-specific tree Presence of target IA Construction period /cutting of trees height within the RoW by retention as approved species in RoW (Contractor within RoW maintaining adequate clearance by statutory following through between the top of tree and the authorities (average vegetation contract conductor as per the regulations. and max. tree height clearance – once provisions) at maturity, in per site meters) Loss of Trees that can survive pruning to Species-specific tree Presence of target IA Construction period vegetation and comply should be pruned instead of retention as species in RoW (Contractor deforestation cleared. approved by following through statutory authorities vegetation contract clearance - once provisions) Felled trees and other cleared or Disposal of cleared Usesite per or intended IA Construction period pruned vegetation to be disposed of vegetation as use of vegetation (Contractor as authorized by the statutory approved by the as approved by through bodies. statutory authorities the statutory contract (area cleared in m2) authorities – once provisions) per site 24 Wood/ Loss of Construction workers prohibited Illegal wood Complaints by IA Construction period vegetation vegetation and from harvesting wood in the project /vegetation local people or (Contractor harvesting deforestation area during their employment, harvesting (area in other evidence of through (apart from locally employed staff m2, number of illegal harvesting contract continuing current legal activities) incidents reported) – every 2 weeks provisions) 25 Surplus Runoff to cause Soil excavated from tower footings/ Soil disposal Acceptable soil IA Construction period earthwork/soil water pollution, substation foundation disposed of locations and disposal sites – (Contractor solid waste by placement along roadsides, or at volume (m3) every 2 weeks through disposal nearby house blocks if requested by contract landowners provisions) xxxiv Clause Project activity/ Potential Proposed mitigation measures Parameter to be Measurement & Institutional Implementation No. stage impact monitored frequency responsibility schedule 26 Substation Loss of soil Loss of soil is not a major issue as Borrow area sitting Acceptable soil IA Construction period construction excavated soil will be mostly (area of site in m2 borrow areas that (Contractor reused for filling. However, in case and estimated provide a benefit through of requirement of excess soil the volume in m3) - every 2 weeks contract same will be met from existing provisions) quarry or through deep excavation of existing pond or other nearby barren land with agreement of local communities Water pollution Construction activities involving Seasonal start and Timing of major IA Construction period significant ground disturbance (i.e. finish of major disturbance (Contractor substation land forming) not earthworks(PH, BOD activities –prior through undertaken during the monsoon /COD, Suspended to start of contract season solids, others ) construction provisions) activities 27 Site clearance Vegetation Tree clearances for easement Ground disturbance Amount of ground IA Construction period establishment to only involve during vegetation disturbance – (Contractor cutting trees off at ground level or clearance (area, m2) every 2 weeks through pruning as appropriate, with tree Statutory approvals Statutory contract stumps and roots left in place and approvals for tree provisions) ground cover left undisturbed clearances – once for each site 28 Substation Waste disposal Excess fill from substation/tower Location and Appropriate fill IA Construction period foundation/Tower foundation excavation disposed of amount (m3)of fill disposal locations (Contractor erection disposal next to roads or around houses, in disposal – every 2 weeks through of surplus agreement with the local contract earthwork/fill community or landowner. provisions) 29 Storage of Contamination Fuel and other hazardous materials Location of Fuel storage in IA Construction period chemicals and of receptors securely stored above high flood hazardous material appropriate (Contractor materials (land, water, level. storage; spill reports locations and through air) (type of material receptacles – contract xxxv Clause Project activity/ Potential Proposed mitigation measures Parameter to be Measurement & Institutional Implementation No. stage impact monitored frequency responsibility schedule spilled, amount (kg every 2 weeks provisions) or m3) and action taken to control and clean up spill) 30 Construction Noise nuisance Construction activities only Timing of Daytime IA Construction period schedules to neighbouring undertaken during the day and local construction (noise construction only (Contractor properties communities informed of the emissions, [dB(A)] – every 2 weeks through construction schedule. contract provisions) 31 Provision of Contamination Construction workforce facilities to Amenities for Presence of IA Construction period facilities for of receptors include proper sanitation, water Workforce facilities proper sanitation, (Contractor construction (land, water, supply and waste disposal facilities. water supply and through workers air) waste disposal contract facilities – once provisions) each new facility 32 Influx of Conflict with Using local workers for appropriate Avoidance/reduction Observation & IA Construction period migratory workers local population asks of conflict through supervision–on (Contractor to share local enhancement/ weekly basis through resources augmentation of contract resource provisions) requirements 33 Lines through Loss of Use existing access roads wherever Usage of existing Complaints IA Construction period farmland agricultural possible utilities received by local (Contractor productivity Ensure existing irrigation facilities Status of existing people through are maintained in working facilities /authorities - contract condition every 4 weeks provisions) Protect /preserve topsoil and Status of facilities reinstate after construction (earthwork in m3) completed Repair /reinstate damaged bunds Status of facilities etc after construction completed (earthwork in m3) xxxvi Clause Project activity/ Potential Proposed mitigation measures Parameter to be Measurement & Institutional Implementation No. stage impact monitored frequency responsibility schedule Loss of income. Land owners/ farmers compensated Process of Crop/tree Consultation with IA During construction for any temporary loss of compensation in affected land productive land as per existing consultation with owner prior to regulation. forest dept.(for implementation timber yielding tree) and during and Horticulture execution. deptt.(for fruit bearing tree) 34 Uncontrolled Soil loss, Need for access tracks minimised, Design basis and Incorporating IA Construction period erosion/silt runoff downstream use of existing roads. construction good design and (Contractor siltation Limit site clearing to work areas procedures construction through (suspended solids in management contract Regeneration of vegetation to receiving waters; practices – once provisions) stabilise works areas on completion area re-vegetated in for each site (where applicable) m2; amount of Avoidance of excavation in wet bunds constructed season [length in meter, Water courses protected from area in m2, or siltation through use of bunds and volume in m3]) sediment ponds 35 Nuisance to Losses to Contract clauses specifying careful Contract clauses Incorporating IA Construction period nearby properties neighbouring construction practices. good construction (Contractor land uses/ As much as possible existing access Design basis and management Incorporating through values ways will be used layout good design contract Productive land will be reinstated Reinstatement of engineering with Consultation provisions) following completion of land status (area affected parties – construction affected, m2) twice – immediately after xxxvii Clause Project activity/ Potential Proposed mitigation measures Parameter to be Measurement & Institutional Implementation No. stage impact monitored frequency responsibility schedule Social Compensation will be paid for loss Implementation of Consultation with IA Prior to construction inequities of production, if any. Tree/Crop affected parties – compensation once in a quarter (amount paid) 36 Flooding hazards Flooding and Avoid natural drainage pattern/ Contract clauses Incorporating IA Construction period due to loss of soils, facilities being disturbed/blocked/ (e.g. suspended good construction (Contractor construction contamination diverted by on-going construction solids and management through impediments of of receptors activities BOD/COD in practices-once for contract natural drainage (land, water) receiving water) each site provisions) 37 Equipment Contamination Equipment stored at secure place Store room level to Store room level IA Construction period submerged under of receptors above the high flood level(HFL) be above HFL as per flood flood (land, water) (elevation difference design-once in meters) 38 Inadequate siting Loss of land Existing borrow sites will be used Contract clauses Incorporating IA Construction period of borrow areas values to source aggregates, therefore, no good construction (Contractor (quarry areas) need to develop new sources of management through aggregates practices – once contract for each site provisions) 39 Health and safety Injury and Safety equipment’s (PPEs) for Contract clauses Contract clauses IA Construction period sickness of construction workers (number of compliance – (Contractor workers and Contract provisions specifying incidents and total once every through members of the minimum requirements for lost-work days quarter contract public construction camps caused by injuries provisions) Contractor to prepare and and sickness) implement a health and safety plan. Contractor to arrange for health and safety training sessions 40 Inadequate Likely to Training of environmental Training schedules No. of programs IA Routinely throughout construction stage maximise monitoring personnel attended by each construction period monitoring damages person – once a year xxxviii Clause Project activity/ Potential Proposed mitigation measures Parameter to be Measurement & Institutional Implementation No. stage impact monitored frequency responsibility schedule Implementation of effective Respective contract Submission of environmental monitoring and checklists and duly completed reporting system using checklist of remedial actions checklists of all all contractual environmental taken thereof. contracts for each requirements site - once Appropriate contact clauses to Compliance report Submission of ensure satisfactory implementation related to duly completed of contractual environmental environmental compliance report mitigation measures. aspects for the for each contract contract – once Operation and Maintenance 41 Location of line Exposure to Setback of dwellings to overhead Compliance with Setback distances AEGCL/ During operations towers/poles and safety related line route designed in accordance setback distances to nearest houses APDCL overhead/ risks with permitted level of power (“as-built” – once in quarter underground line frequency and the regulation of diagrams) alignment & supervision at sites. design 42 Line through Injury/ Avoidance of established/identified Regular monitoring No. of incidents- AEGCL/ Part of detailed siting identified bird mortality to migration path (Birds & Bats). for any incident of once every month APDCL and alignment survey flyways, birds, bats etc Provision of flight injury/mortality /design and Operation migratory path due to collision diverter/reflectors, elevated and perches, insulating jumper loops, electrocution obstructive perch deterrents, raptor hoods etc., if applicable 43 Equipment Contamination Equipment installed above the high Substation design to Base height as AEGCL/ During operations submerged under of receptors flood level (HFL) by raising the account for HFL per flood design APDCL flood (land, water) foundation pad. (“as-built” – once diagrams) 44 Oil spillage Contamination Substation transformers located Substation bunding Bunding (Oil AEGCL/ During operations of land/nearby within secure and impervious sump (Oil sump) (“as- sump) capacity APDCL water bodies areas with a storage capacity of at built” diagrams) and permeability least 100% of the capacity of oil in - once xxxix Clause Project activity/ Potential Proposed mitigation measures Parameter to be Measurement & Institutional Implementation No. stage impact monitored frequency responsibility schedule transformers and associated reserve tanks. 45 SF6 management Emission of Reduction of SF6 emission through Leakage and gas Continuous AEGCL/ During Operations most potent awareness, replacement of old density/level monitoring APDCL GHG causing seals, proper handling & storage by climate change controlled inventory and use, enhance recovery and applying new technologies to reduce leakage 46 Inadequate Injury and Careful design using appropriate Usage of Preparedness AEGCL/ Design and operation provision of sickness of staff technologies to minimise hazards appropriate level for using APDCL staff/workers /workers technologies (lost these health and safety work days due to technologies in during operations illness and injuries) crisis – once each year Safety awareness raising for staff. Training/awareness Number of Preparation of fire emergency programs and mock programs and action plan and training given to drills percent of staff staff on implementing emergency /workers covered action plan – once each year Provide adequate sanitation and Provision of Complaints water supply facilities facilities received from staff /workers 47 Electric Shock Injury/ Careful design using appropriate Usage of appropriate Preparedness AEGCL/ Design and Operation Hazards mortality to technologies to minimise hazards technologies (number level for using APDCL staff and public of injury incidents, these technology lost work days) in crisis – once a month Security fences around substations Maintenance of Report on fences maintenance – Barriers to prevent climbing on/ Maintenance of every 2 weeks dismantling of transmission towers barriers xl Clause Project activity/ Potential Proposed mitigation measures Parameter to be Measurement & Institutional Implementation No. stage impact monitored frequency responsibility schedule Appropriate warning signs on Maintenance of facilities warning signs Electricity safety awareness raising Training /awareness Number of in project areas programs and mock programs and drills for all percent of total concerned parties persons covered – once each year 48 Operations and Unnecessary Adequate training in O&M to all Training/awareness Number of AEGCL/ Operation maintenance staff environmental relevant staff of substations & programs and mock programs and APDCL skills less than losses of transmission/ distribution line drills for all relevant percent of staff acceptable various types maintenance crews. staff covered – once Preparation and training in the use each year of O&M manuals and standard operating practices 49 Inadequate Diminished Staff to receive training in Training/awareness Number of AEGCL/ Operation periodic ecological and environmental monitoring of programs and mock programs and APDCL environmental social values. project operations and maintenance drills for all relevant percent of staff monitoring. activities. staff covered – once each year 50 Equipment Release of Processes, equipment and systems Process, equipment Phase out AEGCL/ Operations specifications and chemicals and using chlorofluorocarbons (CFCs), and system design schedule to be APDCL design parameters gases in including halon, should be phased prepared in case receptors (air, out and to be disposed of in a still in use – once water, land) manner consistent with the in a quarter requirements of the Govt. 51 Transmission/ Exposure to Transmission/ distribution line Required ground Ground clearance AEGCL/ Operations distribution line electromagnetic design to comply with the limits of clearance (meters) -once APDCL maintenance interference electromagnetic interference from overhead power lines 52 Uncontrolled Fire hazard due Periodic pruning of vegetation to Requisite clearance Assessment in AEGCL/ Operations growth of to growth of maintain requisite electrical (meters) consultation with APDCL xli Clause Project activity/ Potential Proposed mitigation measures Parameter to be Measurement & Institutional Implementation No. stage impact monitored frequency responsibility schedule vegetation tree/shrub clearance. forest authorities /bamboo along - once a year(pre- RoW No use of herbicides/ pesticides monsoon/post- monsoon 53 Noise related Nuisance to Substations sited and designed to Noise levels Noise levels at AEGCL/ Operations neighbouring ensure noise will not be a nuisance. {dB(A)} boundary nearest APDCL properties to properties and consultation with affected parties if any - once xlii 1.0 Project Context 1 India's North East Region (NER) stretches across the eastern foothills of the Himalayan mountain range and is comprised of seven states including Assam, Manipur, Meghalaya, Mizoram, Nagaland, and Tripura. Geographically the region is connected to the other parts of the country through a small “chicken neck” corridor in the State of West Bengal. With a total population of 45.6 million (2011 census), the sparsely populated NER accounts for about 3.7 percent of India’s total population and covers 7.9 percent of India’s total geographical area. The vast majority of the region’s population lives in rural areas, accounting for 82 percent of the total population as against compared to the national average of 69 percent (2011). A large part of the NER is hilly and, recognized as one of the globe’s biodiversity hotspots. Forests cover over 2/3rd of the area, twice exceeding the policy target of 33%. This sparsely populated region is characterized by extraordinary ethnic, cultural, religious and linguistic diversity, with more than 160 Scheduled Tribes (out of 630 in the country) comprising over 400 distinct sub tribal groups, and a large and diverse non-tribal population as well. 2 The North Eastern Region (NER) in India is endowed with rich energy resources but faces significant bottlenecks in electricity access and availability levels. The per capita power consumption in NER is one-third of the national average. The region has a shortfall of about 500MW installed capacity against peak demand of about 1950 MW. No significant generation capacity has been added in the recent past. Therefore, inadequate power supply continues a critical constraint to sustainable growth and economic development in the NER. Some states are generally not able to draw even their allocated share of power from the Central Generating Stations (CGS) through the grid due to poor/inadequate intra/interstate transmission and distribution network and no capacity addition towards transmission/distribution power system not done due to fund constraints. The transmission and distribution (T&D) losses are also quite high (up to 50%) across most of the States as a large number of remote hilly areas are connected through long low tension lines, resulting in low voltages and poor quality of power at consumer end. While generation capacity addition of about 4000 MW program over present installed capacity is already underway, adequate transmission and distribution infrastructure to transmit and distribute this power to consumers within the North-Eastern States is the need of the day. 3 In order to create/ augment proper infrastructure of T&D in NER keeping in mind future requirement, the Government of India (GoI) has drawn a “Composite scheme for transmission and Environmental and Social Policy & Procedures Framework(ESPPF) 1 distribution (T&D) in NER” capable of delivering adequate power to most consumers with reliability, aiming to improve the inter-state and intra-state transmission and sub-transmission infrastructure and reduce system losses in all the NER states. This in background, GoI has approached the World Bank to provide US$ 1500 million of IBRD funding support to a portion of the scheme christened: “NER Power System Improvement Project (NERPSIP)”. The investments are proposed to be made in three different tranches, each being US$ 500 million. The key objectives include strengthening, augmentation of the intra-state and interstate transmission and distribution schemes (up to 33kV) and undertake capacity building initiatives across six NER States of Assam, Manipur, Mizoram, Meghalaya, Tripura and Nagaland. Ministry of Power (MoP), GoI has appointed POWERGRID, the CTU, as Implementing Agency for the Project in six North Eastern States. However, the ownership of the assets shall be with the respective State Governments/State Utilities, which upon progressive commissioning shall be handed over to them for taking care of Operation and Maintenance of Assets at their own cost. 4 The first tranche under the NERPSIP would be implemented over a seven year period (2014- 2021) and has two major components, namely: (a) Priority investments for strengthening of intra-state transmission and distribution systems; (b) Technical Assistance for Institutional Strengthening and Capacity Building of power utilities and departments. 1.1 State Specific Details – Assam 5 The State of Assam is spread over an area of about 78,438 sq. km with a population of 3,11,57, 436 (as per Census 2011). The State of Assam faces significant bottlenecks in electricity access and availability levels. The present per capita energy consumption is of the order of 205 units (kWh) against the regional per capita consumption of about 258 units and national per capita consumption of about 779 units. The peak demand of the State is 1430 MW. The State’s own generation is about 260MW out of their installed capacity of 377 MW as hydel generation (ROR i. e. Run of the Rivers) is negligible due to insufficient rainfall. The total availability of power at present is around 800 MW including less than 500 MW from the CSGS during peak hours as against allocation of 751 MW. Future peak & energy demand in the State is likely to grow exponentially due to expansion industrialization/new industry/tea industry/ other infrastructure developments, 100% electrification rural households etc. by the end of 12th five year plan (2012-17).The State’s electricity demand forecast is to reach 2,222 MW by 2019-20 widening the deficit by more than 500 MW. APDCL is making efforts to minimize this 400 MW deficit by procuring 100-150 MW from the open market at a much higher rate than the normal rate of procurement by the Company. Enhance Environmental and Social Policy & Procedures Framework (ESPPF) 2 allocation of additional 490 MW i .e. 240 MW from Pallatana Power Project of ONGC in Tripura & 250 MW from Bongaigaon Thermal Power Station of NTPC at Bongaigaon would add up to some extent to minimize the demand-availability gap of power in Assam. 6 Besides this, the present Intra-State transmission system of the State is quite old & weak and is unable to cater to the growing power requirements of the State. Although the present T&D system covers many areas of the State, it is inadequate in its reach and due to non-availability of redundant T&D system, outage of any transmission system element results in long term power shortages making the system highly unreliable. Besides, some of the network elements have undergone long term outage due to break-down. Therefore, it has become essential to address the above situation through remedial measures in the transmission and distribution (T&D) system. Accordingly, phase- wise strengthening of transmission & sub-transmission system has been proposed. The Power Map of Assam indicating the existing and proposed T&D network is placed in Figure 1.1. Summary of subprojects to be implemented in the State in Tranche-1 under NERPSIP along with capacity addition and cost is shown in Table 1.1 below. TABLE 1.1: SUMMARY OF SUBPROJECTS IN TRANCHE- I UNDER NERPSIP Sl. Quantity Capacity Addition Estimated Cost Name of the subproject (in Millions)* No. (Nos.) (Km/MVA) 1. 220/132 kV Transmission lines 11 376 km. 220/132/33kV substations 10824.80 2. 20 1644 MVA (New/Augmentation/Extension) 3. 33 kV Distribution lines 38 479.km. (overhead/underground) 3913.20 4. 33/11kV substations 6 (New) 16 240 MVA *The estimated cost includes consultancy fees, contingencies and Interest During Construction (IDC) 7 The prime objective of the project/subproject is to improve the power sector in the State of Assam and capacity building to achieve sustainable development in the long term. The Project is expected to facilitate connection to remote/virgin area, to enhance the capacity & reliability of the system, to improve voltage profile & to reduce losses and ultimately to enhance satisfaction for all categories of consumers which in turn will spur growth & overall development in the whole State. 6 The substation of 33/11 kV is installed for stepping down the voltage from 33 kV to 11 kV level to facilitate its further transmission to distribution network for its logical use by consumers after further stepping down to 433 V level. The electrical installations in the said substation comprises of transformers, breakers, capacitors etc. and other protection/controlling devices to ensure required power flow”. Environmental and Social Policy & Procedures Framework (ESPPF) 3 FIGURE 1.1 : POWER MAP OF THE STATE ASSAM Environmental and Social Policy & Procedures Framework(ESPPF) 4 2.0 Environment and Social Context – Assam 8 Environment and Social Policy and Procedures Framework (ESPPF): As the AEGCL/APDCL are contemplating major expansion and augmentation of their transmission & distribution network in near future by implementing projects with the help/grant from GoI and Multilateral Funding Agencies like the World Bank, ADB, it attaches high significance towards managing environment and social issues and the associated concerns. In this context, POWERGRID, with proven credentials in management of environmental and social issues of large number of power transmission projects both within and outside the country has been mandated to prepare Environment and Social Policy and Procedures Framework (ESPPF) for AEGCL/APDCL. 9 The AEGCL/APDCL’s ESPPF is based on POWERGRID’s ESPPF with updation/ incorporation of state specific requirements/processes including central legislations after extensive review and gap analysis with active participation/support of AEGCL/APDCL officials and field verifications. The ESPPF of AEGCL/APDCL assimilates environmental and social management procedures into its corporate functioning and also layout management procedures and protocol to address them. It outlines AEGCL/APDCL's commitment to deal with environmental and social issues relating to its transmission & distribution projects with a framework for identification, assessment and management of environmental and social concerns at both organizational as well as project levels. Thus, it enables AEGCL/APDCL:  To establish clear procedures and methodologies for the environmental and social screening, planning, review, approval and implementation of subprojects to be financed under the Project;  To specify appropriate roles and responsibilities, and outline the necessary reporting procedures, for managing and monitoring environmental and social concerns related to sub-projects;  To determine the training, capacity building and technical assistance needed to successfully implement the provisions of the ESPPF;  To ensure adequate financial provisions to meet the management measures to be undertaken to mitigate the impacts. Environment & Social Policy Statement “AEGCL/APDCL considering the rich natural resources and diverse cultural, religious, social practice and customary laws of the region commits to achieve the goal of sustainable development and shall follow the principle of avoidance, minimization and mitigation during implementation of its projects with complete transparency and due social responsibility.” Environmental and Social Policy & Procedures Framework(ESPPF) 5 10 AEGCL/APDCL also believes that the ESPPF is dynamic and living document, which shall be further upgraded in light of the experiences gained from field implementation and other relevant factors while mainstreaming the environmental and social concerns in its corporate functioning . 2.1 Approach/ Methodology 11 The ESPPF has been prepared following a region/ state specific environmental and social assessments which involved generating information through both primary and secondary sources including consultations and library research. The methodology adopted to identify the potential environment and social impacts is based on experience gained from implementation of similar projects and baseline assessments of work activities anticipated in this proposed project. The methodology takes in to account wide range of receptors:  Physical & chemical environment (e.g. water, soil, etc.);  Biological environment (forest, animals, birds, etc.); and  Communities, social groups and individuals (loss of land, loss of agricultural production, tribal, vulnerable groups (women and backward classes), socio-economic condition, health and safety risks). 12 The basic approach broadly involved following:  Review of environment & social baseline information from secondary sources;  Review of existing national & state specific legislations and policy and guidelines of multilateral agencies;  Review of project related documents; and  Stakeholders’ consultations. 2.2 Consultation/ Participation 13 Consultations with key stakeholders including local, state, regional, central government entities and key ministries at the state level and central level as well as with World Bank officials were undertaken to know views and concerns about environmental and social issues /concerns of the project. This activity ensured appropriate participation and gathering views from the environment and social perspective of all the stakeholders’ which is integrated in this ESPPF to be adopted during different stages of the project implementation. A detailed analysis of stakeholder consultations is presented in Section-4. Environmental and Social Policy & Procedures Framework (ESPPF) 6 2.3 Structure of the Report 14 Chapter 1 & 2 provide the context from a regional, state and project level social and environmental scenarios as well as approach and methodology adopted for conducting assessments and preparing ESPPF. Chapter 3 presents an overview of Assam State in respect of its social, economic, cultural, environment, infrastructure and administrative fronts. Stakeholder Analysis is presented in Chapter-4. While Chapters 1-3 lays foundation to both social and environmental front, subsequently, Chapters 5 and 6 deal with issues, impacts and measures thereof in respect of social and environmental aspects. Integrating social and environmental management into the overall project cycle is made in the next chapter i.e. Ch-7. The remaining chapters (8-12) deal with implementation arrangements, capacity building, grievance redressal mechanism, monitoring & evaluation and budget. Environmental and Social Policy & Procedures Framework (ESPPF) 7 3.0 Assam - An overview 15 Assam is one of the seven north-eastern states (together called as 'seven sisters'), which is situated just below the eastern Himalayan foothills. The State of Assam spreads over an area of 78,438 sq km. and lies between 89°5'- 96°1' East and 24°3'- 27°58' North. Assam is surrounded by six of the other Seven Sister States: Arunachal Pradesh, Nagaland, Manipur, Mizoram, Tripura, and Meghalaya. Geographically Assam and these States are connected to the rest of India via a strip of land in West Bengal called the Siliguri Corridor or "Chicken's Neck". Assam shares international borders with Bhutan and Bangladesh. A significant geographical aspect of Assam is that it contains three of six physiographic divisions of India - The Northern Himalayas (Eastern Hills), The Northern Plains (Brahmaputra plain) and Deccan Plateau (Karbi Anglong). The River Brahmaputra, the life- line of Assam becomes a braided river (at times 10-16 km wide) and with tributaries, creates a flood plain. The hills of Karbi Anglong, North Cachar are now eroded and dissected are originally parts of the South Indian Plateau system. In the south, the River Barak originates in the Barail Range (Assam-Nagaland border) flows through the Cachar district with a 40–50 km wide valley and enters Bangladesh with the name Surma River. The Brahmaputra and the Barak rivers are part of the National Waterway 2 and 6 respectively and together cover almost 1000 Km across the State. 16 Due to the influence of Brahmaputra and Barak rivers the State is bestowed with vast alluvial plains and dense forests, tracts of paddy and tea. Assam is also endowed with petroleum, natural gas, coal, limestone and many other minor minerals such as magnetic quartzite, kaolin, clay and feldspar. A small quantity of iron ore is also available in western parts of Assam. The Upper Assam districts are major reserves of oil and gas. It is estimated that Assam and surrounding region possess around 150 million tonnes of petroleum reserves. Presently, Assam is the 3rd largest producer of petroleum (crude) and natural gas in the country accounting for 16% and 8% respectively of the total production of this mineral in the country. A Tertiary coal belt is located in Tinsukia, Dibrugarh, Sivasagar, Karbi Anglong and Dima Hasao districts with an estimated reserve of 370 million tonnes. 3.1 History 17 Assam State and adjoining regions have evidences of human settlements from all the periods of the Stone ages. More recently, the Assam Province was one among major eight provinces of British India. With the partition of India in 1947, Assam became a constituent State of India, but the district of Sylhet of Assam (excluding the Karimganj subdivision) gave up to Pakistan (which later became Bangladesh). Environmental and Social Policy & Procedures Framework (ESPPF) 8 18 Further, the State has been divided several times since 1970 to satisfy national aspirations of the tribal populations living within the then borders of Assam. These are chronologically presented below:  1963: Nagaland (comprising of Naga Hill Districts);  1970: Meghalaya (Khasi Hills, Jantia Hills and Garo Hills);  1972: Aurunachal Pradesh (the North East Frontier Agency);  1972: Mizoram (Mizo Hills) 3.2 Governance and Administration 19 The State of Assam is divided into 4 divisions (namely Upper Assam, Lower Assam, North Assam and Hills and Barak Valley Division) each headed by a Commissioner. The Commissioner oversees the activities of a number of districts. In total the State of Assam is divided into 27 districts (refer Table-3.1). TABLE 3.1: ADMINISTRATIVE SETUP IN ASSAM Sl. District District Head Sub- districts No. Quarter 1 Kokrajhar Kpokrajhar Gossaigaon, Bhowraguri, Dotoma, Kokrajhar Golokganj, Dhubri, Bagribari, Bilasipara Chapar 2 Dhubri Dhubri Gossaigaon,Agamoni, Golokganj, Dhubri Bagribari, Bilasipara, Chapar, South Mankachar 3 Goalpara Goalpara Lakhipur, Balijana, Matia, Dudhnai, Rangjuli 4 Barpeta Barpeta Barnagar, Kalgachia, Baghbor, Chenga, Barpeta, Sarthebari, Bajali, Sarupeta, Jalah 5 Morigaon Morigaon Mayong, Bhuragaon, Laharighat, Morigaon, Mikirbheta 6 Nagaon Nagaon Kaliabor, Samaguri, Rupahi, Dhing, Nagaon, Raha, Kampur, Hojai, Doboka, Lanka 7 Sonitpur Tezpur Dhekiajuli, Chariduar, Tezpur, Na-Duar, Biswanath, Helem, Gohpur 8 Lakhimpur North Narayanpur, Bihpuria, Naobaicha, Kadam, North Lakhimpur Lakhimpur, Dhakuakhana, Subansiri 9 Dhemaji Dhemaji Dhemaji, Sissibargaon, Jonai, Dhakuakhana Subansiri, Gogamukh 10 Tinsukia Tinsukia Sadiya, Doom Dooma, Tinsukia, Margherita 11 Dibrugarh Dibrugharh Dibrugarh West , Dibrugarh East, Chabua Tengakhat, Moran, Tingkhong, Naharkatiya 12 Sivasagar Sivasagar Dimow, Sivasagar, Amguri, Nazira, Sonari Mahmora 13 Jorhat Jorhat Majuli, Jorhat West, Jorhat East, Teok, Titabor Mariani 14 Golaghat Golaghat Bokakhat, Khumtai, Dergaon, Golaghat, Morangi, Environmental and Social Policy & Procedures Framework (ESPPF) 9 Sl. District District Head Sub- districts No. Quarter Sarupathar 15 Karbi Diphu Donka, Diphu, Phuloni, Silonijan Anglong 16 Dima Hasao Haflong Umrangso, Haflong, Mahur, Maibong 17 Cachar Silchar Katigora, Silchar, Udarbond, Sonai, Lakhipur 18 Karimganj Karimghanj Karimganj, Badarpur, Nilambazar, Ramkrishna Nagar, Patharkandi 19 Hailakandi Halakandi Algapur, Hailakandi, Lala, Katlichara 20 Bongaigaon Bongaigon Bongaigaon ,Boitamari, Srijangram, Bijni, Sidli 21 Chirang Basugaon Kokrajhar, Bengtal, Sidli, Bongaigaon, Bijni, Barnagar 22 Kamrup Amingaon Goreswar, Rangia ,Koya, Kamalpur, Hajo, Chhaygaon, Goroimari, Chamaria, Nagarbera, Boko, Palasbari, North Guwahati 23 Kamrup Guwahati Azara, North Guwahati, Guwahati M Corp, Dispur, Metropolitan Sonapur, Chandrapur 24 Nalbari Nalbari Barama, Tihu, Pachim NA;bari, Barkhetri, Barbhag, Nalbari, Banekuchi, Ghograpar, Baganpara 25 Baksa Musalpur Barnagar, Bajali, Sarupeta, Jalah, Goreswar. Rangia, Barama, Tihu, Ghograpar, Baksa, Baganpara, Tamulpur, Pathorighat 26 Darrang Mangaldoi Khoirabari, Pathorighat, Sipajhar, Mangaldoi, Kalaigaon, Dalgaon 27 Udalguri Odalgalgiri Khoirabari, Pathorighat, Mangaldoi, Kalaigaon, Dalgaon, Harisinga, Udalguri, Mazbat, Dhekiajuli 20 To further provide regional autonomy and improve status of the tribes within the constitutional framework some of the areas of Assam have been incorporated within the sixth schedule of the Constitution of India. This schedule provide for administration of tribal areas as autonomous areas. The administration of the autonomous areas is vested in the district council. These councils are endowed with legislative, judicial executive and financial powers. They are also expected to oversee the traditional bodies in local tribes. The following first 3 Autonomous Councils (ACs) in sixth schedule areas enjoy these privileges. Six schedule areas in Assam are Bodoland Territorial Council, Karbi Anglong Autonomous Council, Dima Hasao Autonomous District Council7. 7 Govt. of Assam has recently created 6 more Autonomous Councils viz. Rabha Hasong Autonomous Council (RHAC), Mishing Autonomous Council (MAC), Tiwa Autonomous Council (TAG), Deori Autonomous Council (DAC), Thengal Kachari Autonomous Council (TKAC) and Sonowal Kachari Autonomous Council (SKAC). Environmental and Social Policy & Procedures Framework (ESPPF) 10  Bodoland Territorial Council: the Bodoland Territorial Areas Districts comprising four 4 (four) Administrative Districts as- Udalguri, Baksa. Chirang, Kokrajhar;  Karbi Anglong Autonomous Council: The Karbi Anglong came into being as a full fledged separate district The council covers the three sub-divisions of , Diphu, Bokajan and Hamren;  Dima Hasao Autonomous District Council: The Dima Hasao Autonomous District Council is an autonomous council constituted to administer the district and to develope the Dimasa people. It covers the two sub divisions of Haflong and Maibang; 21 The Councils consists of thirty members, 26 are elected and not more than four persons are nominated by the Governor on the advice of the Chief Executive Member for a term of five years. Villages having more than 50% of the tribal population there shall be a Village Council. Each Village Council shall consist of 10 (Ten) elected members out of which 5 (Five) will be form Scheduled Tribe community. Out of 5 (Five) reserved seats 1 (One) shall be reserved for a women member. 3.3 Demographic Profile 22 The Population of Assam according to the 2011 census stands at 3,11,57,436, making it the 14th most populated State in India. The State makes up about 2.5% of the country's population. The State is spread over an area of about 78400 sq. km. making it the 16th largest State in the country in terms of area. The density of population per sq km is about 397 and almost equal to the national average. The State has a population growth rate of about 17% which is again very close to the national growth rate. The literacy rate in the State has increased from 63.25% (census 2001) to 72.19% (census 2011). The male and female literacy rates are 78.81% and 67.27% respectively. Sex Ratio in Assam is 958, which is above national average of 940 as per census 2011 compared to the sex ratio of 932 in 2001. In Assam 14.10% people live in urban regions. The total population living in urban areas is 43,98,542. However, still 85.90 percent of total population of Assam lives in the rural areas. The demographic profile is presented in Table 3.2. TABLE 3.2: DEMOGRAPHIC PROFILE Geo. Gro Sl. District Populati Male Female Sex Liter Density Area wth No District Head on Populat Popula Ra ary /Sq. (Sq. Rate . Quarter (2011) ion tion tio (%) k.m. k.m.) (%) 1 Kokrajhar Kpokrajhar 3296 887142 452905 434237 5.21 959 55.16 269 2 Dhubri Dhubri 2176 1949258 997848 951410 24.44 953 47.32 896 3 Goalpara Goalpara 1824 1008183 513292 494891 22.64 964 55.90 553 4 Barpeta Barpeta 2282 1693622 867004 826618 21.43 953 52.97 742 Environmental and Social Policy & Procedures Framework (ESPPF) 11 5 Morigaon Morigaon 1551 957423 486651 470772 23.34 967 56.39 617 6 Nagaon Nagaon 3973 2823768 1439112 1384656 22.00 962 60.58 711 7 Sonitpur Tezpur 5204 1924110 983904 940206 15.55 956 57.61 370 8 Lakhimpur North 2277 1042137 529674 512463 17.22 968 65.59 458 Lakhimpur 9 Dhemaji Dhemaji 3237 686133 351249 334884 19.97 953 61.65 212 10 Tinsukia Tinsukia 3790 1327929 680231 647698 15.47 952 60.12 350 11 Dibrugarh Dibrugharh 3381 1326335 676434 649901 11.92 961 66.69 392 12 Sivasagar Sivasagar 2668 1151050 589216 561834 9.44 954 70.68 431 13 Jorhat Jorhat 2851 1092256 556805 535451 9.31 962 72.78 383 14 Golaghat Golaghat 3502 1066888 543161 523727 12.75 964 67.65 305 15 Karbi Diphu 10434 956313 490167 466146 17.58 951 58.27 92 Anglong 16 Dima Haflong 4888 214102 110802 103300 13.84 932 65.80 44 Hasao 17 Cachar Silchar 3786 1736617 886284 850333 20.19 959 67.61 459 18 Karimganj Karimghanj 1809 1228686 625864 602822 21.90 963 64.73 679 19 Hailakandi Halakandi 1327 611156 337890 321406 12.58 951 66.65 461 20 Bongaigaon Bongaigon 1093 738804 375818 362986 20.59 966 58.75 676 21 Chirang Basugaon 1923 482162 244860 237302 11.34 969 53.90 251 22 Kamrup Amingaon 3105 1517542 778461 739081 15.69 949 65.59 489 23 Kamrup Guwahati 955 1253938 647585 606353 18.34 936 79.84 1313 Metropolitan 24 Nalbari Nalbari 1052 771639 396006 375633 11.99 949 68.91 733 25 Baksa Musalpur 2457 950075 481330 468745 10.74 974 60.29 387 26 Darrang Mangaldoi 1585 928500 475273 453227 22.19 954 52.45 586 27 Udalguri Odalgalgiri 2012 831668 421617 410051 9.61 973 56.50 413 Source: Census of India, 2011 23 As per census 2011, the total Scheduled Tribes (STs) population is 38,84,371 which constitute 12.4 per cent of the total population of the State. The State has registered 17.4 per cent decadal growth of ST population in 2001-2011. Only two districts viz. Karbi Analong & Dima Hasao are having ST population more than 50 %. Major tribes in the State are Boro (35.05%). Miri (17.51 %), Karbi (11.08%), Rabha (7.62 %), Kachari (6.52%) which are having 5 per cent or above of total ST population. The demographic status of ST Population is presented in table below. Name of ST Number Total Population Sex Literacy Main Marginal of house- Total Male Female ratio (%) worker worker holds Chakma 430 2,032 1,043 989 948 28.0 79.7 20.3 Dimasa, Kachari 23,689 1,02,961 51,832 51,129 986 70.1 73.3 26.7 Environmental and Social Policy & Procedures Framework (ESPPF) 12 Garo 4,674 25,315 12,684 12,631 996 64.2 62.6 37.4 Hajong 152 436 223 213 955 66.5 82.4 17.6 Hmar 2,794 15,745 7,964 7,781 977 92.9 78.8 21.2 Khasi, Jaintia, 3,426 15,936 7,916 8,020 1013 42.9 83.5 16.5 Synteng, Pnar, War, Bhoi, Lyngngam Any Kuki Tribes 6,223 33,399 17,220 16,179 940 84.0 75.5 24.5 Lakher 36 37 20 17 850 42.9 66.7 33.3 ) Man (Tai speaking 324 1,269 644 625 970 89.7 82.0 18.0 Any Mizo (Lus-hai) 222 880 419 461 1100 94.4 91.4 8.6 tribes Karbi 78,588 4,30,452 2,17,758 2,12,694 977 67.9 65.1 34.9 Any Naga tribes 5,390 29,767 14,905 14,862 997 80.7 73.6 26.4 Pawi 3 3 1 2 2000 100.0 100.0 0.0 Syntheng 5 5 2 3 1500 33.3 Lalung 3,604 18,252 9,128 9,124 1000 52.9 69.0 31.0 Barmans in Cachar 2,405 6,716 3,398 3,318 976 76.0 73.4 26.6 Boro, Boro-kachari 2,90,517 13,61,735 6,82,931 6,78,804 994 70.6 68.6 31.4 Deori 8,612 43,750 21,938 21,812 994 83.3 61.7 38.3 Hojai 134 642 327 315 963 61.5 82.9 17.1 Kachari, Sonwal 60,002 2,53,344 1,27,692 1,25,652 984 85.4 62.6 37.4 Lalung 37,694 1,82,663 91,340 91,323 1000 73.3 63.6 36.4 Mech 2,380 9,883 4,968 4,915 989 87.7 63.9 36.1 Miri 1,17,825 6,80,424 3,45,786 3,34,638 968 69.3 60.8 39.2 Rabha 65,611 2,96,189 1,48,887 1,47,302 989 75.1 66.2 33.8 Dimasa 4,522 19,702 9,738 9,964 1023 84.6 66.1 33.9 Hajong 7,716 34,253 17,385 16,868 970 61.3 69.4 30.6 Singhpho 533 2,342 1,175 1,167 993 85.8 66.1 33.9 Khampti 251 1,106 566 540 954 85.9 62.1 37.9 Garo 25,870 1,36,077 68,594 67,483 984 76.6 66.0 34.0 Total 7,94,768 38,84,371 19,57,005 19,27,366 985 72.1 65.9 34.1 Source: Statistical Profile of scheduled Tribes in India, 2013 published by Ministry of Tribal Affaires 1.4 Land, Agriculture and Forests 24 Bestowed with the resources of two major rivers the economy of Assam continues to be predominantly agrarian. Over 70 percent of the State's population relies on agriculture as farmers, as agricultural laborers, or both for their livelihood. The principal food crops produced in the State are rice (paddy), maize (corn), pulses, potato, wheat, etc., while the principal cash crops are tea, jute, oilseeds, sugarcane, cotton, and tobacco. Tea is the most important cash crop in Assam and the State is well known world-wide for its tea. The total land area under tea cultivation (gardens) was estimated at over 229,000 hectares in 1989, employing an average of over half-a-million people per day. Environmental and Social Policy & Procedures Framework (ESPPF) 13 25 There are two broad types of land tenure systems operate in the State:  Revenue administration under government operates in the plains outside the areas under the Sixth Schedule;  Customary land tenure system under Village level authority operates in the Autonomous Council Areas. Cadastral survey is not done in these areas and hence the land records are maintained by traditional means; 26 In the non-scheduled areas of Assam have three types of land – patta (individual ownership), Aksonia (temporary) patta and non-patta or khas land or CPRs. Patta land is owned in perpetuity on payment of a tax. Aksonia patta is usually for one year. Khas land is considered State property and its inhabitants are treated as encroachers. 27 In the six schedule areas of Assam traditional system of land tenure is practiced by some of the tribes. The Karbi villages communal ownership is the norm. They do not have a fixed boundary or name since they keep shifting. The Mikri tribes have are apportioned land to Household, each house being allotted its own fields. Male members of a household limit their labour to their own fields. However the Dimasa of North Cachar Hills has moved towards individual pattas from the community ownership. The families that have changed over to individual land have introduced also a share for women in its inheritances. Property is inherited through men but the clan and family name come from women. The Mishing tribes have shifted from the Jhum to settled agriculture. 28 Forest cover constitutes 35.28% of total land area of this State. The State of Assam is enriched with extensive forest area and also rich with different species and strains of floras and faunas along with valuable forest products. The recorded forest area of Assam is 26,832 sq. km. The Forest Cover Map and district wise forest cover of Assam is presented in Figure 3.1 & Table 3.3 respectively. Figure 3.2 shows the Forest and Wildlife Habitats of Assam. Environmental and Social Policy & Procedures Framework (ESPPF) 14 FIGURE 3.1: FOREST COVER OF ASSAM Environmental and Social Policy & Procedures Framework(ESPPF) 15 TABLE 3.3: DISTRICT-WISE FOREST COVER Very Percent of Geographical Moderately Open Dense Total Geographic District Area Dense Forest Forest Forest (sq. km.) Area (sq. km.) (sq. km.) (sq. km.) (sq. km.) (%) Barpeta 3,245 35 177 183 395 12.17 Bongaigaon 2,510 33 267 221 521 20.76 Cachar 3,786 81 974 1,186 2,241 59.19 Darrang 3,481 12 91 365 468 13.44 Dhemaji 3,237 7 124 161 292 9.02 Dhubari 2,798 21 197 194 412 14.72 Dibrugarh 3,381 29 165 561 755 22.33 Goalpara 1,824 1 71 265 337 18.48 Goalghat 3,502 6 122 397 525 14.99 Hailakandi 1,327 13 373 403 789gc 59.46 Jorhat 2,851 2 112 495 609 21.36 Kamrup 4,345 68 608 753 1,429 32.89 Karbi-Anglong 10,434 566 3,801 3,593 7,960 76.29 Karimganj 1,809 3 317 544 864 47.76 Kokrajhar 3,169 208 701 211 1,120 35.34 Lakhimpur 2,277 4 118 171 293 12.87 Morigaon 1,704 6 41 86 133 7.81 North Cachar 4,888 135 1,543 2,592 4,270 87.36 Hills Naogaon 3,831 40 352 402 794 20.73 Nalbari 2,257 4 70 208 282 12.49 Sibsagar 2,668 8 144 540 692 25.94 Sonitpur 5,324 56 279 621 956 17.96 Tinsukia 3,790 106 698 730 1,534 40.47 Grand Total 78,438 1,444 11,345 14,882 27,671 35.28 Source: State Forest Report, 2013 29 Sacred Groves are the small patches of forest, owned and protected by the community. So far 40 Sacred Groves are identified in Assam. These Sacred Groves locally called “Than” and “Madaico” in Assam. Mostly Sacred Groves are found in Karbi Anglong district. However some of the monasteries like Shankaradeva maths distributed all over the State also have Sacred Groves. These Sacred Groves are ecologically rich and play important role in the religious and sociocultural Environmental and Social Policy & Procedures Framework(ESPPF) 16 life of the local people and homes to many medicinal and aromatic plants and also as repositories of several endemic and endangered plants. 3.5 Protected Areas & Wetlands 30 In Assam 25 protected area networks consisting of 5 National Parks, and 20 Wildlife Sanctuaries (including 2 proposed WLS) are formed. All these National Parks and WLS hold a large number of endangered and local species. The Protected Area Network is presented in Figure 3.2. TABLE 3.4: LISTS OF PROTECTED AREA Sl. National Park / Location Main Habitat No. Wildlife Sanctuaries (District) 1. Kaziranga National Golaghat, One horned Rhino, Swamp Deer, Wild Buffalo, Tiger, Park Nagaon & Elephant, Hoolock Gibbon, Capped Langur, Sonitpur Home to 25 globally threatened and 21 near threatened species of birds 2. Manas National Park Chirang and Rhino, Elephant, Tiger, Pygmy Hog, Hispid hare, Golden Baksa Langur, Assamese Macaque, Rhesus Macaque, Leopard, Golden Cat, Fishing Cat, Leopard Cat, Jungle Cat, Large Indian civet, Small Indian civet, Toddy Cat 3. Orang National Park Udalguri and Rhino, Tiger, Maljuria Elephants (male elephants in Sonitpur group), Hog Deer, Wild Pig 222 species of Birds ( Greater Adjutant Stork, Lesser Adjutant Stork, Brahminy Duck, Pintail Duck etc.) 4. Nameri National Park Sonitpur Tiger, Leopard, Elephant, Gaur, Wild Pigs, Sambar, Barking Deer, Hispid hare, Slow Loris, Capped Langur, White Winged Wood duck, Palla’s fish-eagle, Lesser Adjutant Stork, Greater spotted Eagle, White ramped vulture, Longo billed vulture, Black bellied Term, Rufous–necked Hornbill, Wreathed Hornbill, Great Pied Hornbill etc. 5. Dibru-Saikhowa Dibrugarh Tiger, Elephant, Leopard, Jungle Cat, Bears, Small Indian National Park and Tinsukia Civet, Squirrels, Gangetic Dolphin, Slow Loris, Assamese Macaque, Rhesus Macaque, Capped Langur, Hoolock Gibbon. It is an identifies Important Bird Area (IBA) 6. Bherjan-Borajan- Tinsukia Hoolock Gibbon, Capped Langur, Pig-tailed, Macaque, Padumoni WLS Macaque, Slow Loris and Rhesus Macaque 7. Panidehing WLS Sivasagar Elephants, Lesser Adjutant Stork, Greater Adjutant, Swamp Francolin, Spot-billed Pelican, White-rumped Vulture, Greater Spotted Eagle, Slender-billed Vulture, Pallas's Fish-eagle 8. Hollongpara Gibbon Jorhat 7 Primates (Hoolock Gibbon, Stump- tailed Macaque, WLS Capped Langur, Pig-tailed Macaque, Assamese Macaque, Slow Loris and Rhesus Macaque) Environmental and Social Policy & Procedures Framework (ESPPF) 17 Sl. National Park / Location Main Habitat No. Wildlife Sanctuaries (District) 9. Nambor-Doigurung Golaghat Gaur, Elephants, Hoolock Gibbon WLS 10. Garampani WLS Karbi Elephants, White-winged Duck, Lesser Adjutant Stork Anglong 11. Nambor WLS Karbi Gaur , Elephants, Hoolock Gibbon Anglong 12. East Karbi Anlong Karbi Gaur, Elephants, Tiger, Hoolock Gibbon WLS Anglong 13. Marat Longri WLS Karbi Tigers, Leopards, Gaur , Elephants, Hoolock Gibbon Anglong 14. Burhachapori WLS Sonitpur Elephants, Aquatic Birds, Tiger, Bengal Florican 15. Laokhowa WLS Nagaon Elephant, Tiger, Asiatic Wild Buffalo, Bengal Florican 16. Pabitora WLS Morigaon Rhino, Leopards, Barking Deer, Lesser Adjutant, Greater Adjutant, White-bellied Heron, Greater Spotted Eagle 17. Sonai-Rupai WLS Sonitpur White Winged wood duck, Elephant, Tiger, Gaur 18. Barnadi WLS Udalguri Hispid Hare, Pygmy Hog, Elephants, Tiger 19. Chakrasila WLS Kokrajhar Golden Langur, Gaur 20. Dihing-Patkai WLS Dibrugarh Hoolock Gibbon, Elephants, White Winqed wood duck, and Tinsukia Tiqer 21. Borail WLS Cachar Serow, Himalayan Black bear, Hoolock Gibbon 22. Amchang WLS Kamrup Elephant, Gaur, Leopard (Metro) 23. Deepor Beel Wildlife Kamrup Greater Adjutant Stork, Whistling Teal, Open Billed Sanctuary (Metro) Stork, Shoveler, Pintail, Garganey, Pheasant tail jacanas 24 North Karbi Anglong Karbi Tiger, Lesser cats, Elephant, Gaur, Sambar, Bears, Wildlife Sanctuaries Anglong Barking deer, Rhesus macaque, Hoolock gibbon, Capped (Proposed) langur, Slow loris 25 Bordoibam Bilmukh Dhemaji and Kingfishers, Large whistling Teal, Lesser Adjutant Stork, Bird Sanctuaries Lakhimpur Spotted Dove, Pheasant tailed Jacana, Bronze winged (Proposed) Jacana, Indian River Tern, Black Headed Gull, White Wagtail, Black Headed Oriole, Purple Moorhen, Openbill Stork 31 Assam has 46 Important Bird Area (IBA) which are shown in Figure 3.2 below. These bird areas inhabits a large number of avifauna (resident as well as migrates). 32 Assam has five Elephant Reserves (Sonitpur ER (1,420 sq km), Dehing-Patkai ER (937 sq km), Kaziranga-Karbi Anglong ER (3,270 sq km), Dhansiri-Lungding ER (2,740 sq km), and Chirang-Ripu ER (2,600 sq km) and Eight Elephant Corridors connects these Elephant Reserves, Protected Forest and nearby forests locating in the neighboring States (viz. Arunachal Pradesh and Meghalaya). Some of these corridors are 0.5 km wide and are proximity to or on the major Environmental and Social Policy & Procedures Framework (ESPPF) 18 settlement. Brief description of these eight corridors in Assam is detailed below and also presented in Figure 3.2.  Kotha-Burhidihing: This corridor connects the Kotha Reserve Forest (Digboi Forest Division) and adjacent elephant populations of Changlang district of Arunachal Pradesh with the Burhidihing Reserve Forest (Doom Dooma Forest Division) thereby maintaining the linkage with Tarai Reserve Forest, Kakojan Reserve Forest and Nalani Reserve Forest. Length of the corridor is 6 km. and width is 1 km. Major Settlements in the corridor are Monogaon and Takeli pathar.  Upper Dihing East-Upper Dihing West Block at Bogapani: The corridor lies between the Upper Dihing East and West blocks of forestland and passes through Bogapani tea estate and a few settlements (viz. Bogapani and Panbari). This 3 km. long and 0.5 km. wide elephant corridor constitutes of Reserve Forest and some forest land which are leased to tea gardens and patta land.  Upper Dihing East-Upper Dihing West Block between Golai-Pawai: This corridor is primarily of Reserve Forest and patta land, connecting Upper Dihing East and West blocks for elephant movement. This corridor has witnessed crop depredation by elephant resulting discontinuation of cultivation by the adjacent villagers in 2000-2001. Again new settlements have started coming in the 6-7 km. long and 0.5 km. wide corridor.  Kalapahar-Daigurung: This corridor, located about 22 km. from Silonijan (Karbi Anglong) on the Silonijan-Chokikhola road is a small patch forest located between Sotiona and Parolijan village (Parolijan River). It is encircled by two hills, namely Kalapahar and Risak on either side connecting Kaziranga National Park via Kalioni Reserve Forest. Length of the corridor is 2 km. and width is 2 km.  Kaziranga-Karbi Anglong at Panbari: This 1 km. long and 0.85 km. wide corridor consisted of Reserve forest and Kaziranga National Park and connects elephant habitats of Kaziranga National Park with the Karbi Anglong forest.  Kaziranga-Karbi Anglong at Kanchanjuri: This corridor connects the elephant habitats of Kaziranga National Park with Brahapahar and Karbi Anglong forests. Under Eastern Assam Wildlife Division this corridor area passes through tea gardens and is close to NH 37. Length of the corridor is 2km.and width is 0.5 km. consisting of Reserve forest and proposed addition (4rd addition) to Kaziranga National Park. Environmental and Social Policy & Procedures Framework (ESPPF) 19 FIGURE 3.2: FOREST AND WILDLIFE HABITATS OF ASSAM Environmental and Social Policy & Procedures Framework(ESPPF) 20  Kukurakata-Bagser at Amguri: This corridor falls under Eastern Assam Wildlife Division, connecting the elephant habitats of Kaziranga National Park and Kukurakata Reserve Forest with Bagser Reserve Forest and the forest of Karbi Anglong. Length of the corridor is 0.8 km.and width 0.5 km. Amguri is the major settlement in the corridor.  Charduar-Singri hill: This corridor (Sonitpur West Forest Division) passes through tea gardens and settlements of Sonitpur district and is known to have very man-animal conflict. Several major settlements (viz. Posabasi, Panchnoi, Dipabasti, Rowmari basti etc.) lay in this 30 km. long and 1.5 km wide elephant corridor. 33 Wetland plays an important role in preserving biodiversity and wildlife and also support livelihood of indigenous people. Assam State has as many of 11178 wetlands. These wetlands are mainly of natural (Lakes/Ponds, Ox-bow lakes/ Cut-off meanders, High altitude wetlands, Riverine wetlands, Waterlogged, River/Stream) and manmade (Reservoirs/Barrages, Tanks/Ponds, Waterlogged). The Brahamputra and Barak are two important rivers of Assam. Deepor beel, Dhir beel, Sareswar beel, Sone beel, Tamaranga beel and Sonai beel are some of the important wetland sites of Assam.  Deepor Beel: This is a fresh water lake, on the southern bank of the Brahmaputra River (Kamrup District), covering an area of about 900 ha. It is one of the largest natural wetland in Assam, has been notified as Wildlife Sanctuary. This WLS homes to Greater Adjutant Stork, Lesser Adjutant Stork, Baer’s Pochard, Spot-billed Pelican, White-rumped Vulture, Greater Spotted Eagle, Slender-billed Vulture, Pallas's Fish-eagle and Spoon-billed Sandpiper;  Dhir Beel: Situated 30 km from Kokrajhar town at the base of Chakrashila Wildlife Sanctuary. The wetland covering 1003 ha is rich in aquatic flora and fauna and is a breeding ground for fish. Adjacent to Dhir, there is another Lake- Diplai. These twin lakes attract a lot migratory birds in winter including Near Threatened Ferruginous Duck and the Vulnerable Baer’s Pochard Aythya baeri. Swamp Francolin Francolinus gularis;  Sareswar Beel: This is a shallow, freshwater lake on the floodplain to the north of the Brahmaputra River in lower Assam. The total area of the beel is about 1700 ha. A great diversity of resident and migratory waterfowl are found in the lake. Both the lesser adjutant (Leptoptilos javanicus) and greater adjutant (L. dubius) are regular in the winter months;  Sone Beel: is the largest wetland in Assam. It is in Karimganj district of southern Assam. The lake is 12.5 km long and 3.9 km wide, with a 35.4 km shoreline. It is home to a large number of Environmental and Social Policy & Procedures Framework(ESPPF) 21 resident bird species and more than 150 species of birds have been recorded. The lake attracts thousands of waterfowl;  Tamaranga Beel: is actually a complex of wetlands known as Tamaranga -Dalani-Bhairab Complex, situated only 30 km south from Bongaigaon town. This is an important freshwater lake (beel) and has been listed as a Site of Global Importance in the Directory of Asian The beel attracts many migratory birds and is a good breeding ground for resident water birds.;  Sonai Beel is a cluster of natural lakes namely Nandini, Mer, Sonai, Raumari, Dobarani, and Patiabandha beel in Marigaon district of Assam. The wetlands are important for a wide variety of resident and migratory waterfowl, The Bengal Florican Houbaropsis bengalensis occurs in the wetland site; 3.6 Economy 34 Among eight States of the North Eastern Region, Assam is most industrially advanced State. There are several large, medium and small scale industries based on the resources like agriculture, forest and mineral available here. Two main large scale industries are OIL and Natural Gas which make up 50% of India's on-shore production and Tea which make up 53% of all India production. Papers, cement, Petrochemical are some other industries of Assam. At current prices, Assam’s net State domestic product (NSDP) is about INR 1461.99 billion in 2013-14. Agricultural sector accounts for about 27 percent of NSDP where industrial sector accounts only 14%. The comprehensive detail about Assam State is placed at Annexure 1. 3.7 Power Scenario 35 The peak demand of the State is 1430 MW. The State’s own generation is about 260MW out of their installed capacity of 377 MW as hydel generation (ROR i. e. Run of the Rivers) is negligible due to insufficient rainfall. The allocation of power in the State is depicted in the table below: TABLE 3.5 ALLOCATION OF POWER TO ASSAM Sl. Capacity Allotment To Assam Particulars Remarks No. MW % MW 1 Kathalguri (AGBPP) 291 56.5 164 Gas based 2 R C Nagar (AGTPP) 84 45.6 38 Gas based 3 Ranganadi (RHEP) 405 43.3 175 Run on River 4 Loktak (NHPC) 105 29.4 31 Reservoir Environmental and Social Policy & Procedures Framework (ESPPF) 22 5 Khangdong (KHEP) 50 56.3 28 Reservoir 6 Kopili-I (KOP-I) 200 53.5 107 Reservoir 7 Kopili-II (KOP-II) 25 52.3 13 Reservoir 8 Doyang (DHEP) 75 43.8 33 Reservoir A Total CSGS- NER 1235 589 B Total CSGS- ER 162 C TOTAL CSGS 751 1 Lakwa TPS 157 100 157 Gas based 2 Namrup TPS 120 100 120 Gas based 3 Karbi Langpi HEP 100 100 100 Run on River D APGCL TOTAL 377 377 EIPL, AOD, E OTHERS 31 100 31 Champamati HEP etc. F TOTAL AVAILABILITY 1159 Source: http://www.apdcl.gov.in/irj/go/km/docs/internet/ASSAM/webpage/PDF/prespower.pdf: 36 The gas based thermal power stations are generating far below their full capacity due to inadequate supply of gas etc. Under this situation, at present, Assam is receiving less than 500 MW from the CSGS during peak hours as against allocation of 751 MW. Total availability of power at present is around 800 MW including State's own generations of about 260 MW. APDCL is making efforts to minimize this 400 MW deficit by procuring 100-150 MW from the open market at a much higher rate than the normal rate of procurement by the Company. Enhance allocation of additional 490 MW i .e. 240 MW from Pallatana Power Project of ONGC in Tripura & 250 MW from Bongaigaon Thermal Power Station of NTPC at Bongaigaon would add up to some extent to minimize the demand-availability gap of power in Assam. 37 Assam Electricity Grid Corporation Limited (AEGCL) deals with transmission of electricity to the distribution network of Assam as well as it is also helping other States of the NE-Region to evacuate their share of power from Central Sectors by utilizing the grid network of AEGCL at different points. In the year 2004, the AEGCL could handle hardly 720 MW only. After 2004, on the assistance of Govt. of India and Govt. of Assam, different projects like ADB funding, NLCPR, NEC, TDF were implemented and grid capacity enhanced to handle load in the tune of 1603 MW presently. Since then, AEGCL has incorporated 4949.374 circuit kms of EHV lines and has a transformation capacity of about 4565.80 MVA from existing 54 numbers of EHV (400kV, 220kV, 132kV level) substations. AEGCL has also anticipated for additional transmission lines (around 900 Ckms) and transformation capacities (about 1300 MVA) by constructing new EHV substations (220 Environmental and Social Policy & Procedures Framework (ESPPF) 23 kV, 132kV level) and augmenting existing substations with assistance of Govt. of India and other funding resources including ADB. After completion of these projects at the end of 2014, AEGCL can handle 1694 MW power and at the end of 12th Plan, AEGCL could be able to handle 1998 MW. As per 18th EPS (Electric Power Survey) of CEA, the peak load demand of Assam is projected to be 1817 MW on March, 2017. 38 The distribution of power is carried out by APDCL in the whole State of Assam. There are three main regions or zones of APDCL.  APDCL- Upper Assam Region: It caters to the consumers of the districts of Golaghat, Jorhat, Sibsagar, Dibrugarh, Tinsukia, in Upper Assam. It has over 6.62 lakhs of consumers connected through 1503.5 Ckt km. of 33 kV lines and 9270.5 Ckt km. of 11 kV lines & 106 nos. of 33/11 KV substations of 896 MVA Capacity.  APDCL- Central Assam Region: Area of operation of this zone is spread across the Districts of. Cachar, Karimganj, Hailakandi, Nagaon, Sonitpur, North Lakhimpur Dhemaji Morigaon, N.C.Hills & Karbi Anglong. It has around 10.65 lakhs consumers distributed through 2539 Ckm of 33 KV lines and 22284.00 Ckm. of 11 KV network and 98 nos. of 33/11 KV substations with a total capacity of 814.00 MVA.  APDCL- Lower Assam Region: This zone caters to the energy needs of the consumers of the districts located in lower Assam, namely, Kamrup, Nalbari, Barpeta, Kokrajhar, Bongaigaon, Goalpara and Darrang. It has over 11.94 Lakh consumers of different categories at present connected through 2047 Ckt km 33 kV lines and 9950 Ckt. km of 11 kV network and 105 nos. of 33/11 kV substations with a total capacity of 978.95 MVA. 39 APDCL has initiated many reforms in the distribution sector with the assistance of ADB under its flagship programme viz. Assam Power Sector Development Project (APSDP) resulting in strengthening of Distribution Sector in addition to improvement of Transmission system of Assam. The programme has also helped in improvement/ modernization of communication system, up gradation of SCADA (SLDC), installation of new SCADA (RTU) resulted in better management of the system. Execution of the works under APSDP results in T&D loss reduction from 42.5% in 2003 to 29.6% in 2009. Apart from above, many projects under APDRP and RAPDRP schemes are under implementation for distribution and sub-distribution level to boost the reliability of overall distribution network. Environmental and Social Policy & Procedures Framework (ESPPF) 24 40 The State has taken major initiatives in rural electrification and as on March’ 2014, a total of 24,404 (96.2%) villages have been electrified as presented in Table 3.6. TABLE 3.6: STATUS OF ELECTRIFICATION IN ASSAM Villages electrified as on 31-03- %age of villages Un-electrified Total inhabited 2014 villages electrified villages as per 2011 (Provisional)(#) as on 31-08- as on census 2014 Numbers %age 31-08-2014 24,372 24,404 96.2 96.8 824 Source: http://cea.nic.in/reports/monthly/dpd_div_rep/village_electrification.pdf 3.8 Road Ahead 41 Future peak & energy demand in the State is likely to grow exponentially due to expansion industrialization/new industry/tea industry/ other infrastructure developments, 100% electrification rural households etc. by the end of 12th five year plan (2012-17). The State’s electricity demand forecast is to reach 2,2228 MW by 2019-20 widening the deficit by more than 500 MW. 42 To cater to the fast growing load growth of the State, a comprehensive expansion program in generation capacity addition (which is already underway with public and private sector investment) needs to be supported with an adequate transmission/evacuation and distribution system also with a view to reduction in T&D loss. Therefore, augmentations/ construction/strengthening of an efficient and adequate Transmission/distribution infrastructure is of utmost necessity so that power can be efficiently and reliably distributed to the end-users. Assam needs significant investments for improving its transmission and distribution network. Under the proposed World Bank funding for NERPSIP in Assam, the investments envisaged for expansion and strengthening of transmission and distribution system are expected to facilitate bridge of gap between demand and supply. Details of proposed expansion/augmentation of power system network in the State of Assam with the financial support amounting to Rs. 1435.55 Crores from GoI and World Bank is placed at Annexure 2. 8 as per 18th EPS survey report Environmental and Social Policy & Procedures Framework (ESPPF) 25 4.0 Stakeholder Analysis 43 The prime objective of the proposed investment is to strengthen the power sector in the State of Assam and capacity building to achieve sustainable development in the long term. The implementations of schemes with proposed investments are expected to facilitate power delivery to remote/virgin areas, to enhance the capacity & reliability of the system, to improve voltage profile & to reduce losses and ultimately to enhance satisfaction for all categories of consumers which in turn will spur growth & overall development in the whole State. The schemes are designed / developed to fulfill the above objectives in the following way:  To feed the remote or unconnected areas.  To meet the growing demand, both in domestic & industrial segments.  To improve reliability and quality of power through bi-furcation/trifurcation of existing 11kV very long overloaded feeders and connection of the different sections of 11 kV feeder/ line so formed to new substations.  To improve availability of power by augmenting the capacity of existing overloaded power transformers.  Reduction in technical losses due to improvement in voltage profile/power quality. 44 Stakeholder’s analysis has been undertaken to identify the issues and the concerns of various stakeholders who are supposed to be either directly or indirectly impacted/benefited or assume a position wherein they can have a significant role to play on project implementation. The Stakeholder’s analysis has been carried out to identify existing relationship and also to understand the roles, responsibilities and relations of these stakeholders in context of shaping the environment and social issues with respect to proposed project. The details of the key stakeholders identified at various levels from national level up to village/panchayat level and their issues & expectations with respect to proposed project has been provided in Table 4.1. The process of consultation with stakeholders involves formal and informal discussion. A wide range of issues were discussed with various stakeholders that might have environmental/ social concern. These are listed below. TABLE 4.1: KEY STAKEHOLDERS AND THEIR EXPECTATIONS/ISSUES No. Levels Key Stakeholders Expectations and Issues Improvement of overall power scenario of State and National Government of India timely implementation of project to achieve the A Level intended objective i.e. power to all to facilitate inclusive growth, through enhanced access of Environmental and Social Policy & Procedures Framework (ESPPF) 26 No. Levels Key Stakeholders Expectations and Issues consumers to Grid connected power supply, besides Ministry of Power improving its availability, adequacy, reliability and affordability. Strengthening of T&D networks of State & Capacity World Bank development of Utility and ensuring implementation of environment and social safeguards. Would expect active support from state utility and other stakeholders for timely implementation of project with POWERGRID intended benefits like providing electricity supply to remote or unconnected area. Regional DoNER Economic development of the North Eastern region B Level NEC Proper coordination for timely implementation of Department of Power project with intended benefits. Availability of land and other clearances for timely State Power implementation projects. Corporations Capacity building activities to enable undertaking such projects on their own in future. Ensuring recognition and protection of tribal institutions, property and their social, cultural, religious Tribal Welfare values and practices due to proposed intervention Department/ Autonomous District Proper coordination and approvals for State Council utilization/acquisition of land within ADC areas and for C Level carrying out other physical interventions in these areas as necessary. Protection of forest and protected areas, timely State Forest processing of approvals for utilization of forest land Department with minimum loss or implication to state forest Utilities like Water During implementation –coordination for timely supply, PHE, Oil & shifting of utilities as necessary and secured power Gas etc. supply to enhance efficiency of their activities. Proper information dissemination at the local Local NGOs community level and act as watch dog to oversee implementation as per applicable legal provisions. Media Coordination for information dissemination Project intervention would ensure requirement of minimum land area and affect minimum people as far District District Administration as possible. Regular co-ordination/ consultation D Level – Revenue Department between implementation agency and projected affected persons for early resolution of grievances & conflict management. Environmental and Social Policy & Procedures Framework (ESPPF) 27 No. Levels Key Stakeholders Expectations and Issues Implementation of project in their area would create employment and increase business opportunity to local and development of area though better accessibility of quality and reliable supply of power. Village council heads, Protection of right of the affected persons and early members, etc. resolution of grievances during project implementation. Proper coordination and approvals for utilization/ acquisition of land within ADC areas and for carrying out other physical interventions in these areas as necessary Local community leaders, elders, community groups, Village women groups etc. be involved and consulted to E Level Informal groups address issues related to compensation, employment opportunity due to project activity and coordination as necessary. Mutually agreed measures to address any adverse SC issues due to project activity. Tribal Groups heads, Council heads be consulted and ST involved in addressing all possible impact arisen due to project activity in the area. Women groups – be included in all consultation and be Women made part of decision making process related to project in their domain. Access to the communities in general and the affected families in particular. Secondly during implementation of the project activities for substations and especially Panchayat F Panchayat members the transmission/ distribution lines the permission and level consultations with the panchayat is necessary as their role in accessing and convincing local communities is important. Environmental and Social Policy & Procedures Framework (ESPPF) 28 5.0 Issues, Impacts and Management Measures – Social 45 Key social/ institutional issues emanating from stakeholder analysis relate to the following:  Securing/Alienation of land for substation;  Temporary damages to land, crops, trees or structures during construction;  Community participation during project cycle i.e. planning, implementation and operation;  Health and Safety risk including HIV/AIDS;  Tribal/vulnerable groups;  Locals, Women and Inter agency participation/coordination. 5.1 Impacts – Social 46 This section identifies the potential social impacts of the proposed projects in terms of the nature, magnitude, extent and location, timing and duration of the anticipated impacts. These impacts are both positive or negative relating to the project design stage, construction stage or the project operation and decommissioning stage. i. Positive Impacts  Increased economic activity;  Improved and reliable power supply;  Employment creation;  Improved road infrastructure;  Gender Issues - Access to electricity would improve the quality of life and also reduce the time consumption of women for household activities which will entail availability of more time for other activities.  Less reliance of fossil fuels like firewood, charcoal etc.;  Capacity Building. ii. Negative Impacts  Loss of land  Restriction of land use and land rights  Temporary loss of access to Common Property Resources and  Health and Safety risk including HIV/AIDS Environmental and Social Policy & Procedures Framework (ESPPF) 29 5.2 Management Framework – Social 47 Based on the issues to be addressed and impacts likely to occur, appropriate management measures have been drawn for implementation to mitigate the possible impacts due to proposed project interventions. While for positive impacts, enhancement measures are suggested; for negative impacts suitable mitigation measures has been included. Details of potential socials issues and its management framework and measures are outlined in ESPPF. Apart from this AEGCL/APDCL has developed a standard Environment Management Plan (Refer Annex.- A attached in ES) for its transmission and distribution projects which shall be made part of contract document for proper implementation by the Contractor. Summary of potential social issues and corresponding management measures is provided below in Table 5.1. Key principles governing the drawing of management measures and some ‘definitions’ are presented initially for a better reading of the measures. 5.3 Principles 48 The basic principles that guide this Social Management Framework (SMF) are:  Avoidance socially sensitive areas while planning project activities;  Minimisation of impacts when project activities occur in socially sensitive areas;  Mitigation of any unavoidable negative impacts arising out of its projects;  Optimization of land requirement; and  Greater transparency through involvement of community and other stakeholders. 5.4 Definitions 49 Following definitions will be applicable unless otherwise stated specifically; “Administrator" means an officer appointed for the purpose of rehabilitation and resettlement of affected families under sub-section (l) of section 43; "Affected area" means such area as may be notified by the appropriate Government for the purposes of land acquisition; "Affected family" includes; i) a family whose land or other immovable property has been acquired; ii) a family which does not own any land but a member or members of such family may be agricultural labourers, tenants including any form of tenancy or holding of usufruct right, share-croppers or artisans or who may be working in the affected area for three years prior to Environmental and Social Policy & Procedures Framework (ESPPF) 30 the acquisition of the land, whose primary source of livelihood stand affected by the acquisition of land; iii) the Scheduled Tribes and other traditional forest dwellers who have lost any of their forest rights recognised under the Scheduled Tribes and Other Traditional Forest Dwellers (Recognition of Forest Rights) Act, 2006 due to acquisition of land; iv) family whose primary source of livelihood for three years prior to the acquisition of the land is dependent on forests or water bodies and includes gatherers of forest produce, hunters, fisher folk and boatmen and such livelihood is affected due to acquisition of land; v) a member of the family who has been assigned land by the State Government or the Central Government under any of its schemes and such land is under acquisition; vi) a family residing on any land in the urban areas for preceding three years or more prior to the acquisition of the land or whose primary source of livelihood for three years prior to the acquisition of the land is affected by the acquisition of such land; "Appropriate Government" means,— i) in relation to acquisition of land situated within the territory of, a State, the State Government; ii) in relation to acquisition of land situated within a Union territory (except Puducherry), the Central Government; iii) in relation to acquisition of land situated within the Union territory of Puducherry, the Government of Union territory of Puducherry; iv) in relation to acquisition of land for public purpose in more than one State, the Central Government, in consultation with the concerned State Governments or Union territories; and v) in relation to the acquisition of land for the purpose of the Union as may be specified by notification, the Central Government: Provided that in respect of a public purpose in a District for an area not exceeding such as may be notified by the appropriate Government, the Collector of such District shall be deemed to be the appropriate Government; "Authority" means the Land Acquisition and Rehabilitation and Resettlement Authority established under section 51; "Collector" means the Collector of a revenue district, and includes a Deputy Commissioner and any officer specially designated by the appropriate Government to perform the functions of a Collector under this Act; Environmental and Social Policy & Procedures Framework (ESPPF) 31 "Commissioner" means the Commissioner for Rehabilitation and Resettlement appointed under sub-section (/) of section 44; "Cost of acquisition" includes; i) amount of compensation which includes solatium, any enhanced compensation ordered by the Land Acquisition and Rehabilitation and Resettlement Authority or the Court and interest payable thereon and any other amount determined as payable to the affected families by such Authority or Court; ii) demurrage to be paid for damages caused to the land and standing crops in the process of acquisition; iii) cost of acquisition of land and building for settlement of displaced or adversely affected families; iv) cost of development of infrastructure and amenities at the resettlement areas; v) cost of rehabilitation and resettlement as determined in accordance with the provisions of this Act; vi) administrative cost,— a) for acquisition of land, including both in the project site and out of project area lands, not exceeding such percentage of the cost of compensation as may be specified by the appropriate Government; b) for rehabilitation and resettlement of the owners of the land and other affected families whose land has been acquired or proposed to be acquired or other families affected by such acquisition; c) cost of undertaking 'Social Impact Assessment study': "Displaced family" means any family, who on account of acquisition of land has to be relocated and resettled from the affected area to the resettlement area; "Family" includes a person, his or her spouse, minor children, minor brothers and minor sisters dependent on him: Provided that widows, divorcees and women deserted by families shall be considered separate families; "Holding of land" means the total land held by a person as an owner, occupant or tenant or otherwise; Environmental and Social Policy & Procedures Framework (ESPPF) 32 "Infrastructure project" shall include any one or more of the items specified in clause ( b ) of sub- section (7) of section 2: "Land" includes benefits to arise out of land, and things attached to the earth or permanently fastened to anything attached to the earth; "Landless" means such persons or class of persons who may be,— i) considered or specified as such under any State law for the time being in force; or ii) in a case of landless not being specified under sub-clause (0. as may be specified by the appropriate Government; "Land owner" includes any person,— i) whose name is recorded as (he owner of the land or building or part thereof, in the records of the authority concerned; or ii) any person who is granted forest rights under the Scheduled Tribes and Other Traditional Forest Dwellers (Recognition of Forest Rights) Act, 2006 or under any other law for the time being in force; or iii) who is entitled to be granted Patta rights on the land under any law of the State including assigned lands: or iv) any person who has been declared as such by an order of the court or Authority; "Local authority" includes a town planning authority (by whatever name called) set up under any law for the time being in force, a Panchayat as defined in article 243 and a Municipality as defined in article 243P, of the Constitution; "Marginal farmer" means a cultivator with an un-irrigated land holding up to one hectare or irrigated land holding up to one-half hectare: "Market value" means the value of land determined in accordance with section 26; "Notification" means a notification published in the Gazette of India or, as the case may be, the Gazette of a State and the expression "notify" shall be construed accordingly; "Patta" shall have the same meaning as assigned to it in the relevant Central or State Acts or rules or regulations made thereunder; "Person interested" means— i) all persons claiming an interest in compensation to be made on account of the acquisition of land under this Act; Environmental and Social Policy & Procedures Framework (ESPPF) 33 ii) the Scheduled Tribes and other traditional forest dwellers, who have lost any forest rights recognised under the Scheduled Tribes and Other Traditional Forest Dwellers (Recognition of Forest Rights) Act, 2006; iii) a person interested in an easement affecting the land; iv) persons having tenancy rights under the relevant State laws including share-croppers by whatever name they may be called; and v) any person whose primary source of livelihood is likely to be adversely affected; "Project" means a project for which land is being acquired, irrespective of the number of persons affected; "Public purpose" means the activities specified under sub-section (/) of section 2; "Requiring Body" means a company, a body corporate, an institution, or any other organisation or person for whom land is to be acquired by the appropriate Government, and includes the appropriate Government, if the acquisition of land is for such Government either for its own use or for subsequent transfer of such land is for public purpose to a company, body corporate, an institution, or any other organisation, as the case may be, under lease, licence or through any other mode of transfer of land; "Resettlement Area" means an area where the affected families who have been displaced as a result of land acquisition are resettled by the appropriate Government; “Scheduled Areas" means the Scheduled Areas as defined in section 2 of the Provisions of the Panchayats (Extension to the Scheduled Areas) Act, 1996; "Small farmer" means a cultivator with an un-irrigated land holding up to two hectares or with an irrigated land holding up to one hectare, but more than the holding of a marginal fanner. TABLE 5.1: MANAGEMENT MEASURES TO ADDRESS POTENTIAL SOCIAL ISSUES Sl. Potential Issues Management Measures 1 Loss of land For Tranche-1, this is an issue as land for only 15 transmission substations out of 36 transmission & distribution substations is available with the Utility (for details refer Table-5.4). For remaining 5 transmission and 16 distribution substations, lands will have to be secured a fresh by AEGCL/APDCL through adopting any of the following three methods; i. Purchase of land on willing buyer & willing seller basis on negotiated rate; ii. Voluntary Donation; and Environmental and Social Policy & Procedures Framework (ESPPF) 34 Sl. Potential Issues Management Measures iii. Involuntary Acquisition. In case of procurement of land through private purchase, AEGCL/APDCL shall ensure that compensation/rate for land is not less than the rate provided in the new land acquisition act, 2013. In order to comply with this provision AEGCL/APDCL may organize an awareness camp where provisions of new act in respect of basis/modalities of compensation calculation shall be explained to land owners with specific State provision if any. In the case of voluntary donation of land, it is to ascertained that the land owner/user(s) are not subjected to undue pressure for parting of land. Apart from this following shall also be ensured:  All out efforts shall be made to avoid any physical relocation/displacement due to loss of land;  The AEGCL/APDCL shall facilitate extending ‘gratitude’ to the land donor(s) in lieu of the ‘contribution’ if so agreed. The same shall be documented in the shape of MoU between donor and utility.  Subsequently title of land shall be transferred in the name of AEGCL/APDCL. All land donations (as well as purchases) will be subject to a review/ approval from a committee comprising representatives of different sections including those from the IA and GoA. In case of land acquired through involuntary acquisition, provisions of RFCTLARRA, 2013 shall be followed. (for details refer Part – A of Social Management Framework placed as Annexure – 3) 2 Change in land use Due to inherent flexibility in locating substation and very small size of land, and population AEGCL/APDCL avoids habituated area completely hence no relocation of relocation for population on account of setting up of substation is envisaged. substations Although securing land for construction of substations proposed under tranche-1 is an issue, AEGCL/APDCL shall make all out efforts to secure such land wherein possibility of physical relocation/displacement is not envisaged. 3 Change in land use As per existing law, land for tower/pole and right of way is not acquired and population and agricultural activities are allowed to continue after construction activity relocation due to and AEGCL/APDCL pays compensation for all damages including cost of towers/poles land below tower to its owner without acquiring it. Hence change in land use and resultant relocation of people is not envisaged in T&D projects. 4 Right of Way Land for tower and right of way is not acquired as agricultural activities can continue. However, the project shall pay full compensation to all the affected persons/ community for any damages sustained during the execution of work. Accordingly, AEGCL/APDCL has formulated Environmental and Social Policy & Procedures Framework (ESPPF) 35 Sl. Potential Issues Management Measures appropriate management plan in the form of Compensation Plan for Temporary Damage (CPTD) to minimize the damages and provide compensation plan for temporary damages in consultation with the state government and affected persons and/ or community (for details refer Part – B of Social Management Framework placed as Annexure – 3) 5 Impact on Tribal The population of Assam as per census 2011 was 3,12,05,576. The Scheduled Tribes (STs) population is 38, 84,371 which constitutes 12.4 per cent of the total population of the State. In compliance with Bank’s Operational Policy 4.10 (Indigenous Peoples) and special provision of RFCTLARRA, 2013, a Tribal People Development Framework has been prepared (refer Part - C of Social Management Framework placed as Annexure – 3). 6 Gender/ women Women involvement will be planned through formal and informal group participation consultations so that their participation is ensured during preparation and implementation of the project. 7 Induced secondary AEGCL/APDCL operations are short-lived and do not induce secondary development during developments during construction. construction 8 Health and During construction the health and safety aspects of workers and nearby safety of community shall be implemented through contractors with due diligence worker/employee and compliance of required regulation/guideline through a safety plan /community AEGCL/APDCL uses best available technology for lines and do not cause any hazards to health and safety. 9 “Chance finds” or Possibilities of such phenomenon in T&D project are quite remote due to discovery of any limited and shallow excavations. However, in case of such findings, archaeological AEGCL/APDCL will follow the laid down procedure in the Section-4 of artifacts, treasure Indian Treasure Trove Act, 1878 as amended in1949. etc. during excavation 10 Inter Agency Exclusive bodies will be set up at state/ district levels for over-seeing, Coordination reviewing and guiding the project 50 Implementation viz., operationalization of the management measures necessarily needs to be done in the realm of regional/ national/ international legal and regulatory stipulations. The same is discussed below. 5.5 Legal and Regulatory Framework 51 The applicable acts, rules, and relevant policies in the context of the project are presented in Table- 5.2. The Project Authority will ensure that project implementation is consistent with provision of such legal framework Environmental and Social Policy & Procedures Framework (ESPPF) 36 TABLE 5.2 : LEGAL AND REGULATORY PROVISIONS - SOCIAL Sl. Acts, Rules and Relevance/ Applicability to the project No. Policies 1. Constitutional Provisions 1 6th Schedule of Provisions provide Special Power to ADC Area for the support/ the Constitution development of Tribal. Any activity sited in ADC area needs their consent. The Sixth Schedule provides for administration of tribal areas as autonomous entities. The administration of an autonomous district is vested in a District Council and of an autonomous region, in a Regional Council. These Councils are endowed with legislative, judicial, executive and financial powers. These institutions were expected to integrate these areas with the modern system of administration while preserving the traditional autonomy and local self-governing institutes of the tribal people. II. Provisions Law of the Land/Rules 2. The Right to Fair The Act provides for enhanced compensation and assistances measures Compensation and and adopts a more consultative and participatory approach in dealing with Transparency in the Project Affected Persons. As and when this Act becomes effective and Land Acquisition, adopted by the State of Assam then AEGCL/APDCL, too shall be bound Rehabilitation and by and would need to comply with relevant provisions of the Act. The Resettlement Act, salient features of the provisions of the new RFCTLARRA, 2013 are 2013 given in Annexure- 4. 3. Electricity Act, Transmission line projects are constructed under the ambit of Electricity 2003 (EA, 2003) Act, 2003 following the provisions of Section 67 & 68 of act. Under the provisions of Section 68(1):-Prior approval of the Govt. of Assam (GoA) is a mandatory requirement to undertake any new transmission project 66kV upward and for distribution project of 33kV system in the State which authorizes APDCL to plan and coordinate activities to commission a new Transmission/distribution project. The electricity act under Section 164 has a provision to grant licensee the power of Telegraph Authority as provided in the Indian Telegraph Act, 18859. GoA on request of AEGCL may by order in writing/through notification authorize them for using powers of telegraph authority after fulfilling the requirement as laid down in the rules thereof. The salient features of the Electricity Act 2003 are given in Annexure- 5. 4. Rights of Way In case of agricultural or private land damages, Section-67 and or Section- (RoW) and 68 (5 & 6) of the Electricity Act, 2003 and Section-10 of the Indian Compensation Telegraph Act, 1885 if vested with power under section 164 of the 9 POWERGRID, the designated Implementing Agency has already been vested with powers of telegraph authority by GoI vide Gazette Notification dated Dec.24, 2003. Environmental and Social Policy & Procedures Framework (ESPPF) 37 Sl. Acts, Rules and Relevance/ Applicability to the project No. Policies Electricity Act are followed for assessment and payment of compensation towards such damage. 5. The Scheduled The act recognizes and vests the forest rights and occupation in forest land Tribes and Other to forest dwelling. Scheduled Tribes and other traditional forest dwellers Traditional Forest who have been residing in such forests for generations but whose rights Dwellers could not be recorded, and provides for a framework for recording the (Recognition of forest rights so vested and the nature of evidence required for such Forest Rights) recognition and vesting in respect of forest land. Act, 2006 The definitions of forest dwelling Schedule Tribes, forestland, forest rights, forest villages, etc. have been included in Section 2 of the Act. The Union Ministry of Tribal Affairs is the nodal agency for implementation of the Act while field implementation is the responsibility of the government agencies. The applicability of the act linked with forest clearance process under Forest (Conservation) Act, 1980 w.e.f. August 2009 by MoEF shall be followed by AEGCL/APDCL. 6. The Right to The Act provides for setting out the practical regime of right to Information Act, information for citizens to secure access to information under the control 2005 of public authorities, in order to promote transparency and accountability in the working of every public authority, the constitution of a Central Information Commission and State Information Commissions and for matters connected therewith or incidental thereto. 7. Indian Treasure The Act provides for procedures to be followed in case of finding of any Trove Act, 1878 treasure, archaeological artifacts etc. during excavation. as amended in 1949 Possibilities of such discoveries are quite remote due to limited and shallow excavations. However, in case of such findings AEGCL/APDCL will follow the laid down procedure in the Section-4 of Act. 8. Ancient The act has been enacted to prevent damage to archaeological sites Monuments & identified by Archaeological Survey of India. Archaeological Sites and Remains During route alignment, all possible efforts are made to avoid these areas. Act, 1958 Wherever it becomes unavoidable AEGCL/APDCL will take necessary permission under this act. 9. The Assam This Act prevents construction of building or carrying out any activity e.g. Ancient Excavating, blasting or any operation of a like nature inside Monuments and archaeological site. Records Rule, 1964 AEGCL/APDCL shall comply with the requirements of this rule. III. World Bank OP (Operational Policy) Environmental and Social Policy & Procedures Framework (ESPPF) 38 Sl. Acts, Rules and Relevance/ Applicability to the project No. Policies 10. OP 4.12 – This policy covers direct economic and social impacts that both result Involuntary from Bank-assisted investment projects, and are caused by the Resettlement involuntary taking of land. To avoid or minimize involuntary resettlement and, where this is not feasible, assist displaced persons in improving or at least restoring their livelihoods and standards of living in real terms relative to pre-displacement levels or to levels prevailing prior to the beginning of project implementation, whichever is higher. Comparison between World Bank Policy (OP 4.12) Requirements and RFCTLARR Act, 2013 is placed in Table 5.3 11. OP 4.10 – This policy contributes to the Bank's mission of poverty reduction Indigenous Peoples and sustainable development by ensuring that the development process fully respects the dignity, human rights, economies, and cultures of Indigenous Peoples. The Bank provides project financing only where free, prior, and informed consultation results in broad community support to the project by the affected Indigenous Peoples. Such Bank- financed projects include measures to (a) avoid potentially adverse effects on the Indigenous Peoples’ communities; or (b) when avoidance is not feasible, minimize, mitigate, or compensate for such effects Bank- financed projects are also designed to ensure that the Indigenous Peoples receive social and economic benefits that are culturally appropriate and gender and inter generationally inclusive. The project shall ascertain broad community support for the project based on social assessment and free prior and informed consultation with the affected Tribal community, if any. TABLE 5.3: ANALYSIS OF REQUIREMENT UNDER WB POLICY (OP 4.12) AND RFCTLARR ACT 2013 S. World Bank Involuntary RFCTLAR Remarks and provisions in RFCTLARR Act, No. Resettlement Requirement RA, 2013 2013 Policy objectives 1 Avoid involuntary Social Impact assessment (SIA) should include: (i) resettlement (IR) wherever whether the extent of land proposed for acquisition feasible is the absolute bare minimum extent needed for the √ project; (ii) whether land acquisition at an alternate place has been considered and found not feasible. [ Section 4 sub-section 4(d) and 4(e)] 2 Where resettlement cannot The cumulative outcome of compulsory acquisition be avoided, resettlement should be that affected persons become partners in activities should be development leading conceived and executed as a [ Preamble of the RFCTLARR Act] √ development programme by providing sufficient resources to enable Affected Persons (APs) to Environmental and Social Policy & Procedures Framework (ESPPF) 39 share in project benefits. 3 APs should be meaningfully Whenever a SIA is required, the appropriate consulted and provided Government shall ensure that a public hearing is opportunities to participate held at the affected area, after giving adequate in planning and publicity about the date, time and venue for the √ implementing resettlement public hearing, to ascertain the views of the affected programs. families to be recorded and included in the SIA Report. [ Section 4 (1), 5, 45 (2)] 4 APs should be assisted in The cumulative outcome of compulsory acquisition their efforts to improve their should be that affected persons become partners in livelihoods and standards of development leading to an improvement in their post living, or at least restore √ acquisition social and economic status and for them, to pre-displacement matters connected therewith or incidental thereto. levels or to pre-project [Preamble of the RFCTLARR Act] levels. Coverage of Impacts 5 Involuntary taking of land Preamble of the said Act envisages restoration of resulting in loss of income livelihood as one of the guiding principle. sources or means of In the definition of affected family in includes ‘a livelihood, whether or not family which does not own any land but a member the affected persons must or members of such family may be agricultural move to another place labourers, tenants including any form of tenancy or holding of usufruct right, sharecroppers or artisans or who may be working in the affected area for three √ years prior to the acquisition of the land, whose primary source of livelihood stand affected by the acquisition of land; and further, a distinction is made between affected family and displaced family in the definition (i.e) a displaced family means any family, who on account of acquisition of land has to be relocated and resettled from the affected area to the resettlement area. [Section 3 sub-section c (ii) and k] Involuntary taking of land In the definition of affected family, it includes ‘a resulting in loss of assets or family whose land or other immovable property has access to assets been acquired’ [ Section 3 sub-section c (i)] 6 Involuntary restriction of In the definition of affected family in includes access to of access to ‘family whose primary source of livelihood for three legally designated parks and years prior to the acquisition of the land is dependent protected areas resulting in on forests or water bodies and includes gatherers of √ adverse impacts on the forest produce, hunters, fisher folk and boatmen and livelihoods of the displaced such livelihood is affected due to acquisition of persons. land’ [Section 3 sub-section c (vi)] Eligibility Criteria 7 Those who have formal In the definition of affected family, it includes ‘a legal rights to land family whose land or other immovable property has (including customary and √ been acquired’ traditional rights recognized [Section 3 sub-section c (i)] under the laws of the Environmental and Social Policy & Procedures Framework (ESPPF) 40 country) 8 Those who do not have In the definition of affected family, it includes ‘the formal legal rights to land Scheduled Tribes and other traditional forest at the time the census dwellers who have lost any of their forest rights begins but have a claim to recognized under the Scheduled Tribes and Other such land or assets-- Traditional Forest Dwellers (Recognition of Forest provided that such claims Rights) Act, 2006 due to acquisition of land’; and are recognized under the also includes ‘a member of the family who has been laws of the country or assigned land by the State Government or the become recognized Central Government under any of its schemes and through a process such land is under acquisition’; identified in the a family which does not own any land but a member √ resettlement plan or members of such family may be agricultural laborers, tenants including any form of tenancy or holding of usufruct right, share-croppers or artisans or who may be working in the affected area for three years prior to the acquisition of the land; a family residing on any land in the urban areas for preceding three years or more prior to the acquisition of the land or whose primary source of livelihood for three years prior to the acquisition of the land is affected by the acquisition of such land [Section 3 sub-section c (ii),(iii) and(v)] Measures/Entitlements 9 Ensure APs are informed Whenever a SIA is required, the appropriate about their options and Government shall ensure that a public hearing is rights pertaining to held at the affected area, after giving adequate resettlement publicity about the date, time and venue for the √ public hearing, to ascertain the views of the affected families to be recorded and included in the SIA report. [Section 5] 10 Ensure APs are provided Though explicitly not stated, the compensations are prompt and effective expected to be much more than replacement costs. compensation at full Total compensation and monetary benefits under R replacement cost for losses √ & R have to paid to PAPs before possession of land of assets attributable is granted. directly to the project. {Section -38 (1)} 11 If there is physical The Rehabilitation and Resettlement Award shall relocation, provide APs include all of the following.......... (c) particulars of with (i) assistance(such as house site and house to be allotted, in case of moving allowances) during displaced families; (d) particulars of land allotted to relocation; and (ii) the displaced families; (e) particulars of one time residential housing, or subsistence allowance and transportation allowance housing sites, or, as √ in case of displaced families. required, agricultural sites [Section 31 sub-section 2(c), (d) and (e)] and for which a combination of schedule-3 productive potential, locational advantages and other factors is at least equivalent to the advantages Environmental and Social Policy & Procedures Framework (ESPPF) 41 of the old site. 12 Provide relocation Each affected family is to be given one time assistance to displaced √ Resettlement Allowance of Rs. 50,000/- persons 13 Particular attention to be The act provides for special provisions and paid to the needs of assistance for scheduled caste and scheduled tribe in vulnerable groups among scheduled area. those displaced, especially [ Section 41] those below the poverty Further the act recognizes widows, divorcees and line, the landless, the women deserted by families as separate families elderly, women and √ [Section sub-section (m)] children, indigenous peoples, ethnic minorities, or other displaced persons who may not be protected through national land compensation legislation 14 Provision of compensation Total compensation and monetary benefits under R and of other assistance & R have to paid to PAPs before possession of land required for relocation, is granted. prior to displacement, and {Section -38 (1)}. preparation and provision of resettlement sites with adequate facilities, where required. In particular, √ taking of land and related assets may take place only after compensation has been paid and, where applicable resettlement sites and moving allowances have been provided to the displaced persons. 15 Preference should be given Land for land is recommended in irrigation projects to land- based resettlement and in projects where SC/ST is involved equivalent strategies for displaced √ land. persons whose livelihoods are land-based. [Section 41 &Second Schedule S.No.2] 16 Cash compensation levels Method of valuation of land and considering the should be sufficient to higher value as base with multiplying factor of 1-2 replace the lost land and and the 100 solatium with 12% interest comes out to other assets at full be more than replacement cost for land. For replacement cost in local structure, tree and crops, valuation by appropriate √ markets. authority will be equivalent to replacement value with provision of expert assistance. [Section 26 sub-section 1 and 2, Section 29 and Section 30] 17 Appropriate and accessible For the purpose of providing speedy disposal of grievance mechanisms are disputes relating to land acquisition, compensation, √ established for these groups. rehabilitation and resettlement, establish by notification. one or more Authorities to be known as Environmental and Social Policy & Procedures Framework (ESPPF) 42 "the Land Acquisition, Rehabilitation and Resettlement Authority" [Section 51 sub-section 1] 18 In new resettlement sites or In every resettlement area as defined under this Act, host communities, the Collector shall ensure the provision of all infrastructure and public infrastructural facilities and basic minimum services are provided as amenities specified in the Schedule-3 of the Act. necessary to improve, √ restore, or maintain [Section 32] accessibility and levels of service for the displaced persons and host communities. 19 Disclose the resettlement Discloser of R&R Scheme along with records of plan, including public hearing to be put in public domain by documentation of the uploading on specified website as well as placement consultation in an in Panchayat/ Municipality in vernacular language. accessible place and a form √ and language(s) { Sec. 19 (4)} understandable to affected persons and other stakeholders. 20 Monitor and assess Provision of post implementation social audit by resettlement outcomes, their R&R Commissioner Rehabilitation & Resettlement impacts on the standards of Committee to carry out post implementation social √ living of displaced persons. audit in consultation with Gram Sabha/ Municipality. { Sec. 44 (3) & 45} 52. From the above analysis it may be noted that the only difference between the provisions of new act and World Bank policy is in respect of the cut-off date for determining eligibility for non- titleholders. As per the act such eligibility criteria is dependence on acquired land three years preceding the acquisition whereas same eligibility is the date of commencement of the survey. However, such strict criterion in the act is to safeguard the interest of genuine persons and to discourage influx of outsiders and people with vested interest. The same eligibility criteria of three years preceding land acquisition notification (Sec-4 under LAA) was accepted by Bank in case of POWERGRID’s ESPP in 2005 and also during comprehensive analysis under UCS in 2009. 5.6 Mitigation Measures 53 The likely/associated social impact of transmission & distribution line projects are not far reaching and are mostly localized to near vicinity/ ROW. Many such impacts can be minimized through careful route selection and siting of substations. Sound design/ engineering variations also play a major role in planning effective mitigative measures depending upon the site Environmental and Social Policy & Procedures Framework (ESPPF) 43 situation/location. The major social issues that need attention and proper care under this project are as follows; a) Substation: Land for substations is an issue as fresh lands will be required for construction of substations. AEGCL/APDCL shall secure/acquire the required land either through direct purchase on willing buyer & willing seller basis on negotiated rate or by invoking provisions of RFCTLARRA, 2013. However, efforts will be made to secure such land wherein possibility of physical relocation/displacement is not envisaged. Details of land availability status of substations are provided in Table – 5.4. TABLE 5.4: LAND AVAILABILITY FOR SUBSTATION Sl. Scope of Name of the substation Land Status No. work A. Transmission Substations 1 220/132 kV Amingaon (GIS) New 220/132 kV Behiating (New 2 New Dibrugarh) 132/33 kV Guwahati Medical 3 New College (GIS) 4 132/33 kV Chapakhowa New Land for 5 new substations (i.e. Behiating, 5 132/33 kV Silapather New Silapather, Guwahati Medical College, 6 132/33 kV Hazo New Paltanbazar, & Sarupather) and all 7 132/33 kV Paltanbazar (GIS) New extension substations are available with 8 132/33 kV Tangla New AEGCL. For remaining 6 new substations, the required land shall be secured either 9 132/33 kV Sarupather New through direct purchase on willing buyer 10 132/33 kV Tezpur New New & willing seller basis on negotiated rate or 11 132/33 kV Teok New by invoking provisions of RFCTLARRA, 12 220/132 kV Rangia Augmentation 2013 13 220/132 kV Tinsukia Augmentation 14 132/33 kV Dhemaji SS Augmentation 15 132/33 kV Sonabil Augmentation 16 132/33 kV Rupai Augmentation 17 132/33 kV Kahilipara Augmentation 18 132/33 kV Kamakhya (GIS) Augmentation 19 220/132 kV Samaguri Augmentation 20 132/33 kV Dhaligaon Augmentation B. Distribution Substations 1 33/11 kV substation (16 Nos.) New APDCL has identified land for these substations and the required lands shall be secured either through direct purchase on willing buyer & willing seller basis on negotiated rate or by invoking provisions of RFCTLARRA, 2013. Environmental and Social Policy & Procedures Framework (ESPPF) 44 Thus Land for tranche-1 and subsequent investments under future tranches can be secured through three following methods; i) Purchase of land on willing buyer & Willing Seller basis on negotiated rate; ii) Voluntary Donation; and iii) Involuntary Acquisition. In case of procurement of land through private purchase, AEGCL/APDCL shall ensure that compensation/rate for land is not less than the rate provided in the new land acquisition act, 2013. The finalization of land price/negotiation shall be through a committee. In order to comply with this provision AEGCL/APDCL may organize an awareness camp where provisions of new act in respect of basis/modalities of compensation calculation shall be explained to land owners with specific State provision if any. In case of voluntary donation of land the following shall be ensured:  The land user(s) will not be subjected to undue pressure for parting of land;  All out efforts shall be made to avoid any physical relocation/displacement due to loss of land;  The AEGCL/APDCL shall facilitate in extending ‘gratitude’ to the land donor(s) in lieu of the ‘contribution’ if so agreed. The same shall be documented in the shape of MoU between donor and utility and subsequently title of land transferred in the name of AEGCL/APDCL  All land donations (as well as purchases) will be subject to a review/ approval from a committee comprising representatives of different sections including those from the IA and GoA. In case of land acquired through involuntary acquisition, provisions of RFCTLARRA, 2013 shall be adopted. RFCTLARRA, 2013 has replaced the old Land Acquisition Act, 1894 and has come into force from 1st January 2014. The new act i.e. RFCTLARRA, 2013 authorizes State Govt. (i.e. GoA) or its authorized Government agency to complete the whole process of acquisition of private land including Social Impact Assessment (SIA), Action Plan for R&R (i.e. Rehabilitation and Resettlement) & its implementation and the AEGCL/APDCL’s responsibility is limited to identification and selection of suitable land based on technical requirement and ensuring budget allocation. Environmental and Social Policy & Procedures Framework (ESPPF) 45 Safeguards against land acquisition 54 Conducting Social Impact Assessments (SIA) has been made mandatory under this new act and results of these assessments are shared with all the stakeholders and public hearing held which makes the process transparent and informed. Subsequently, an entitlement package that includes both compensation (for land/structure and assets to land and structure) and R&R as necessary is prepared. Further to this individual awards are passed and all documents are disclosed in the public domain through local administration and internet. The flow chart of the land acquisition process with schedule prescribed for various activities is illustrated in Figure 5.1 below. The entitlements with regard to compensation and assistances towards land acquisition or loss of any assets or livelihood for all categories of people being affected due to land acquisition is briefly outlined in Table – 5. 5 below. TABLE 5.5: COMPENSATION AND R&R ENTITLEMENT FRAMEWORK FOR LAND ACQUISITION A Comprehensive Compensation Package Eligibility for Entitlement Provisions The affected families Determination of Compensation :  Land Owners: includes any person- 4. Market value of the land  as specified in the Indian Stamp Act, 1899 v) whose name is recorded as (he owner or of the land or building or part  the average of the sale price for similar type of land thereof, in the records of the situated in the village or vicinity, authority concerned; or or vi) any person who is granted forest  consented amount of compensation as agreed in case rights under the Scheduled Tribes of acquisition of lands for private companies or for and Other Traditional Forest public private partnership project. Dwellers (Recognition of Forest whichever is higher Rights) Act, 2006 or under any other Market value x Multiplier* between 1 to 2 in rural law for the time being in force; areas only (No multiplier in urban areas). or 5. Value of the assets attached to land: vii) who is entitled to be granted Patta rights on the land under any Building/Trees/Wells/Crop etc. as valued by relevant law of the State including assigned govt. authority; lands: Land compensation = 1+2 or viii) any person who has been 6. Solatium: 100% of total compensation declared as such by an order of the Total Compensation : 1+2+3 court or Authority; (*) Precise scale shall be determined by the State Govt. The indicative values of multiplier factor based on distance from urban areas as provided in the act. Environmental and Social Policy & Procedures Framework (ESPPF) 46 Radial Distance from Urban area (Km) Multiplier Factor 0-10 1.00 10-20 1.20 20-30 1.40 30-40 1.80 40-50 2.00 B. R&R Package Elements of Rehabilitation and Resettlement Entitlements for all the affected families (both land owners and the families whose livelihood is primarily dependent on land acquired) in addition to compensation provided above Sl. Elements of R& R Provision No. Entitlements Subsistence grant/allowance 1. Rs. 3000 per month per family for 12 months for displaced families d. Where jobs are created through the project, mandatory employment for one member per affected family; or e. Rupees 5 lakhs per family; The affected families shall or 2. f. Rupees 2000 per month per family as annuity for 20 be entitled to: years, with appropriate index for inflation; The option of availing (a) or (b) or (c) shall be that of the affected family iii. A constructed house shall be provided as per the Indira Awas Yojana specifications. Housing units for iv. A constructed house shall be provided, which will be not displacement: less than 50 sq. mts. in plinth area. iii) If a house is lost in In either case the equivalent cost of the house may also be 3. rural areas: provided in lieu of the house as per the preference of the iv) If a house is lost in project affected family. urban areas The stamp duty and other fees payable for registration of the house allotted to the affected families shall be borne by the Requiring Body. Transportation cost for 4. Rs 50,000/- per affected family displaced families Resettlement Allowance 5. Onetime Rs 50,000/- per affected family (for displaced families) Onetime financial assistance as appropriate for construction 6. Cattle shed/ petty shop cost as decided by St. Govt. subject to minimum of Rs.25,000/- Artisan/small traders/others Onetime financial assistance as appropriate as decided by 7. (in case of displacement) State Govt. subject to minimum of Rs.25,000/- Environmental and Social Policy & Procedures Framework (ESPPF) 47 Special Provisions for SCs/STs In addition to the R&R package, SC/ST families will be entitled to the following additional benefits: 8. One time financial assistance of Rs. 50,000 per family; 9. Families settled outside the district shall be entitled to an additional 25% R&R benefits; 10. Payment of one third of the compensation amount at very outset; 11. Preference in relocation and resettlement in area in same compact block; 12. Free land for community and social gatherings; 13. In case of displacement, a Development Plan is to be prepared 14. Continuation of reservation and other Schedule V and Schedule VI area benefits from displaced area to resettlement area. FIGURE 5.1: ACTIVITY CHART RFCTLARRA, 2013 Environmental and Social Policy & Procedures Framework (ESPPF) 48 Right of Way: Land for tower and right of way is not acquired and agricultural activities are allowed to continue. However, the law stipulates that the licensee shall have to pay full compensation to all interested for any damages sustained during the execution of work. Accordingly, AEGCL has formulated appropriate management plan in the form of Compensation Plan for Temporary Damage (CPTD) to minimize the damages and provide compensation plan for temporary damages in consultation with revenue department and affected person based on assessment (refer Part - B of Social Management Framework placed as Annexure – 3). The detailed process for crop/tree compensation is placed at Anexure 6 & Annexure 6a. The entitlement matrix for planning compensation for possible impact is as follows: Entitlement Matrix for CPTD S. No ISSUE/IMPACT BENEFICIARY ENTITLEMENT OPTIONS 1. Land area below Owner 100% land cost at market value as tower base. ascertained by revenue authorities or based on negotiated settlement without actual acquisition/title transfer. 2. Loss/damage to Owner/Tenant/ Compensation to actual cultivator at market crops and trees in sharecropper/ rate for crops and 8 years income for fruit line corridor leaseholder bearing trees*. APs will be given advance notice to harvest their crops. All timber* will be allowed to retain by the owner. 3. Other damages Actual cost as assessed by the concerned (if applicable) All APs authority. 4. Loss of structure (i) House Titleholders Cash compensation at replacement cost (without deduction for salvaged material) plus Rs. 25,000/- assistance (based on prevailing GOI norms for weaker section housing) for construction of house plus transition benefits as per category-5 below. (ii) Shop/ Institutions/ Individual/ Cash compensation plus Rs. 10000/- for Cattle shed Titleholders construction of working shed/shop plus transition benefits as per category-5 below 5. Losses during Family/unit Provision of transport or equivalent cash for transition under (i) shifting of material/ cattle from existing & (ii) above for place to alternate place Shifting / Transport Environmental and Social Policy & Procedures Framework (ESPPF) 49 S. No ISSUE/IMPACT BENEFICIARY ENTITLEMENT OPTIONS 6 Tribal/ Vulnerable Vulnerable One time additional lump sum assistance not APs APs10 exceeding 25% of total compensation on recommendation of State Authority/ADC/VC. * Assistance/help of Forest department for timber yielding trees and Horticulture department for fruit bearing trees shall be taken for assessing the true value. b) Tribal People: The population of Assam as per census 2011 was 3,12,05,576. The Scheduled Tribes (STs) population is 38, 84,371 which constitutes 12.4 per cent of the total population of the State. In compliance with Bank’s Operational Policy and special provision of RFCTLARRA, 2013, a Tribal People Development Framework has been prepared (refer Part - C of Social Management Framework placed as Annexure – 3). d) Gender: Women will be involved through formal and informal consultations so that their participation is ensured during preparation and implementation of the project. To enable this, efforts will be made to deploy as many women community volunteers as possible and conduct gender sensitization capacity building programs for all the project staff. 5.7 Health and Safety Requirements 55 AEGCL/APDCL maintains safety as a top priority, apart from various labour laws dealing with workers’ health and safety, such as the Workmen’s Compensation Act. AEGCL/APDCL ensures the implementation of health and safety as per the norms the said act which is an integral part of the contractors’ activities. EHS guidelines of AEGCL/APDCL (Annexure-7 for detailed checklist) are developed on the basis of World Bank EHS guidelines to be adopted by AEGCL/APDCL. 5.8 Exposure to Electro Magnetic Fields (EMF) 56 There have been some concerns about the possibility of an increased risk of cancer from exposure to electromagnetic radiation from overhead transmission lines. However, a review by the World Health Organization (WHO) held as part of the International EMF Project (1996), concluded that: “From the current scientific literature there is no convincing evidence that exposure to radiation field shortens the life span of humans or induces or promotes cancer”. 10 Vulnerable APs include scheduled tribes residing in scheduled areas/ physically handicapped/ disabled families etc. Environmental and Social Policy & Procedures Framework (ESPPF) 50 Currently no EMF exposure guidelines have been framed in the country. However, international guidelines in this regard are detailed below:  State Transmission Lines Standards and Guidelines in the USA;  International Commission on Non-Ionizing Radiation Protection (ICNIRP);  US National Council on Radiation; and  American Conference on Government and Industrial Hygiene (ACGIH). The ICNIRP guideline for the general public (up to 24 hours a day) is a maximum exposure level of 1,000 mG or 100 T. AEGCL/APDCL shall follow the best international practices while designing its system to maintain acceptable prescribed EMF level. 5.9 General Safety Standards 57 AEGCL/APDCL will follow all applicable standards concerned with safety for transmission, distribution and erection of Substation. These include IS: 5613 – recommendation on safety procedures and practices in electrical work as per CEA (Measures relating to Safety and Electric Supply) Regulation, 2010 notified in the Gazette on 20th Sept. 2010 (Annexure- 8). 6.0 Issues, Impacts and Management Measures - Environment 58 Environmental issues of T&D projects are manageable given the inherently small ‘foot print’ of towers and flexibility in siting facilities within a relatively large host area and are mostly localized to ROW. However, transmission line project may have some adverse effects on natural resources. These impacts can be minimized by careful route selection and siting of substations. In order to get latest information and further optimization of route, modern survey techniques/tools like GIS, GPS aerial photography are also applied. Introduction of GIS and GPS/Google earth/IBAT in route selection result in access to updated / latest information, through satellite images and further optimization of route having minimal environmental impact. Moreover, availability of various details, constraints like topographical and geotechnical details, forest and environmental details help in planning the effective mitigation measures including engineering variations depending upon the site situation / location. In the instant project also these techniques are to be used for minimizing/mitigating such issues. 6.1 Environmental issues A) Transmission/Distribution lines 59 The key environmental issues associated with installation of transmission/distribution lines are: Environmental and Social Policy & Procedures Framework (ESPPF) 51 1) Clearing of Trees within Right of Way 60 Right of Way (RoW) width for the transmission/distribution line depends on the line voltage. The maximum permissible width of RoW on forest land and minimum clearance between Trees and conductors as specified in IS: 5613 and by MoEF guidelines are given in Table 6.1. 61 At present, a width clearance of 3 m is allowed below each conductor for the movement of tension stringing equipment (Annexure - 9). Trees on such strips are felled/lopped to facilitate stringing and maintenance of RoW. After completion of stringing, natural regeneration or dwarf tree/medicinal tree plantation is allowed to a certain height. Trimming or pruning is done with the permission from the local forest officer to maintain required electric clearance as necessary during operation and maintenance. In hilly areas where adequate clearance is already available, tree will not be cut/felled in 3 meter strip beneath for RoW except working clearance as stringing is done manually only. As compared to transmission line, distribution line requires only small right of way and therefore felling of trees is much less than that requires for laying of transmission lines. Generally stringing of distribution line is carried out manually and therefore trimming/pruning of tree branches are only required instead of large nos. tree cutting Felling, lopping of tree can open up forest canopy allowing more sunlight into under storey where it can lead to edge effect and allow for proliferation of socio-phytic weeds. This can have added repercussions within a semi evergreen or evergreen biotope. TABLE 6.1: ROW CLEARANCE BETWEEN CONDUCTORS AND TREES Transmission Voltage Max. ROW Minm. Clearance (in meters) between (In kV) (In Meters) conductor & Trees * 11 7 2.6 33 15 2.8 66 18 3.4 110 22 3.7 132 27 4.0 220 35 4.6 400 D/C & S/C 46 5.5 * As per IS: 5613 and MoEF guidelines finalized in consultation with CEA 2) Clearing of Ground Vegetation for Movement of Machinery: Machinery and equipment is used for installation of transmission and distribution lines, towers/poles and construction of substations and may require clearing of ground vegetation for its movement. This activity causes temporary disturbance to the forest, orchards, plantation and agriculture etc. AEGCL/APDCL wherever possible utilises the existing path / access roads for the movement of man and machinery. Environmental and Social Policy & Procedures Framework (ESPPF) 52 The existing roads which cannot support heavy machinery load are upgraded and thus the village infrastructure is improved. In areas where lines traverse agricultural land, compensation is paid to owners for any crop damage incurred as a result of construction activities. Agricultural activities are allowed to continue following the construction period. If bunds or other on-farm works are disturbed during construction or maintenance, they are restored to the owner's satisfaction following cessation of construction or maintenance activities. In the event that private trees are felled during construction or maintenance operations, compensation is paid to the owner as determined by the forest / horticulture departments. 3) Aesthetic appeal of an area: Erection of transmission/distribution towers and lines some time affects the aesthetics of the area. However, measures like painting of towers/poles in grey or green to merge with the background and planting trees along roads running parallel to transmission/distribution lines in consultation with Forest Department, if feasible would be undertaken by AEGCL/APDCL to buffer visual effect. B) Substations 62 The key environmental issues associated with construction of substation are: 1) Clearing of Ground Vegetation: The land requirement for substations varies from 0.3 acres to 10 acres depending upon no. of bays. The ground vegetation needs to be cleared to enable construction activity. 2) Used Transformer Oil: As a part of routine maintenance, transformer oil is changed every 10-15 years. The used transformer oil is categorised as hazardous wastes as per Hazardous waste (Management, Handling and Trans-boundary) Rules, 2008 and its unscientific disposal in environment may lead to soil and water contamination. 3) Used Battery: Used lead acid battery is a pollutant and therefore its improper handing & disposal may lead to contamination of soil and water. 4) E-waste: The Electrical and Electronic Equipment (EEE) have hazardous / toxics substances in their components which may cause harm/pose risk to health and environment during handling after its expiry & full usage. 5) SF6 gas is a highly potential Green House Gas (GHG) being used in Circuit Breaker. Mishandling and leakage etc can lead to its escape into the atmosphere causing global warming. Environmental and Social Policy & Procedures Framework (ESPPF) 53 6.2 Principles 63 The basic principles that guide EMF are: ― Avoidance environmentally sensitive areas while planning project activities; ― Minimisation of impacts when project activities occur in environmentally sensitive areas; ― Mitigation of any unavoidable negative impacts arising out of its projects; and ― Greater transparency through involvement of community and other stakeholders through consultation 6.3 Definitions “Adverse environmental effect” means any irreversible harmful affect on natural environment; “Battery” means lead acid battery which is a source of electrical energy and contains lead metal; “Central Pollution Control Board” means the Central Pollution Control Board constituted under sub-section (1) of section 3 of the Water (Prevention and Control of Pollution) Act, 1974 (6 of 1974); “Forest” The word “forest” must be understood according to its dictionary meaning. This description covers all statutorily recognized forests, whether designated as reserved, protected or otherwise for the purpose of Section 2(i) of the Forest Conservation Act. The term "forest land", occurring in Section 2, will not only include "forest" as understood in the dictionary sense, but also any area recorded as forest in the Government record irrespective of the ownership; “E-waste” means waste electrical and electronic Equipments, whole or in part or rejects from their manufacturing and repair process, which are intended to be discarded; “Hazardous waste” means any waste which by reason of any of its physical, chemical, reactive, toxic, flammable, explosive or corrosive characteristics causes danger or is likely to cause danger to health or environment, whether alone or when in contact with other wastes or substances, and shall include- (i) waste specified under column (3) of Schedule-I, (ii) wastes having constituents specified in Schedule-II if their concentration is equal to or more than the limit indicated in the said Schedule, and (iii) wastes specified in Part A or Part B of the Schedule-III in respect of import or export of such wastes in accordance with rules 12, 13 and 14 or the wastes other than those specified in Part A or Part B if they possess any of the hazardous characteristics specified in Part C of that Schedule; “Environment” means land, water, air, living organisms and interacting natural systems; Environmental and Social Policy & Procedures Framework (ESPPF) 54 “Environmental assessment” means the process of assessing the environmental effects of a project in order to evaluate their significance, and may include identifying measures to prevent, minimize, mitigate or compensate for adverse environmental and social effects. Environmental and social assessment is the responsibility of the project sponsor; “Mitigation measures” means methods to reduce, eliminate or compensate for adverse environmental and social effects; “State Pollution Control Board” means the State Pollution Control Board or the Pollution Control Committee constituted under sub-section (1) of section 4 of the Water(Prevention and Control of Pollution) Act, 1974 (6 of 1974); 6.4 Legal and Regulatory Framework 64 The applicable acts, rules, and relevant policies in the context of the project are presented in Table- 6.2. The Project Authority will ensure that project activities implemented are consistent with provisions of such legal framework. TABLE 6.2: LEGAL AND REGULATORY PROVISIONS – ENVIRONMENT Sl. Acts, Notifications Relevance/ Applicability to the project No. and Policies I. Constitutional Provisions (India) a Article 48 A The State shall endeavor to protect and improve the environment and to safeguard the forests and wildlife of the country. b Article 51 A (g) It shall be the duty of every citizen of India to protect and improve the natural environment including forests, lakes, rivers and wildlife and to have compassion for living creatures. II. Provisions Law of the Land/Rules 1. Electricity Act, 2003 Transmission line projects are constructed under the ambit of (EA, 2003) Electricity Act, 2003 following the provisions of Section 67 & 68 of act. Under the provisions of Section 68(1):-Prior approval of the Govt. of Assam (GoA) is a mandatory requirement to undertake any new transmission project 66kV upward and for distribution project of 33kV system in the State which authorizes APDCL to plan and coordinate activities to commission a new Transmission/distribution project. The electricity act under Section 164 has a provision to grant licensee Environmental and Social Policy & Procedures Framework (ESPPF) 55 Sl. Acts, Notifications Relevance/ Applicability to the project No. and Policies the power of Telegraph Authority as provided in the Indian Telegraph Act, 188511. GoA on request of AEGCL may by order in writing/through notification authorize them for using powers of telegraph authority after fulfilling the requirement as laid down in the rules thereof. The salient features of the Electricity Act 2003 are given in Annexure- 5. 2. Forest (Conservation) This Act provides for the conservation of forests and regulates the Act, 1980 diversion of forest land to non-forestry purpose. When any transmission/distribution line traverses forest land, prior clearance is mandatorily required from Ministry of Environment and Forests (MoEF), GoI under the Forest (Conservation) Act, 1980. The approval process of forest clearance in brief, as per set procedure in the guideline under the act and rules is shown in Figure 6.1 below. Flow charts for forest clearance process and procedure of online submission of application are provided in Annexure- 10 & 10a respectively. 3. The Scheduled Tribes The act recognizes and vests the forest rights and occupation in forest and Other Traditional land to forest dwelling. Scheduled Tribes and other traditional forest Forest Dwellers dwellers who have been residing in such forests for generations but (Recognition of whose rights could not be recorded, and provides for a framework for Forest Rights) Act, recording the forest rights so vested and the nature of evidence 2006 required for such recognition and vesting in respect of forest land. The definitions of forest dwelling Schedule Tribes, forestland, forest rights, forest villages, etc. have been included in Section 2 of the Act. The Union Ministry of Tribal Affairs is the nodal agency for implementation of the Act while field implementation is the responsibility of the government agencies. The applicability of this act has also been linked with forest clearance process under Forest (Conservation) Act, 1980 w. e. f. August 2009 by MoEF which AEGCL/APDCL needs to comply with. 4. Environment It is umbrella legislation for the protection and improvement of (Protection) Act, environment. This Act as such is not applicable to transmission/ 1986 distribution projects of AEGCL/APDCL. Project categories specified under the schedule of the EIA notification is provided in Annexure - 11. Even then some limited compliance measures notified under this EPA, 1986 are to be adhered to relevant rules and regulations under the EPA, 1986 applicable to the operations of AEGCL/APDCL. 11 POWERGRID, the designated Implementing Agency has already been vested with powers of telegraph authority by GoI vide Gazette Notification dated Dec.24, 2003. Environmental and Social Policy & Procedures Framework (ESPPF) 56 Sl. Acts, Notifications Relevance/ Applicability to the project No. and Policies Ozone Depleting As per the notification, certain control and regulation has been i) Substances imposed on manufacturing, import, export, and use of these (Regulation and compounds. Control) Rules, 2000 ii) Batteries As per notification, Being a bulk consumer AEGCL/APDCL to (Management and ensure that the used batteries are disposed to dealers, manufacturer, Handling) Rules, registered recycler, re-conditioners or at the designated collection 2001 centers only. A half-yearly return is to be filed as per Form-8 (Annexure - 12) to the Assam State Pollution Control Board iii) Hazardous Wastes As per notification, used oil is categorized as hazardous waste and (Management, require proper handling, storage and disposed only to authorized Handling and disposal facility (registered recyclers/ reprosessors) Being a bulk Transboundary user, AEGCL/APDCL shall comply with provision of said rules. Movement) Rules, AEGCL/APDCL, as bulk user of transformer oil which is categorized 2008 as Hazardous Waste, shall comply with the provisions of the said rules (refer Annexure - 13 for MoEF notification dated 24th September 2008) if the practice of storing of used oil is maintained. In case it is decided to outsource the process of recycle of used oil to registered recycler as per the provisions of notification then AEGCL/APDCL shall submit the desired return in prescribed form to concerned State Pollution Control Board at the time of disposal of used oil. iv) E-waste As per notification, bulk consumers like AEGCL/APDCL is to (Management and dispose e-waste generated by them in environmentally sound manner Handling) Rules, by channelizing to authorized collection centers/ registered 2011 dismantler/ recyclers/return to producers. AEGCL/APDCL, being a bulk consumer of electrical and electronics equipments shall maintain record as per Form-2 (Annexure-14) for scrutiny by Assam State Pollution Control Board. 5. Biological This act is not directly applicable to transmission projects because it Diversity Act, 2002 deals with the conservation of biological diversity, sustainable use of its components and fair and equitable sharing of the benefits arising out of the use of biological resources, knowledge and for matters connected therewith. AEGCL/APDCL abides by the provision of the act wherever applicable, and avoids Biosphere Reserves during route alignment. Environmental and Social Policy & Procedures Framework (ESPPF) 57 Sl. Acts, Notifications Relevance/ Applicability to the project No. and Policies 6. Assam control of To control felling of trees, this Rules provide for registration of tree Tree Felling rules, plantation raised on non-forest land with the Divisional Forest Officer 2002 except for trees including Aam, Jamun, Kathal, Eucalyptus, Poplar, a species of home grown Bamboo, Leteku, Paniol, Madhuriam which do not require felling permission. AEGCL/APDCL follows all provisions of this rule for felling of trees from non-forest land. 7. The Right to The Act provides for setting out the practical regime of right to Information Act, information for citizens to secure access to information under the 2005 control of public authorities, in order to promote transparency and accountability in the working of every public authority, the constitution of a Central Information Commission and State Information Commissions and for matters connected therewith or incidental thereto. 8. Rights of In case of agricultural or private land the provisions of section- 67 Way(RoW) and and or section-68 (5 & 6) of the Electricity Act, 2003 and section-10 Compensation of the Indian Telegraph Act, 1885 are followed for assessment and payment of compensation towards such damages III World Bank OP (Operational Policy) 1 OP- 4.01: To ensure the environmental and social soundness and Environmental sustainability of investment projects. Support integration of Assessment environmental and social aspects of projects in the decision-making process. 2 OP- 4.04: Natural To promote sustainable development by supporting the protection, Habitats conservation, maintenance, and rehabilitation of natural habitats and their functions. 3 OP-4.11: Physical To preserve PCR and in avoiding their destruction or damage. PCR Cultural Resources includes resources of archeological, paleontological, historical, (PCR) architectural, and religious (including graveyards and burial sites), aesthetic, or other cultural significance. 4 OP-4.36: Forests To realize the potential of forests to reduce poverty in a sustainable manner, integrate forests effectively into sustainable economic development, and protect the vital local and global environmental services and values of forests Environmental and Social Policy & Procedures Framework (ESPPF) 58 FIGURE 6.1: APPROVAL PROCESS OF FOREST CLEARANCE Note: MoEF has made online submission of application mandatory w.e.f. 15th August 2014 (refer Annexure- 10a). 6.5 Assessment of Environment Impact 65 This section identifies the potential environment impacts due to intervention of project in terms of the nature, magnitude, extent and location, timing and duration of the anticipated impacts. These impacts are both positive or negative relating to the project design stage, construction stage or the project operation and decommissioning stage; i. Positive Impacts  Availability of power lessen the demand of natural resources like firewood, charcoal etc. resulting in conservation/protection of forest/vegetation. ii. Negative Impacts  Clearance of tree within RoW;  Impacts on forest, wildlife habitats and migratory birds; Environmental and Social Policy & Procedures Framework (ESPPF) 59  Impacts on drainage, soil erosion & water resources;  Impacts on traffic and road infrastructure;  Aesthetic appeal of area;  Impacts from likely oil spillage;  Effect of electromagnetic (EMF) fields;  Leakage SF6; and  Health & Safety 6.6 Management Framework 66 Based on the outcome of impact assessment appropriate management measures has been suggested in ESPPF for implementation to mitigate the possible impacts due to proposed project interventions. While for positive impacts enhancement measures are suggested; for negative impacts suitable mitigation measures has been included. Detailed of potential environment issues and its management measures are outlined in ESPPF. Apart from this, AEGCL/APDCL has developed an Environment Management Plan (EMP) (Refer Annex.- A attached in ES) which includes detail of anticipated impacts along with mitigation measures, monitoring and implementation schedule for its transmission and distribution projects. The EMP provisions shall be made part of bidding/contract document for proper implementation by the Contractor. Summary of key potential environmental issues and its management measures is presented below in Table 6.3. TABLE 6.3: POTENTIAL ENVIRONMENTAL ISSUES AND ITS MANAGEMENT MEASURES Sl. Potential Issues Management Measures No 1 Minimising adverse impact AEGCL/APDCL endeavors to circumvent / lessen on forests environmentally sensitive areas such as forest and other ecologically fragile / sensitive areas through optimization of route including use of modern tools like GIS/GPS and other modern techniques. 2. Clearing/Lopping of trees Use of extended/special tower to reduce RoW and impact on trees 3.  Vegetation damage To minimise damage to vegetation and habitat fragmentation,  Habited Loss AEGCL/APDCL utilises hand clearing and transportation of tower material by head loads into forestland and other land as well, wherever possible. Environmental and Social Policy & Procedures Framework (ESPPF) 60 Sl. Potential Issues Management Measures No 4.  Habitat fragmentation AEGCL/APDCL maintains only a 3m wide strip for O&M and  Edge effect on flora & allows for regeneration of vegetation in the other one or two fauna strips and beneath the transmission lines to avoid habitat fragmentation and edge effect. In hilly area this can possibly be totally avoided 5. Chances of accident APDCL shall try to avoid such area to the extent possible. involving elephant in the However, in case avoidance is not possible, suitable design specified corridor due to modification in the pole like provision of spike guards, barbed placing of poles wire fencing or any other arrangement shall be incorporated in such location 6. Erosion of soil and drainage AEGCL/APDCL would ensure that all cut and fill slopes in along the cut and fill slopes TL/DL are adequately protected using standard engineering in hilly areas practices including bio-engineering techniques wherever feasible. All drainage channels along or inside substations shall be trained and connected to main or existing drainage to avoid any erosion due to uncontrolled flow of water. 7. Chemical contamination AEGCL/APDCL does not use chemicals for forest from chemical maintenance clearance/RoW maintenance techniques 8. Poly- Chloro-Biphenyls AEGCL/APDCL use mineral oil in electrical equipments. (PCBs) in electrical Specification of oil containing PCB less 2 mg/kg (non – equipment detectable level) stated in the tender document 9. Induced secondary AEGCL/APDCL operations are short-lived and do not induce development during secondary developments during construction construction 10. Avian hazards from Avian hazards mostly encountered in bird sanctuaries area and transmission/distribution fly path of migratory bird predominantly related to nesting site. lines and towers Although the incidence of avian hazards is rare due to the distance between the conductors. AEGCL/APDCL shall take all possible precaution to avoid these areas by careful route selection. However, bird guards are provided to prevent any avian hazards. 11. Air craft hazards from AEGCL/APDCL as per the requirement of IS 5613 of July’94 transmission lines and towers provides aviation markers, night-lights for easy identification of towers in notified/selected areas. 12. Health and safety of During construction the health and safety aspects of workers worker/employee/community and nearby community shall be implemented through contractors with due diligence and compliance of required regulation/guideline through a safety plan. AEGCL/APDCL uses best available technology for lines and do not cause any hazards to health and safety. Environmental and Social Policy & Procedures Framework (ESPPF) 61 Sl. Potential Issues Management Measures No 13. Fire Hazards Fire hazards are mostly occurred in forest area. However, AEGCL/APDCL uses state of art automatic tripping mechanism for its transmission/distribution and substation that disconnect the line in fraction of seconds to prevent fire hazards. The Forest Department also take precaution like maintaining fire line in the cleared forest area to avoid spread of fire Firefighting instruments including fire extinguishers are kept in appropriate place for immediate action in case of any fire hazard. 14. Pollution Although pollution is not an issue with transmission/ distribution projects still AEGCL/APDCL will make efforts to further minimise it. Sites are cleared of all the leftover materials and debris to avoid any chance of pollution. 15. GHG (SF6 Gas) Although leakage of SF6 is not a major issue, AEGCL/APDCL will make efforts to reduce the leakage through regular monitoring installing gas pressure monitor/ leak detectors in Circuit Breakers. Environmental and Social Policy & Procedures Framework (ESPPF) 62 7.0 Integration of environment and social management measures into overall project cycle 67 In the previous section, ESPPF outlines various management measures to address the potential environment and social impacts based on the outcome of identification and impact assessment process during different stages of project activities. In order to address identified environment and social issues due to proposed project interventions, the suggested management measures has been dovetailed in to the project cycle so that it can be taken care off at appropriate level and at appropriate time (refer ESPPF for detail management procedures). Figure - 7.1 and 7.2 below illustrates link between different stages of project cycle and management measures to be undertaken to address the environment and social issues. 7.1 Project Cycle 68 In order to address environmental and social issues arising out of construction, operation and maintenance of transmission and distribution projects in the State of Mizoram, it become pertinent to review typical AEGCL/APDCL's project cycle so as such issues are attended at appropriate time. The key milestones of such projects cycle are:  Project conceptualisation  Project Planning  Approval  Detailed design and tendering  Project Implementation  Operation & maintenance  Project review Figure 7.1 outlines the detailed process of typical transmission outlines the detailed process for a typical transmission project and is summarized in subsequent sections. Environmental and Social Policy & Procedures Framework (ESPPF) 63 FIGURE 7.1: PROJECT CYCLE OF A TYPICAL TRANSMISSION/DISTRIBUTION PROJECT Environmental and Social Policy & Procedures Framework (ESPPF) 64 7.1.1 Project Conceptualisation 69 AEGCL/APDCL identifies the need for a new project in consultation with the Central Electricity Authority (CEA) and Regional Electricity Boards (REB). A power transmission project is identified according to the demand and supply of a given region based on generating companies. 70 After the need identification, feasibility studies are conducted that include environmental, social, economic, and financial assessments. The project is prioritized and implementation schedule is developed. As a part of the study, AEGCL/APDCL develops various options for the location of transmission lines that consider avoidance of environmentally and socially sensitive area. During desk study various options of line routes are plotted on a Forest Atlas map or SOI (Survey of India) map or Google Earth map using a “BEE Line” (the shortest distance between origin of proposed Transmission Line (TL)/Distribution Line (DL) and the substations sites) avoiding environmentally and socially sensitive area. At least 3 (three) alternative are marked subject to site verification. During the route alignment surveys/walkover surveys, all possible efforts are made to avoid forest, sacred grove, and archaeological sites, historical and cultural places etc. 71 Based on the above studies a concept paper is prepared indicating all the components environmental, social, techno-economic and cost estimate. Approval for the “Concept Paper” is obtained from the Board of Directors of the AEGCL/APDCL. Since financial approval of project may take longer time, certain critical project preparatory activities, such as preliminary or detailed survey, forest clearance, and land acquisition process are initiated with special permission of the Board of Directors (BoD). Such provisions/actions also facilitate more in-depth and timely assessment of environment & social issues due to availability of better lead time. 72 In case of transmission project this “Concept Paper” after the appraisal/ recommendation of AEGCL management, is forwarded to Planning Deptt., GoA for the in-principle approval and subsequent Budget allotment or posing to different funding agency. 7.1.2 Project Planning 73 During this stage, Detailed Surveys are carried out and two or three route alternatives are studied in detail. Field officers record all critical information such as rivers, hills, railway crossings, telephone, and power transmission lines. Additionally, environmental and social details are also noted in the prescribed pro-forma for evaluation of alternatives (Annexure - 15). Environmental and Social Policy & Procedures Framework (ESPPF) 65 74 During such survey further attempt is made to minimize involvement of forestland and areas of significant natural resources, human habitation and areas of cultural importance by realigning the route for optimization, if possible. If forestland is unavoidable after completion of survey on the finalized route, environmental assessment limited to forest area is undertaken by AEGCL/APDCL with the help of authorized agencies (Forest Department/GoA) to formulate forest proposal including its assessment and management plan. Local forest authorities certify that the final route so selected involves the barest minimum of forestland. The complete forest proposal is processed and recommended/forwarded by GoA to MoEF for obtaining forest clearance with an undertaking from AEGCL/APDCL to bear the cost of compensatory afforestation, NPV etc. as per guidelines. In case of forest under Autonomous District Council, NOC of the Council is required. Similarly, in non- forest land under the Autonomous District Council area, it is important to obtain the consent of the village council and also the land owners. Consultations are held with the village council for identification of the landowner and obtaining their consent for the RoW. In case of community owned land the NOC is obtained from the village council only. 75 AEGCL/APDCL identifies number of potential substation sites suiting technical requirement based on data collected as per the checklist (refer Annexure-16) and a comprehensive analysis for each alternatives carried out. The analysis considers various site specific parameters that includes infrastructure facilities such as access roads, railheads, type of land viz. government private land, agricultural land; social impacts such as number of families getting cost of compensation and rehabilitation giving due weightage to each. An initial examination of the selected site is done to ascertain the scope and extent of social assessment. 76 A Map/Land Plan Proforma register is prepared in association with the Land Revenue Department, Government of Assam indicating the name of land owners, cultivator/planters , total area of the land required, no. of fruit bearing trees, non-fruit bearing trees, crops etc. in Once these documents are ready the same is sent to the District Collector concerned for initiating the acquisition proceedings as per the RFCTLARRA, 2013 Land acquisition for the selected site is generally carried out only after the approval of the project by GoA. 77 After identification and assessment of possible impacts, project specific Environment Assessment Management Plan (EAMP) is prepared including the Initial Environment Assessment Report (IEAR) to mitigate adverse impact arising due to project activity. Similarly Social Assessment of transmission line is also undertaken to develop a project specific Management Plan in the form of Compensation Plan for Temporary Damages (CPTD). The CPTD is a document prepared after social assessment of likely impacts on land by installing towers or poles during construction of Environmental and Social Policy & Procedures Framework (ESPPF) 66 transmission/distribution lines. The CPTD also contains the compensation procedure for tree/crop/land damages as per the prevailing regulation/guidelines. 7.1.3 Project Approvals 78 The DPR so finalised and recommended by AEGCL/APDCL management (BoD) is forwarded to State Govt. and funding agency (if applicable) for concurrence and fund/budget allocation. 7.1.4 Detailed Design and Tendering 79 AEGCL/APDCL after detailed design, finalization of specifications for line and substation starts the tendering process and contracts are awarded to competent contractors through bidding process. Similarly engagement of agency (if required) for IEAR and CPTD implementation is also undertaken. During bidding process, project specific EMP is included in the contract document for implementation by the contractors/subcontractors. 7.1.5 Project Implementation 80 Before the start of implementation, AEGCL/APDCL informs the general public about the project and invites their suggestion, if any. When construction starts AEGCL/APDCL’s field staff and contractors conduct check survey to authenticate tower spotting done in the profile based on detailed survey. 81 AEGCL/APDCL's field staff and contractors conduct check survey to verify the ground profile and make necessary changes wherever required. Field staff fixes tower spots and heights (extensions) wherever necessary for tension towers. Construction, erection, & stringing of towers and substations are then initiated. Due care is taken to minimize / mitigate environmental impacts. Health & Safety aspects are also given utmost importance. AEGCL/APDCL tests all lines and substations prior to commissioning of the project. 82 Once the check survey is completed, AEGCL approach District Administration for acquisition/procuring the land. Negotiations are held with the owners of the land for compensation towards locating the tower/pole. The payment of compensation has been made as per the rates assessed / fixed by the Deputy Commissioner / District Collector. The consultation with the land owners is primarily limited to their agreeing to part with their land and receiving compensation. In case there are any grievances regarding the tower location, consultation are held with the owner to resolve them and also convince them to part with their land. The District Administration also gets Environmental and Social Policy & Procedures Framework (ESPPF) 67 involved in the process. However, in case they fail to come to a consensus then the tower locations may be shifted meeting technical requirements. 83 If there is any changes necessary, site modification is done/noted in the profile/ datasheets, wherever required for final documentation and resubmission for reference/record. Civil Construction work is then initiated for transmission /distribution line followed by tower/pole erection & stringing. Simultaneously works of substation are also initiated. During the construction stage due care is taken to minimise / mitigate environmental impacts. AEGCL/APDCL also gives utmost importance to health & safety of workers, employees and nearby communities. During construction the health and safety of workers and nearby communities shall be taken care by contractors by compliance of required regulation/guideline through a “Safety Plan” (refer Annexure - 7 for checklist for health & safety and Annexure- 17 for Safety Plan). Before test charges both transmission/distribution lines and substations, pre-commissioning check and testing are rigorously done by AEGCL/APDCL to ensure safety of commissioning of the project/subproject. Implementation of IEAR and CPTD are also to be taken up in parallel to above work. 7.1.6 Operation and Maintenance 84 AEGCL/APDCL continuously monitors the transmission lines and substations. These lines and substations are patrolled regularly to identify faults and its rectification. The Divisional and Sub- Divisional offices carry out monitoring of line in accordance with the O & M checklists provided for inspection of transmission/sub-transmission lines and substations (Annexure - 18). Environmental and Social Policy & Procedures Framework (ESPPF) 68 FIGURE 7.2: ENVIRONMENTAL AND SOCIAL MANAGEMENT PROCEDURES Environmental and Social Policy & Procedures Framework (ESPPF) 69 7.2 Project Conceptualization 85 Conceptualization of projects/subprojects necessarily entails identification of potential E & S issues that may require evaluation in relation to its nature, magnitude and measures to address them. Screening and scoping process enable this evaluation. 86 The environmental screening and scoping report forms an integral part of project feasibility study i.e. ‘Concept Paper’, which is put up to State Govt. for in-principle approval of the project after appraisal/recommendation of AEGCL/APDCL management. The E & S issues identification process for any AEGCL/APDCL project will include the following:  E & S screening and scoping for transmission/distribution lines;  Appraisal/approval of Concept paper by Internal Management & State Govt; 87 The objectives, process and output of each of these steps are discussed below; 7.2.1 Environment & Social Screening and Scoping for Trans./Distribution Lines A. Objectives  Objective is to identify environmental and social sensitive areas, issues, and possible management measures for the entire alternatives route for comparative study and analysis, suggest any other alternative if necessary and to outline scope of environmental assessment and management planning after screening. B. Process  The AEGCL/APDCL would mark the BEE line and at least 3 alternatives on a topographic sheet, satellite imagery or any higher level map of 1:50,000 scale. The map should show the environmental and social sensitivities (e.g. settlements, forests, vegetated areas, terrain, water bodies and water courses, administrative boundaries etc.);  AEGCL/APDCL will identify the environmental and social sensitivities along the BEE line based on secondary information (topographic sheet, forest atlas, satellite imagery and census record). Field Units would carry out spot verification or walk-over survey to confirm the environmental and social sensitivities identified during the desktop review. They would also identify alternatives to circumvent the environmental and social issues. Environmental and social details are also noted. (Refer Annexure - 15 for alternative analysis format to gather relevant environment and social information for transmission lines and substations). Environmental and Social Policy & Procedures Framework (ESPPF) 70  During walkover survey/ spot verification views, consultations are held with the village council to obtain their consent and also the landowners for routing the line along the village. Views of public and any other related information (like public views and necessary inputs about surroundings/ villages/crops etc.) are noted for screening/scoping. After comparison and analysis of all E & S parameters so gathered for all alternatives and considering other significant economic benefit associated with the project/subproject, the most optimum route having minimum environment & social impact is selected for further investigation.  Site office will consults with State forest departments if the line is passing through forest areas. Revenue authorities will be consulted for their views on revenue/other lands. C. Output  Environmental & social screening and scoping report as part of the Concept Paper detailing environmental and social issues, environmentally sensitive areas etc. 7.2.2 Approval 88 The Concept Paper is appraised by the internal management and forwarded to the State Government for approval. 7.3 Project Planning 89 At this stage detail study and survey of the route alignment is carried out and route alignment is finalised for transmission/distribution line. Also tentative locations of substation are identified and E&S screening is conducted. After screening and scoping exercise, specific management plan is prepared for the project. Following activities are conducted in this stage;  Environment and Social Screening & Scoping for substation;  Environmental Assessment and Management Planning (EAMP/IEAR);  Social Assessment for TL (CPTD). 7.3.1 Environment and Social Screening for substation A. Objectives  Objective of this process is to identify environmental and social sensitivities associated with the project and to outline scope for land acquisition. B. Process  AEGCL/APDCL will identify tentative locations of the substation village/revenue map and collect information from secondary source as per checklist (Annexure- 16). Environmental and Social Policy & Procedures Framework (ESPPF) 71  Field office would carry out spot verification to confirm the environmental and social sensitivities identified during the desktop review. Based on the findings, detail analysis of each alternative consultation would also be initiated. In case of Autonomous District Council (ADC) areas consultation would be carried out with the council to obtain their approval. Efforts are also made to identify the owner of the land from the Revenue Department/Village Council (VC). Based on the findings, detail analysis of each alternative including no of PAP’s, CPR religious and social utilities etc the analysis would be carried out.  Field office will consult revenue authorities for their views on selected sites and shortlist the optimum site. C. Output  E&S screening and scoping document would detail the E & S issues etc. and views of revenue dept. & feasibility of land acquisition. 7.3.2 Environmental Assessment and Management Planning A. Objectives  The objective of the stage is to prepare IEAR along with the EAMP. B. Process  While finalizing the route alignment during detailed survey, the involvement of forest area is ascertained. If protected areas (Wildlife Sanctuaries, National Parks, Biosphere Reserves, etc.) or any notified/recognized migratory path/fly path is encountered in spite of utmost care/optimization, a separate biodiversity assessment study through an independent expert/agency shall be carried out as part of the Environment Assessment (EA) process. The Terms of Reference of the biodiversity assessment study is provided in Annexure - 19. In case of forest involvement, forest proposal is prepared for transmission/distribution line with the help of Forest Department which includes details of species and girth wise classification of trees to be felled, cost benefit analysis, identified degraded forest land, details of Compensatory Afforestation (CA) enumerated on a map and preparation of CA scheme. Various digitalized map of diverted and CA area, NOC/certificate from DC under FRA, 2006 etc. are submitted along with the forest proposal. In case of forest controlled by ADC AEGCL/APDCL shall obtain NOC from the Council before the formal process of forest clearance can be initiated. Environmental and Social Policy & Procedures Framework (ESPPF) 72  AEGCL/APDCL would prepare IEAR detailing significant E&S issues identified during screening and scoping and would formulate a project specific Environment Management Plan (EMP) (Annexure - 20 for contents of IEAR).  Public Consultations are carried out for the final route alignment/site to ascertain views/suggestion of, affected person and other stakeholders. C. Output  The IEAR details out potential E&S issues and associated with the specific transmission /distribution line. The management measures to overcome these are specified in the EAMP and Biodiversity Assessment Report (if applicable). 7.3.3 Social Assessment for Temporary Damages for TL (CPTD) A. Objectives  To prepare Compensation Plan for Temporary Damages (CPTD) B. Process  On identification of route for laying transmission line, AEGCL will access all likely damage to the land due to foundation, erection and stringing works.  AEGCL will prepare management plan to minimize damage and compensation plan for temporary damages in consultation with revenue dept. and affected persons. The compensation plan will be periodically updated during check survey and finalization of tower location (refer Annexure – 3 (B) &21 for contents of CPTD). C. Output  CPTD shall present assessment of temporary damages and associated management measures including compensation plan. 7.4 Project Approval 90 Environment and social management steps are initiated during approvals stage of project cycle. The Detail Project Report including the EAMP after recommendation of internal management is forwarded to State Govt. and funding agency (if applicable) for concurrence and budget allocation/funding. Procedure of forest clearance (If needed) is initiated by submitting forest proposal Environmental and Social Policy & Procedures Framework (ESPPF) 73 to concerned authority. If land acquisition is involved, request/indent for the same is to be placed to State Government as per RFCTLARRA, 2013. During this stage, following activities are undertaken: 7.4.1 Forest Clearance A. Objectives  To obtain forest clearance from MoEF B. Process  AEGCL/APDCL submits a forest proposal request through online on MoEF forest clearance web portal (http://forestsclearance.nic.in)12. On receiving the request Nodal Officer (NO) after scrutiny forward the same to concerned Divisional Forest Officer (DFO) for assessment of the land proposed to be diverted for the transmission/distribution line and for formulation of proposal. In case of forest in the Six Schedule areas forest proposal is processed only after the NoC is obtained from the village/district council for lines passing through forest areas owned by them.  After formulation, DFO recommend the proposal to CF (Conservator of Forests) and again send to CCF to NO and PCCF (Principal Chief Conservator of Forests) who will forward it to State Secretary of Forests and finally to MoEF.  Forest clearance is issued in two stages Stage-I & Stage-II. Stage-I approval is conditional on AEGCL/APDCL on depositing the cost of compensatory afforestation and Net Present Value to forest Dept. and fulfilling any other stipulated conditions. Work in forest area can be undertaken after realizing the fund by MoEF deposited towards CA & NPV by AEGCL/APDCL. State Govt. informs MoEF about compliance of conditions and MoEF grant final approval. C. Output  Forest clearance from MoEF 7.4.2 State Government Approval A. Objectives  To obtain approvals from GoA for DPR for budget allocation/fund 12 For details refer Annexure – 9a Environmental and Social Policy & Procedures Framework (ESPPF) 74 B. Process  AEGCL/APDCL submits DPR including the environment and social component of the project to State Govt. through its State Planning Dept. C. Output  Approval of State Government for the project 7.4.3 Social Impact Management Plan (SIMP) for substation A. Objective  To prepare SIMP by State Government B. Process  On confirmation of the scheme the AEGCL/APDCL would submit a proposal for land acquisition detailing the extent of land and the affected area to be notified and acquired for the project by the State government. In accordance with the RFCTLARRA, 2013 the responsibility of preparation of the SIMP rests with GoA. The preparation of the SIMP including the SIA, RAP and the Public Disclosure would be carried out by the Rehabilitation and Resettlement Commissioner of the State Government. Procedures expected to be adopted by GoA is described below. 1. Establishment of Institutions As per RFCTLARRA, 2013 the following bodies are to be established permanently in the state (to cater to all projects proposed in future):  The State Social Impact Assessment Unit  The office of the Commissioner Rehabilitation & Resettlement  The State Level Monitoring Committee For a particular project, the following bodies will be established:  The Expert Group to appraise the SIA  The office of the Administrator Rehabilitation & Resettlement  Project Level Committees Environmental and Social Policy & Procedures Framework (ESPPF) 75 2. Social Impact Assessments13  State SIA Unit, after the receipt of a request from Government of Assam, will prepare a detailed project specific Terms of Reference (ToR) for each proposed case of land acquisition,  Based on the nature and extent of the work involved, costs involved are decided and require depositing the same with the Unit.  SIA Unit deploys an external professional agency (or individuals) for the conduction of SIA.  The first step in the SIA will involve building up a detailed understanding of the proposed project and reviewing its stated public purpose. The project should be screened to ensure that it meets the cause of “public purpose”.  The SIA shall conduct a detailed land assessment, list out accurately the number of PAPs, socio-economic as well as cultural profile of the PAPs as well as that of their environ, and asses the nature and extent of impacts likely to occur as a result of the project intervention.  Impacts are to be identified at different phases of the project cycle- planning, construction and O&M. Same time efforts are to be made on assessing: (i) direct/ indirect impacts; and (ii) differential impacts – on women, children, elderly and disabled. The latter can be done through gender impact assessments and/ or vulnerability and resilience mapping.  Following the above assessment, a SIMP is prepared encompassing a comprehensive compensation as well as R&R entitlements in respect of each PAP.  Formal public hearing/s will be held in the affected areas with the specific purpose of presenting the main findings of the SIA, seeking feedback on its contents, and making sure that any omissions or additional information and views are incorporated into the final documents. These hearings will be held in all the GPs and/ or Village Council whose lands are proposed to be acquired.  Explicit consent will be required in the case of lands in respect of tribal areas from ADC and the Village Councils.  Every Social Impact Assessment (SIA) conducted will be formally appraised by an Expert Group, which will then make a written recommendation to the Government on whether or not the proposed land acquisition should proceed. Final decision to accept or not, and go ahead or not, rests with Government of Assam. 13 The responsibility to carry out SIA and preparation of R & R Plan , its disclosure, approval etc. is in the domain of State Government and not under Utility (AEGCL/APDCL) Environmental and Social Policy & Procedures Framework (ESPPF) 76 3. Disclosure The final SIA Report and SIMP will be published in the local language and made available:  The Panchayat, Municipality or Municipal Corporation and the offices of the District Collector, Sub-Divisional Magistrate and the Tehsil;  Published in the affected areas; and  Uploaded on the websites of the government. 4. Compensation and Rehabilitation and Resettlement (R&R)  Based on the SIMP, the Collector shall discuss the Package in a meeting with the Rehabilitation and Resettlement committee at project level, and submit the Package to Commissioner Rehabilitation and Resettlement along with his/ her remarks.  The Commissioner Rehabilitation and Resettlement shall, after due vetting, accords approval to the scheme and make it available in public domain.  After approval of R & R plan by Commissioner R & R, the Collector shall issue two awards one for land compensation based on procedures described in act & State’s rules and second for R & R as per approved SIMP. 5. Special Provisions for SCs/STs As far as possible, no acquisition of land shall be made in the Scheduled Areas and where such acquisition take place it shall be done only as a demonstrable last resort. In addition to the R&R package, SC/ST families will be entitled to the following additional benefits;  One time financial assistance of Rs. 50,000 per family;  Families settled outside the district shall be entitled to an additional 25% R&R benefits;  Payment of one third of the compensation amount at very outset;  Preference in relocation and resettlement in area in same compact block;  Free land for community and social gatherings;  In case of displacement, a Development Plan is to be prepared  Continuation of reservation and other benefits of Schedule V and Schedule VI area from displaced area to resettlement area C. Output  Social Impact Management Plan (SIMP) including SIA, RAP and Public Disclosure by GoA.  Tribal People Development Plan (TPDP) (if applicable). Environmental and Social Policy & Procedures Framework (ESPPF) 77 7.4.4 Funding Agency Concurrence/Acceptance (if applicable) A. Objectives  To obtain concurrence of funding agencies related to E & S components of the projects. B. Process  AEGCL/APDCL submits DPR and various reports on environment and social like IEAR, CPTD to funding agencies for appraisal and concurrence. C. Output  Acceptance/concurrence of funding agencies 7.5 Detailed Design & Tendering 91 During this stage, following environment & social management activities are undertaken;  AEGCL/APDCL shall either implement IEAR/CPTD in-house or engage outside agencies that are capable of executing such task;  Project specific EMP to be made part of contract/bidding document for implementation by contractors/subcontractors. 7.5.1 Project Implementation 92 During this phase various environment and social management plan prepared for the project are implemented and monitored. This includes  Execution of EMP & EAMP  Execution of CPTD 7.5.2 Execution of EMP & EAMP A. Objectives  To undertake environmental management works B. Process  EAMP (IEAR) is implemented taking into account appropriate working clearance & ROW (by cutting/ felling/pruning trees etc. and other measures identified in clearance). Forest dept. undertakes CA Scheme. Environmental and Social Policy & Procedures Framework (ESPPF) 78  Other mitigation measures enlisted in EMP are executed by AEGCL/APDCL and Contractor.  AEGCL/APDCL shall initiate the process (for WB funded projects) and prepare a Final Environmental Assessment Report (FEAR) (refer Annexure - 22 for contents of FEAR.) C. Output  Tangible proof execution of EMP/EAMP and preparation of FEAR containing compliance of mitigation measures as listed in IEAR, EMP implementation and details of forest clearance etc. 7.5.3 Execution of CPTD A. Objectives  To carryout social management works as prescribed in CPTD B. Process  AEGCL will pay the compensation in consultation with revenue authority and affected persons and execute any other measures as agreed and documented in the CPTD for transmission line. C. Output  Tangible proof of execution of social management measures and RoW free of encumbrance. 7.5.4 Execution of SIMP A. Objectives  SIMP to be executed by GoA as per RFCTLARRA, 2013 B. Process 93 The execution of the SIMP is the responsibility of the GoA. However, the following process is to be facilitated by AEGCL/APDCL:  AEGCL/APDCL deposits cost for land and R & R measures as per award issued under RFCTLARRA, 2013 to concerned authority/State Government;  Transfer of compensation and monetary R & R benefits to affected persons account by GoA; Environmental and Social Policy & Procedures Framework (ESPPF) 79  Possession of land by AEGCL/APDCL. C. Output  Possession of land 7.6 Operation and Maintenance (O&M) 94 The environment & social works undertaken in earlier phase of project cycle are monitored in this period. Besides this AEGCL/APDCL being a member of State R&R committee shall monitor implementation Social Impact Assessment Management Plan for acquisition of land (if involved) by GoA as per the provisions of RFCTLARRA, 2013 (Salient features are outlined in Annexure - 4). However, AEGCL/APDCL may also take part on implementation and monitoring, if called for as they are responsible for implementation of project. 7.6.1 Environmental Monitoring A. Objectives  To monitor work undertaken as part of EAMP B. Process  Regular patrolling of RoW and CA;  Monitoring of substation on daily basis;  Others mitigation measures outlined in EMP are monitored and supervised as per the plan;  Periodic monitoring report would be prepared not only on the observation of the EAMP Implementation but also will include the corrective actions which have been proposed and the action plan for the implementation of such actions. C. Output  Periodic monitoring reports containing updates of execution of EAMP execution. 7.6.2 Social Monitoring A. Objectives  To monitor work undertaken as part of CPTD & SIMP B. Process  CPTD implementation during maintenance works monitored; Environmental and Social Policy & Procedures Framework (ESPPF) 80  If land acquisition is involved, AEGCL/APDCL (as member of State R & R committee) monitored SIMP implemented by GoA as per the provisions of RFCTLARRA 2013. C. Output  Periodic monitoring reports containing updates of execution of CPTD and SIMP execution. 7.7 Review  Circle office of AEGCL/APDCL at Corporate office shall monitor and review of E&S activities of the Transmission and Distribution project on monthly basis along with field office.  The implementation/performance of environmental and social management measures along with other project works shall be reviewed by AEGCL/APDCL management initially every quarter for a period of at least 1 (one) year as this ESPPF will be inducted in its corporate functioning first time in implementation of AEGCL/APDCL’s Transmission/ Distribution Project.  AEGCL/APDCL Management shall undertake annual review of ESPPF implementation to obtain feedback on problems/limitations/stakeholders expectations for deliberations and incorporating changes/improvement in the document for its smooth implementation. 95 A summary of the processes AEGCL/APDCL will follow for environmental and social management are summarized in Table 7.1 below. Environmental and Social Policy & Procedures Framework (ESPPF) 81 TABLE 7.1: ENVIRONMENTAL AND SOCIAL ASSESSMENT & MANAGEMENT PROCESS OF A TYPICAL T & D PROJECT Milestones Objectives Process Responsibility Product/Decision I. Project Conceptualisation 1. Environmental  To identify environmentally and  Screen and scope Transmission  ESMC, PMU  Environmental & Social and Social socially sensitive areas, issues and Lines from an environmental and  Engg. Dept. screening and scoping Screening & possible management measures social perspective documents as part of Scoping for  To suggest alternate transmission line  Desk Review Concept Paper. Transmission routes, if necessary  Spot Verification /Distribution  To outline the scope of Environmental  Informal Public Consultation Lines Assessment (EA) and Social  Consultation with Forest Dept.& Assessment (SA) studies Revenue Authorities 2. Environmental  To obtain environmental & social  Submit ‘Concept Paper’ (with E&S  Engg. Dept  AEGCL/APDCL & Social approvals from the AEGCL/APDCL screening & scoping details) to  Field office Management Appraisal. approval management and In-principle approval AEGCL/APDCL Management  by State Govt.  Submit ‘Concept Paper’ (with E &S  Engg. Dept  In-Principle approval by screening and scoping details) for In-  Field Office State Govt. principle approval by State Govt II. Project Planning  Environmental  To identify substation lands avoiding/  Screen and scope substation sites  Engg. Dept.  Environmental & social and Social minimising environmentally and from an environmental and social  Field office screening and scoping Screening and socially sensitive areas, perspective documents for Scoping for  Selection of proper site which has  Desk Review substations substations minimal impact  Spot Verification  To suggest alternate substation sites , if  Consultation with Revenue necessary Authorities  To outline scope of land acquisition  Informal Public view  Environmental  To prepare IEAR for the project/sub- a. Forest Areas  Circle office  IEAR Assessment & projects.  Tree Enumeration  Field Office  Environmental Management  Cost-benefit Analysis  Auth. Agencies review Planning  Compensatory Afforestation  Forest Proposal Environmental and Social Policy & Procedures Framework (ESPPF) 82 Milestones Objectives Process Responsibility Product/Decision b. Other Areas  Environmental  Undertake environmental Management review and formulate Measures appropriate management  Views of Public measures c. Public Consultation  To inform/record public views for refinement / review if needed  Social  To prepare Compensation Plan for  Undertake assessment of land area  Circle office  CPTD Assessment for Temporary Damages(CPTD) likely to be affected by putting up  Field office  Social review Temporary tower and line and extent of  Authorised  Management Damages for TL damages during foundation, Agencies measures erection & stringing works.  Compensation plan  Formulate appropriate management plan to minimize impact and prepare compensation plan III. Project Approvals 1. State Govt.  To obtain project approval from GoA  Submit DPR (with EAMP and  Field Office  Project approved by Social Screening and Scoping  PMU,ESMC State Govt. details) to Planning Dept./GoA for  Engg. Dept. their review 2. Financial  To obtain acceptance from FA for  Submit DPR along with IEAR and  Field Office  Acceptance/concurrence Agency’s environmental & social components of CPTD to Financial Agency for  PMU,ESMC by FA Acceptance Concept Paper or IEAR & CPTD acceptance  Engg. Dept. 3. Forest  To obtain Forest Clearance  Submit forest proposal to  Field Office  Final Forest Clearance Clearance concerned authority.  PMU,ESMC by MoEF  Forest Proposal to MoEF for  Engg. Dept. Environmental and Social Policy & Procedures 83 Milestones Objectives Process Responsibility Product/Decision conditional approval after  recommendation by GoM  Forward Compliance report by GoM to MoEF for Final Forest Clearance IV. Detailed Design & Award 1. Environment  To appoint a suitable agency to  Select and appoint suitable agency  Field office  Agency appointed for Assessment and implement IEAR/CPTD , if required for IEAR/CPTD implementation, if  PMU,ESMC IEAR/CPTD Social required Management  To include EMP part of  EMP included in bidding /contract  Field Office  EMP part of contract Measures bidding/contract document for document document  PMU,ESMC implementation by contractor V. Project Implementation 1. Execution of  To undertake environmental  Execute environmental  Authorised  Environmental Environmental management work as prescribed in management works Agency management measures Management environmental assessment management  Appropriate clearance for  Field office executed Works plan transmission line ROW, etc.  Compensatory Afforestation  EMP by contractor  Preparation of Final Environment  Compliance to mitigation measures  Field office  FEAR for FA Assessment Report(FEAR), If required listed in  Contractors (for WB funded project)  IEAR  EMP  Forest clearance 2. Execution of  To undertake social management work  Transmission lines  PMU,ESMC  Social management CPTD for TL & as prescribed in CPTD  Pay compensation in  External Agency measures executed SIMP for consultation with Revenue  Field Office Substation Authority and affected persons as agreed & documented in Environmental and Social Policy & Procedures 84 Milestones Objectives Process Responsibility Product/Decision CPTD and execute other measures  Substations  Deposit cost for land and R &  Possession of land R measures as per award  Transfer of compensation  AEGCL/APDCL money to affected persons a/c  Possession of land VI. Operation & Maintenance 1. Environmental  To monitor work being undertaken as  Monitor EAMP measures  Field office  Periodic monitoring & Social part of EAMP, CPTD & SIMP  Maintenance of ROWs reports Monitoring  Progress on compensatory afforestation  Compliance to EMP as per schedule  Monitor CPTD measures  Field office  Appropriate compensation and other measures during maintenance of towers and lines  Field office  Monitor SIMP measures undertaken by State Government as per RFCTLARRA, 2013(If land acquisition involved) VII. Project Review 1. Annual  To review annually the EAMP and the  Review and report on environmental  Field Office  Annual environmental Environmental CPTD of its projects and social performance of project  Corporate office and social review report & Social during construction operation and Review maintenance Environmental and Social Policy & Procedures 85 7.8 Risk Management Framework 96 Environmental and Social Risk Assessment is a vital part of AEGCL/APDCL’s environmental and social management strategies. The risk assessment process identifies existing risks, and forecast future potential risks in its power transmission/distribution projects. It is a scientific process that includes Cost Benefit Analysis. The environment and social management procedures developed by AEGCL/APDCL evaluate these risks, both qualitatively and quantitatively, and prioritize them. Based on prioritization, environment and social management options are selected. 97 AEGCL/APDCL’s risk assessment process involves several, successive, interactive stages, which have been included in the environmental and social assessment and management procedures and are listed below;  Risk Identification;  Risk Assessment;  Risk Characterisation;  Risk Management;  Risk Mitigation;  Risk Preparedness. 98 AEGCL/APDCL, based on its environmental and social risk assessment process, decides on management options to eliminate or minimizes environmental and social impacts. The risk management process includes risk preparedness, risk mitigation and the sharing of liabilities (via Internal Arrangements and Insurance). Responsibilities in the event of occurrence of a risk have been illustrated Table 7. 2. Internal Arrangement 99 To absorb the risk in the event of its occurrence AEGCL/APDCL will strengthen internal capacities. This would include creating funds or supplementing present funds to prepare for contingencies such as major ecological disasters adverse or health impact resulting in environmental human disease. Environmental and Social Policy & Procedures 86 Insurance 100 To share risk, AEGCL/APDCL will maintain insurance schemes and supplement them to give it fuller coverage as regards environmental and social risks. The only legislation relevant to environmental insurance is the Public Liability Insurance Act, 1991. This Act makes it mandatory for any owner dealing with and handling hazardous substance to take out an insurance policy. In case of an industrial accident, payment to the victims will be made from the relief funds and insurance cover. TABLE 7.2: AEGCL/APDCL’ RISK RESPONSIBILITY FRAMEWORK Key Role-players Risk GOA AEGCL/APDCL Contractor Insurers Non Compliance  Regulatory14    -  Contractual15 - -  - Major hazards, e.g. tower fall -    during construction During O&M -  - - Impacts on health16 etc. -  - - Force Majeure  Insurable - - -   Non-Insurable   - - Inclusion/ Exclusion of   concerned Communities Public interest mitigation   - - 14 Regulatory like working in forest/protected areas without statutory clearances. 15 Contractual like noncompliance of condition of clearance like fuel supply to labourer to avoid tree felling, no-work during night times, etc. 16 Impact of health like any case of prolonged exposure to Electro-Magnetic Field (EMF). Environmental and Social Policy & Procedures 87 8.0 Implementation Arrangements 101 Ministry of Power (MoP), GoI has appointed POWERGRID as Design cum Implementation Supervision Consultant (i.e. Project Management Consultant-PMC) now changed to Implementing Agency (IA). However, the ownership of the assets shall be with respective State Govt’s /State Utilities, which upon progressive commissioning shall be handed over to them for taking care of Operation and Maintenance of assets. 101 The arrangement for monitoring and reviewing of project from the perspective of environment and social management will form part of overall arrangements for project management and implementation environment. Following implementation arrangement has been proposed at different levels for smooth implementation of this project; 8.1 Administrative Arrangement for Project Implementation  Central Project Implementation Unit (CPIU) - A body responsible for coordinating the preparation and implementation of the project and shall be housed within the IA’s offices at Guwahati. The “Project-In-Charge” of IA & Head of each of the SPCU shall be a member of CPIU.  State Project Coordination Unit (SPCU) – A body formed by the Utility and responsible for coordinating with IA in preparing and implementing the project at the State level. It consist of experts across different areas from the Utility and shall be headed by an officer of the rank not below Chief Engineer, from AEGCL/APDCL.  Project Implementation Unit (PIU) – A body formed by the IA, including members of AEGCL/APDCL on deputation, and responsible for implementing the Project across the State, with its personnel being distributed over work site & working in close association with the SPCU/ CPIU. PIU report to State level “Project Manager” nominated by the Project-in-Charge of IA. The IA will have a Core team stationed at the CPIU on permanent basis and other IA officers (with required skills) will visit as and when required by this core team. 8.2 Review of Project Implementation Progress: 102 To enable timely implementation of the project/subprojects, following committee has been setup to review the progress;  Joint Co-ordination Committee (JCC): IA and SPCU nominate their representatives in a body called JCC to review the project. PMC shall specify quarterly milestones or targets, which shall be reviewed by JCC through a formal monthly review meeting. This meeting forum shall be Environmental and Social Policy & Procedures 88 called as Joint Co-ordination Committee Meeting (JCCM).The PMC shall convene & keep a record of every meeting. MoP, GoI and The Bank may join as and when needed. Minutes of the meeting will be shared with all concerned and if required, with GoI and The Bank.  High Power Committee (HPC): The Utility in consultation with its State Government shall arrange to constitute a High Power Committee (HPC) consisting of high level officials from the Utility, State/ District Administration, Law enforcement agencies, Forest Department. etc. so that various permission/ approvals/ consents/ clearances etc. are processed expeditiously so as to reach the benefits of the Project to the end consumers. HPC shall meet on bimonthly basis or earlier, as per requirement. This forum shall be called as High Power Committee Meeting (HPCM) and the SPCU shall keep a record of every meeting. Minutes of the meeting will be shared with all concerned and if required, with GoI and The Bank.  Contractor’s Review Meeting (CRM): Periodic Review Meeting will be held by officials of PIU with Contractors at field offices, State Head Quarters (PIU location) and if required with core team of PMC at Guwahati. These shall be called “Contractor’s Review Meeting” (CRM). PIU shall keep a record of all CRMs, which shall be shared with all concerned and if required, with GoI and The Bank. 103 A review will be held among MoP, GoI, The Bank, State Government., Utility and IA, at four (4) months interval or earlier if needed, primarily to maintain oversight at the top level and also to debottleneck issues that require intervention at GoI/ State Government level. Minutes of the meeting shall be prepared by PMC and shared with all concerned 8.3 Implementation Arrangement for Environment & Social Management by AEGCL/APDCL 104 ESPPF implementation requires a robust and efficient institutional framework based on organizational requirements, training needs and information management system. This section captures these institutional arrangements for ESPPF implementation by its employees who collectively have experience of laying and maintaining substations, transmission and distribution lines. Moreover, services of leading environment/social institutes/individual experts specializing in the relevant discipline may be utilized in the initial stage, if needed. Independent specialist may also be engaged to deal with complex and technical issues like wildlife management. POWERGRID who has also been chosen as Project cum Design Consultant and now redesignated as Implementing Agency has vast experience of implementation of thousands of kilometers transmission lines in the country and abroad. POWERGRID is also leader in development and subsequent implementation of Environmental and Social Policy & Procedures 89 ESPPF in the country. The service of POWERGRID’s trained and experience personnel shall be utilised for training and establishment of institutional framework of AEGCL/APDCL. Moreover, successful implementation of provision of ESPPF requires involvement and support of higher officials of AEGCL/APDCL who shall regularly monitor/review E&S aspects of transmission and distribution project. 8.3.1 Organisational Requirements 105 To ensure quality and strengthen organizational systems to enable effective implementation of the ESPPF, AEGCL/APDCL shall have to set out procedures and work culture which will promote total involvement of all its personnel. To attain assigned goal following shall be ensured: a) A synchronized system of functioning adopted by Corporate Planning and Corporate Monitoring group, which monitors all activities in the organization; b) An emphasis on intradepartmental approach to all projects, delineation of departmental responsibilities and the delegation and decentralization of authority resulting in a fast response and quick adjustment to change; c) A commitment to provide at all times the best possible time bound quality service in all areas of its operations. 106 AEGCL/APDCL’s commitment to the ESPPF shall have to be developed with these principles. To ensure effective implementation of its ESPPF, AEGCL/APDCL’s will focus on;  Strengthening the implementation of the ESPPF by deployment of appropriately trained personnel at key levels;  Reinforcing in-house capabilities by working with specialized external agencies;  Placing dedicated manpower with specialization in the respective field to deal with and manage the environment and social issues;  Reviewing progress of the ESPPF internally or through external agencies. 107 Corporate office will have overall responsibility for construction, operation, and maintenance of transmission/distribution systems apart from providing necessary support services (refer Figure 8.1). 8.3.2 Organisational Structure and Responsibilities 108 An appropriate organizational structure has been developed at the corporate, ESMC and field level to help effective implementation of the ESPPF document. The organizational flowchart of Environmental and Social Policy & Procedures 90 AEGCL/APDCL for the ESPPF is given in Figure 8.1. The key responsibilities of ESMC will include:  Coordinating environmental and social commitments and initiatives with various multilateral agencies, GoA and MoEF.  Coordination of all environmental activities related to a project from conceptualization to operation and maintenance stage.  Advising and coordinating /Site office to carry out environmental and social surveys and route alignment for new projects.  Advising site offices to follow-up with the state forest offices and other state departments for expediting forest clearances and other E&S issues of various projects.  Providing a focal point for interaction with the MoEF for expediting forest clearances  Training of Circle and Site officials on E&S issues arising out of Transmission/ Distribution projects and their management plan.  Training of other departments to familiarize them with the ESPPF document. Environmental and Social Policy & Procedures 91 FIGURE 8.1: AEGCL/APDCL’S ORGANIZATION CHART WITH ARRANGEMENT FOR ESPPF IMPLEMENTATION Environmental and Social Management Framework 92 TABLE 8.1: RESPONSIBILITY ALLOCATION FRAMEWORK FOR THE E&S ASSESSMENT & MANAGEMENT PROCESS Responsibility Output / Internal External Milestones Process Indicators Preparation Review Approval Preparation /Execution I. Project Conceptualisation Environmental & Screen and scope Transmission/ E & S screening and Circle (Site) Engg. Dept. AEGCL/APDCL Pre-appraisal by Social Screening and Distribution Lines from an scoping documents as part office ESMC Management Planning Deptt., Scoping for environmental & social of Concept Paper Appraisal GoA Transmission/ perspective Distribution Lines Environmental & Submit Concept paper (with AEGCL/APDCL Mgmnt. ESMC ESMC AEGCL/APDCL In-principle Social approval E&S details) for Management Appraisal Corp.Plg. Engg. Dept. Management approval by GoA Approval Appraisal Corp. Plg. II. Project Planning Environmental & Screen and scope substations E & S Screening and Circle office ESMC AEGCL/APDCL Ext. agency like Social Screening and sites from an environmental & Scoping reports for ESMC Engg. Dept. Management revenue, forest Scoping for social perspective substation sites Approval dept etc. for Social Corp. Plg. substations Consultation with Revenue Scope for land acquisition Screening & Authorities Scoping Environmental To prepare EAMP Environmental/ Assessment ESMC ESMC AEGCL/APDCL State Forest Dept Assessment and  Trans./Distribution line Management Plan Circle office Management Management Planning Approval  Substations  Public Consultation (line) Social Assessment for To prepare CPTD Compensation Plan for ESMC Circle ESMC AEGCL/APDCL Revenue Dept Temporary Damages  Assessment of temporary Temporary Damages office Management for TL damages (CPTD) Approval  Compensation plan Environmental and Social Management Framework 93 Responsibility Output / Internal External Milestones Process Indicators Preparation Review Approval Preparation /Execution  Public consultation III. Project Approvals Forest Clearance  Submit forest proposal to Final Forest Clearance by ESMC ESMC AEGCL/APDCL RMoEF/MoEF State Govt MOEF Circle office Finance Management  Forest Proposal to MoEF for Deptt. Approval 1st stage approval  Compliance to MoEF for Final Forest Clearance State Govt. Submit DPR (with E & S details) Project approval by State Circle Office ESMC Corp. AEGCL/APDCL Budget/fund to State Govt. Govt. Corp. Plg. Plg. Management allocation Approval FA Acceptance Submit IEAR and CPTD to IEAR and CPTD ESMC ESMC Internal Detailed appraisal Funding Agencies for appraisal concurrence by FA Corp. Plg. Corp. Plg. Management and concurrence Dept. Approval IV. Detailed Design & Award 1. IEAR/CPTD Engage authorised agencies for Authorised agencies ESMC Corp. Plg. Management Monitoring Implementation E & S management plan work engaged to execute Circle office ESMC Approval /Supervision management works /Circle office Engg. Dept. Engg. Dept. 2.EMP part of bidding Project specific EMP to be EMP part of contract Circle office ESMC Management Monitoring documents included in bidding document document Approval /Supervision V. Project Implementation Execution of Execute environmental Environmental Circle office ESMC Management Environment Environmental management measures management works Environmental and Social Management Framework 94 Responsibility Output / Internal External Milestones Process Indicators Preparation Review Approval Preparation /Execution Management Works management works(IEAR) executed Authorised Circle office Approval executed agency Execution of CPTD &  Execute CPTD for TL CPTD (TL – by AEGCL) Circle office ESMC Management Social SIMP SIA/GoA (for substations) Circle office Approval management works SIA/GoA executed  SIMP for Substations SIA/GoA Corp. Plg. (SIA/GoA) Possession of Land SIA VI. Operation & Maintenance Environmental &  Monitor EAMP & CPTD (TL) Periodic monitoring reports ESMC ESMC Management Periodic Social Monitoring measures Periodic monitoring reports Circle Office Circle office Approval monitoring report (SIA)  Monitor SIMP Measures by Circle office O&M SIA/GoA Periodic SIA/GoA SIA/GoA monitoring reports Circle office VII. Project Review Periodic Review and report on E & S Annual environmental and Circle office Corp. Plg. Management FA appraisal Environmental & performance of project during social review report ESM/Circle Engg. Dept Approval GoA Social Review construction, O &M office Fin. dept Environmental and Social Management Framework 95 9.0 Training & Capacity Building 109 Training and development of employees is an integral part for implementation of ESPPF. Training needs identification has been carried out at Corporate and Field level, based on which focused training modules have been developed for  Strengthening in house corporate level capacity to implement the provision of ESPPF.  Creating Awareness, providing the tools for implementation of Environmental and Social Policy, and accompanying set of management procedures to all departments  Developing competence within key employees to provide training in their respective departments. 110 Based on the training needs identification ESMC and Field office are key organizational support groups identified, which need to have the required competence to integrate the ESPPF document within all departments. The skill requirement for these groups is depicted in Table 9-1. Based on skill requirement/improvement at all levels for proper implementation of ESPPF, a training programme focusing personnel from Corporate Office, ESMC and Field office is developed ( Table 9-2) which will be implemented by the Human Resource Department. These training programs are to be conducted with the help of local and national training institutions and experts in various aspects of environmental and social management. Environmental and Social Policy & Procedures Framework(ESPPF) 96 TABLE 9.1: AEGCL/APDCL’S SKILL REQUIREMENT Environment and Social Engineering Corporate Planning Milestones Management Cell (ESMC) at Circle Field office Department Department office Environmental & ESPPF & Project Cycle E & S issues EA & SA process Social Screening and Dom./Ext. FA Requirement identification skills Env. & Soc. issues identification Scoping for EA & SA process EA & SA process & management technique Transmission Lines Env. & Soc. issues identification & Negotiation skills management technique Mitigation techniques Negotiation skills Mitigation techniques Environmental & EA & SA process Social approval ESPPF & project cycle FA requirement E&S mgmt. Techniques Environmental & Env. & Soc. issues identification skills E & S issues E & S issues identification skills Social Screening and EA & SA process identification skills Scoping for EA & SA process EA & SA process substation sites Environmental EA process EA process EA process Assessment and EM techniques EM techniques EM techniques Management Risk assessment Risk assessment Planning Forest proposal process Forest proposal process Comp. afforestation process Comp. afforestation process Forest Clearance Forest proposal process Forest clearance Forest proposal process Compensatory afforestation process process Compensatory afforestation process Environmental and Social Policy & Procedures Framework(ESPPF) 97 Environment and Social Engineering Corporate Planning Milestones Management Cell (ESMC) at Circle Field office Department Department office GoA Approvals FA requirements Central and Ext. FA requirements Awareness of Central/State laws, Awareness of Central/State laws, policies on environment and social policies on environment and aspects social aspects FA acceptance FA requirements Central & Ext. FA requirements Awareness of Central/State laws, Awareness of Central laws, policies on environment and social policies on E&S aspects aspects Social Assessment for SA process, SA process SA process, Temporary Damages Public consult skills SM techniques Public consult skills SM process SM process Concurrence of FA GoI/GoA & Ext. FA requirements for CPTD /SIMP Awareness of GoI/GoA laws, policies on environment and social aspects Consultation for Skill to assess Consultation IEAR/CPTD works capabilities to meet IEAR/ CPTD Execution of EAMP EM techniques EM process EM techniques works Compensatory Afforestation process Comp. Afforestation process Execution of CPTD SM process SM process SM process SM techniques SM techniques Monitoring Monitoring Techniques Monitoring techniques Annual E & S Review process Review Environmental and Social Policy and Procedures Framework(ESPPF) 98 TABLE 9.2: SKILL DEVELOPMENT PROGRAM Training Duration Of For Awareness/ Orientation and Course Department Schedule Programme for Training of Staff  ESPPF Workshop 1/2 day or 1 day All Senior staff (Dir., ED, GM, All  Policy AGM and Proposed ESPPF Team at Circle office  Contents of ESPPF  How AEGCL/APDCL will implement the ESPPF  ESPPF Workshop 2 days Proposed ESPPF Team and ESMC  Policy relevant staff Engg. Dept.  Project cycle Corp. Plg.  E&S assessment and Management process Legal Dept. Fin. Dept.  RFCTLARRA, 2013 Workshop 2 days Interface with State Govt.  SIA Agencies like SIA, R & R Commissioner and External Expert  R & R Planning  Public consultation  ESPPF Training 3 days Proposed ESPPF Team and ESMC/Circle office  Project cycle Programme relevant staff Site/Field Officials  EA&SA process  Env. & Soc. issue identification  Public consultation  Risk Assessment & Management  EAMP & CPTD Environmental and Social Policy and Procedures Framework(ESPPF) 99 10.0 Grievance Redressal Mechanism (GRM) 111 Grievance Redress Mechanism (GRM) is an integral and important mechanism for addressing/resolving the concern and grievances in a transparent and swift manner. Many minor concerns of peoples are addressed during public consultation process initiated at the beginning of the project and broadly outlined in Annexure-23. For handling grievance, AEGCL/APDCL has already a framework in place. To ensure its implementation, Grievance Redress Committee (GRC) will be established at two places, one at the project/scheme level and another at Corporate/HQ level. The GRCs shall include members from AEGCL/APDCL, Local Administration, Village Panchayat Members, Affected Persons representative and reputed persons from the society and representative from the autonomous districts council in case of tribal districts selected/decided on nomination basis under the chairmanship of project head. The GRC is aimed to provide a trusted way to voice and resolve environment & social concerns of the project, and to address affected person/community concerns in a time bound manner without impacting project implementation. The composition of GRC shall be disclosed in Panchayat office and concerned district headquarter for wider coverage. 112 The complainant will also be allowed to submit its complaint to local project official who will pass it to GRC immediately but not more than 5 days of receiving such complaint. The first meeting of GRC will be organized within 15 days of its constitution/disclosure to formulate procedure and frequency of meeting. However, GRC meeting shall be convened within 15 days of receiving a grievance for its solution. GRC endeavor will be to pronounce its decision/ may also refer it to corporate GRC for solution within 30-45 days of receiving grievances. In case complainant/ appellant is not satisfied with the decision of GRC they can approach AEGCL/APDCL Corporate level Committee /District Collector or Court of law for solution. 113 The Field /Site Office shall keep records of all grievances received including: contact details of complainant, date that the complaint was received, nature of grievance, agreed corrective actions and the date these were effected, and final outcome. 114 The corporate level GRC shall function under the chairmanship of Director (PMU) who will nominate other members of GRC including one representative from corporate ESMC who is conversant with the environment & social issues. The composition of corporate GRC shall be communicated to all project head who is also the chairman of project level GRC. The meeting of Corporate GRC shall be convened within 7-10 days of receiving the reference from project GRC or complainant directly and pronounce its decision within next 15 days. The flow chart showing Grievance Redressal Mechanism is presented in Figure 10.1. Environmental and Social Policy & Procedures Framework(ESPPF) 100 FIGURE 10.1: FLOW CHART SHOWING GRIEVANCE REDRESSAL MECHANISM Complainant/Appellant On the spot/minor Not Addressed Grievance resolution Project /site office Grievance Redressal Committee Grievance Addressed Grievance resolution Corporate GRC AEGCL/APDCL DC/DM Court of Law Complainant/Appellant can approach only the Court of Law directly during ongoing Grievance Redressal process. 115 The above referred GRCs are meant to act as supplement/ complement and in no way substitute the legal systems, especially embedded within RFCTLARR Act 2013, The Electricity Act, 2003, and Right to Information Act. Environmental and Social Policy and Procedures Framework(ESPPF) 101 11.0 Monitoring & Evaluation 115 Vigorous and continuous monitoring of all its activities including environment and social aspects and its mitigation measures would be the key success of AEGCL/APDCL’s project completion. Regular monitoring of activities will be carried out by different department at field and will be reviewed by the Nodal Officer (ESMC) on monthly basis. CMD will review ongoing activities on quarterly including environment and social issues and corrective measures if required are implemented at site. 116 For environmental and social components of a project, environmental and social monitoring plan is developed, based on baseline data and impacts predicted during the environmental and social assessment process. The concerned forest department staffs, as part of their duties monitor impacts on ecological resources through which the transmission line traverses. AEGCL/APDCL in coordination with forest/revenue officials will monitor timely implementation of various activities such as compensatory afforestation, ROW maintenance, prevention of fire hazards, natural regeneration of vegetation etc. The environmental and social monitoring plan for each project will be integrated with construction, operation and maintenance and shall be monitored by the ESMC on a monthly basis. The higher management shall apprise through on monthly/quarterly basis. 117 Since regular and effective monitoring of implementation of EAMP/CPTD for Transmission/Distribution Line and SIMP for substations are crucial for desired result, AEGCL/APDCL shall designate one Manager each for Environment and Social related aspects who will be made responsible for all the activities related to implementation/monitoring of the EAMP and CPTD. Further, for effective monitoring/implementation of mitigative measures, help of District Magistrate (DM) / Deputy Commissioner (DC) and other officials of local administration is solicited wherever required. Participation of PAPs in the monitoring of EAMP/CPTD/SIMP is also ensured through regular consultation and their active participation. Major monitoring indicator identified for effective monitoring is presented in Table -11.1. TABLE 11.1: MONITORING INDICATORS Sl. Project Activity/ Monitoring Indicator Frequency Responsibility No. Stage 1 Pre-Construction Tower Location and Line Once - at time AEGCL/APDCL alignment w.r.t. Distances of detailed from; siting and  Set back from nearest alignment dwellings or social survey and institutions design Environmental and Social Policy and Procedures Framework(ESPPF) 102 Sl. Project Activity/ Monitoring Indicator Frequency Responsibility No. Stage  Water bodies  Agricultural land  Ecological protected area  Reserved forests  Elephant corridors/Bird’s Migratory Paths  Flood Zone Exclusion of PCB in Once – As part AEGCL/APDCL transformer of tender specification Exclusion of CFC in Once – As part AEGCL/APDCL electrical or other equipment of tender specification EMF strength Once – part of AEGCL/APDCL detailed alignment survey Noise level from Once – built in AEGCL/APDCL Substation design criteria and specified in tender Sewage disposal system Once – in AEGCL/APDCL tender specification Oil spill containment Once – Built in AEGCL/APDCL provision & spill cleanup product specification 2. Planning/Approval Government Clearances Once for each AEGCL/APDCL /Construction subproject Fire prevention and fire Once – in AEGCL/APDCL protection equipment tender monitoring specification Crop/tree disturbance during Periodically AEGCL/APDCL construction when required Availability of land for Periodic GoA and Substation (New) monitoring as AEGCL/APDCL  Method of acquisition per provisions  SIA start/ disclosure date RFCTLARRA, 2013  Expert group recommendation  No. of PAPs Environmental and Social Policy and Procedures Framework(ESPPF) 103 Sl. Project Activity/ Monitoring Indicator Frequency Responsibility No. Stage  Date of Award  Compensation  R&R  Payment of Compensation  Implementation of R&R Regular as per plan (SIMP) SMF (c) Implementation of Tribal provisions People Development Plan (if required) Compensation for temporary Once a AEGCL/APDCL loss of, trees/ crops. month/quarter Monitoring of CPTD – Based on  Number of APs consultation with PAP  Date of issuance of Notice  Determination of compensation  Compensation Amount  Compensation paid Air borne dust emissions Every two AEGCL/APDCL during construction weeks assigned contractor Noise during construction Once – during AEGCL/APDCL and construction assigned contractor machinery specification or SOS Vegetation marking and Every two AEGCL/APDCL clearance weeks – assigned contractor strictly limited to target vegetation Trimming and cutting of Once per site – AEGCL/APDCL trees in ROW Identification assigned contractor of presence of target species with height following vegetation clearance plan Disposal of cleared Once per site – AEGCL/APDCL vegetation as approved by assigned contractor statutory Environmental and Social Policy and Procedures Framework(ESPPF) 104 Sl. Project Activity/ Monitoring Indicator Frequency Responsibility No. Stage authorities Health & safety of workers Once in AEGCL/APDCL quarter assigned contractor Disposal of excavated soil Every 2 weeks AEGCL/APDCL assigned contractor Disposal of excavated soil Every 2 weeks AEGCL/APDCL assigned contractor 3 Operation and Effectiveness of Training Once a year AEGCL/APDCL Maintenance programs and plan Implementation of SIMP Periodic GoA and (other development works, monitoring as AEGCL/APDCL(being infrastructure facilities etc.) per provisions a member of State R & within 15-18 months of RFCTLARRA, R committee) possession of land. 2013 Implementation of CPTD Periodically AEGCL/APDCL during maintenance work when required Compliance with Once in AEGCL/APDCL transmission tower setback quarter conditions Maintenance of ground Once AEGCL/APDCL clearance to comply with limits of EMF Noise levels at boundary Once a year AEGCL/APDCL nearest to substations Environmental and Social Policy and Procedures Framework(ESPPF) 105 12.0 Budget 118 Adequate financial provision is required to meet the management measures to be undertaken to mitigate the impacts as underlined in ESPPF. Based on past experience of implementation of similar projects, AEGCL/APDCL estimates about 5-10 % overall project towards such measures for which necessary budget provisions shall be made during planning stage itself. Environmental and Social Policy and Procedures Framework(ESPPF) 106 13.0 Stakeholders Consultation 119. Consultation is an integral part of development of any policy framework. Accordingly from the beginning this aspect is implemented in development of ESPPF. Apart from meeting with individuals, many consultations with other stockholders and utility were organized. Details of which are as follows; Sl. Date Venue of Participants No. of No. Consultation Person of Attended 1. 9th & 10th Jan.’14 POWERGRID HVDC Representatives from 6 26 Office, Guwahati State Utilities, POWERGRID & World Bank 2. 10th Jan.’14 Harisinga, Udalguri Residents of Harisinga 4 town 3. 26th Aug.’14 Silapathar, Dhemaji Residents of Silapathar 5 town 4 27th Aug.’14 Chabipool, Guwahati Residents of Chabipool 3 5. 3rd Sept.’14 AEGCL Office, Representatives AEGCL, 10 Guwahati APDCL & POWERGRID 6. 5th Dec.’14 AEGCL Office, Representatives AEGCL 18 Guwahati APDCL, POWERGRID & World Bank 7. 24thMar.’15 Hotel Brahmaputra Representatives from 6 40 Ashok, Guwahati State Utilities, POWERGRID & World Bank The above consultations culminated to state level consultation held at Guwahati on 20 th May 2015. In order to obtain valuable feedback and inputs from stakeholders, the Draft ESPPF along with translated copy of Executive Summary in local language(i.e. Assamese) was uploaded well in advance on the AEGCL/APDCL’s website and hard copy of these documents were also made available in AEGCL/APDCL Office for reference purpose. The stakeholders and the general public were informed regarding the details of date, venue and timing of consultations in advance through public notice in both Environmental and Social Policy and Procedures Framework(ESPPF) 107 English and Local language papers i.e. Assam Tribune & Ashomiya Khabar respectively on 7th May’15. Besides these, separate invitations were sent to selected government departments of the State, Academia/Institutions, prominent NGOs, media and Project Affected Persons. The workshop was organized at NEDFI Convention Centre, Guwahati participated by 69 people from diversified fields including general public, PAPs, NGOs and representatives of Media (both print and electronic), Academia & Institutions, Govt. officials/ Local administrations State Pollution Control Board, Guwahati Metropolitan Development Authority etc. Representatives from the AEGCL, APDCL, POWERGRID & World Bank were also present and coordinated the activities of workshop and documentation. The Consultation programme was presided and coordinated by Sh. R L Barua, Managing Director (MD) of Assam Power Distribution Company Limited. The workshop was started with welcome address by Mr. R L Barua, MD APDCL who coordinated the entire process of consultation. In his address, Mr. Barua highlighted the proposed project under NERPSIP and informed the audience that as part of this project Rs. 1473.80 crores would be invested to strengthen the power infrastructure in the State. He also stressed the importance of this project in fulfilling the Government of India’s overall policy of making electricity available 24x7. He also informed that AEGCL & APDCL has already implemented similar project earlier with ADB funding to improve transmission infrastructure which has considerably improved the infrastructure in the state and this proposed project would help improve it further. He highlighted on the key principles of the ESPPF. He also informed the audience that the ESPPF prepared is still in the draft stage and that the inputs received from the stakeholders in this workshop would be used for the finalization of the ESPPF. Mr. G K Das, MD AEGCL informed about the benefits of the project and said that this project would help improve the quality of power and facilitate uninterrupted power supply in the state. He stressed that AEGCL & APDCL recognizes the importance of protection of the environment and stressed on striking a balance between the protection of environment and sustainable development. He also pointed out that implementation of projects with proposed investments is expected to enhance Environmental and Social Policy and Procedures Framework(ESPPF) 108 the capacity & reliability of the system, improve voltage profile & reduce losses and ultimately enhance satisfaction for all categories of consumers which in turn will spur growth & overall development in the whole State. He also informed the audience about the salient features of the project and need for development of ESPPF. This was followed by technical session by Dr. R. K. Srivastava, Additional General Manager, Environment & Social Management, POWERGRID. He made a structured presentation explaining major features of ESPPF, potential environment and social issues/concerns associated with T & D Projects and how these can be mitigated through integration of suitable management measures into the project cycle. He also explained in details the various provisions of the environmental, health & safety safeguard measures suggested in the ESPPF and significance of these measures especially in the environmentally and socially sensitive areas which exist in the state. The provisions which have been incorporated in the document were explained to the audience in details. The institutional support for implementation of ESPPF, Grievance Redressal Mechanism (GRM) and the capacity building efforts which have been planned for proper implementation of the ESPPF were also highlighted during the presentation. After completion of presentation, Chairperson invited participants for the feedback/suggestions. The discussion on feedback and suggestions has been summarized below; Mr. Aswani Kumar Chowdhury, a PAP from Natun Nagar informed that transmission line construction quality is poor and as a result tower breaks and damages the houses of the people and the poor people has to suffer. He requested that it is essential to look into the construction related issues. Mr. A.K Shrivastava, General Manager, POWERGRID assured him that the quality of the construction is of paramount importance and the NERPSIP would consider these issues seriously and strict provisions shall be in place to monitor quality aspects. Mr. S.K Kahati (AE) & Mr. P.K. Datta (AEE), Assam Pollution Control Board enquired about the handling of hazardous waste. He also informed that used transformer oil would be considered as a Hazardous Waste and annual returns have to be submitted for the hazardous waste. He also informed even for used batteries similar returns have to be submitted. It was informed by AEGCL/APDCL that the transformer oil is replaced only after 15 years and also the used transformer oil is recycled through the register recyclers. The representatives Environmental and Social Policy and Procedures Framework(ESPPF) 109 of the pollution control board also elaborated on the provisions of the e-waste regulation. It was pointed out by PGCIL that as per the rules, there is no requirement of filling returns for e-waste and, as a bulk consumer only the inventory of the e-waste is required to be maintained by the Utility. Mr. Sudipta Goswami, AGM, AEGCL enquired about the health and safety aspects of high voltage transmission lines and the activities that are restricted in such alignment. It was reaffirmed by the panel that agriculture and other activities are not restricted but planting of the tall trees are not allowed beneath the conductors for electrical safety. The workshop concluded with a vote of thanks by Ms. Runima Rahman, DGM, APDCL. She thanked all the participants for their involvement, interaction and contribution throughout the workshop with a assurance that process of consultation/interaction with stakeholders will continue during different stages of project implementation. Environmental and Social Policy and Procedures Framework(ESPPF) 110 Annexure-1 Comprehensive Details of Assam and its Environmental & Social Sensitivities The environmental and social conditions in the state which can have any interaction with the project activities due to the construction operation and maintenance have been identified. These important aspects have been described in the sections below. 1.1 HISTORY Assam state and adjoining regions have evidences of human settlements from all the periods of the Stone ages, but there are no archeological evidence of bronze- or iron-age culture. In the medivial ages Samudragupta's 4th century Pragya inscription mentions Kamarupa (Western Assam] and Davaka (Central Assam) as frontier kingdoms of the Gupta Empire. Davaka was later absorbed by Kamarupa, which grew into large kingdom that spanned from Karatoya river to Sadiya and covered the entire Brahmaputra valley, North Bengal, Northern Bangladesh and, at times Purnea and parts of West Bengal. Later the Ahoms and the Koch. The Ahoms, a Tai group, ruled Upper Assam for nearly 600 years (1228–1826 AD) and the Koch, a Tibeto-Burmese, established sovereignty in c. 1510 AD. During the colonial era initially Assam was made a part of the Bengal Presidency, then in 1906 it was a part of Eastern Bengal and Assam province, and in 1912 it was reconstituted into a chief commissioners' province. In 1913, a legislative council and, in 1937, the Assam Legislative Assembly, were formed in Shillong, the erstwhile capital of the region. At the turn of the 20th century, British India consisted of eight provinces that were administered either by a governor or a lieutenant-governor. The Assam Province was one among major eight provinces of British India. The table hereafter shows the major original provinces during British India covering the Assam Province under Administrative Office of Chief Commissioner With the partition of India in 1947, Assam became a constituent state of India, but the district of Sylhet of Assam (excluding the Karimganj subdivision) gave up to Pakistan (which later became Bangladesh). Further, the state has been divided several times since 1970 to satisfy national aspirations of the tribal populations living within the then borders of Assam. These are chronologically presented below: • 1963: Nagaland (comprising of Naga Hill Districts) • 1970: Meghalaya (Khasi Hills, Jantia Hills and Garo Hills) • 1972: Aurunachal Pradesh (the North East Frontier Agency) • 1972: Mizoram (Mizo Hills) 1.2 GOVERNANCE & ADMINISTRATION Assam has four regional divisions, (Table 1) each comprising a number of districts. The administrator responsible for the administration of a division is called a Divisional Commissioner TABLE 1:ADMINISTRATIVE DIVISION OF ASSAM Division Name Divisional Districts Office North Assam Tezpur Udalguri, Darrang, Sonitpur, Nagaon, Marigaon Lower Assam Panbazar Dhubri, Kokrajhar, Bongaigaon, Goalpara, Baksa, Chirang, Barpeta, Nalbari, Kamrup Rural, Kamrup Metro Upper Assam Jorhat Lakhimpur, Dibrugarh, Dhemaji, Tinsukia, Sibsagar, Jorhat, Golaghat Hills and Barak Dispur Dima Hasao, Karbi Anglong, Cachar, Hailakandi, Karimganj Valley Districts & Headquarters A recent reorganization has resulted in a total of 23 districts. The head of a district's administration, the Deputy Commissioner, in Assam is unelected, appointed to the post by the State Government. TABLE 2:: ADMINISTRATIVE SETUP IN MEGHALAYA District District H.Q. Sub-division Sub-division H.Q. Udalguri Odalguri Odalguri Odalguri Bhergaon Bhergaon Karimganj Karimganj Karimganj Karimganj Cachar Silchar Silchar Silchar Lakhipur Lakhipur Kamrup Amingaon Rangia Rangia Amingaon Amingaon Kamrup Metro Guwahati Guwahati Guwahati Karbi Anglong Diphu Diphu Diphu Bokajan Bokajan Hamren Hamren Kokrajhar Kokrajhar Kokrajhar Kokrajhar Gossaigaon Gossaigaon Golaghat Golaghat Golaghat Golaghat Bokakhat Bokakhat Dansiri Sarupathar Goalpara Goalpara Goalpara Goalpara Chirang Basugaon Basugaon Basugaon Bijni Bijni Dibrugarh Dibrugarh Dibrugarh Dibrugarh Dima Hasao Haflong Haflong Haflong (Formerly North Cachar Hills) Maibong Maibong Tinsukia Tinsukia Tinsukia Tinsukia Sadiya Chapakhowa Darrang Mangaldoi Mangaldoi Mangaldoi Dhubri Dhubri Dhubri Dhubri Bilasipara Bilasipara South Salmara Hatsingimari Dhemaji Dhemaji Dhemaji Dhemaji Jonai Jonai Nagaon Nagaon Nagaon Nagaon Hojai Hojai Kaliabor Hatbor Nalbari Nalbari Nalbari Nalbari Bongaigaon Bongaigaon Bongaigaon Bongaigaon North Salmari Abhayapuri Barpeta Barpeta Barpeta Barpeta Bajali Pathsala Baksa Musalpur Musalpur Musalpur Salbari Salbari Tamulpur Tamulpur Morigaon Morigaon Morigaon Morigaon Jorhat Jorhat Jorhat Jorhat Majuli Garmurh Titabor Titabor Lakhimpur North Lakhimpur North Lakhimpur North Lakhimpur Dhakuakhona Dhakuakhona Sivasagar Sivasagar Sivasagar Sivasagar Charaideo Sonari Nazira Nazira sonitpur Tezpur Tezpur Tezpur Dhekiajuli Dhekiajuli Biswnath Biswanath Chariali Hailakandi Hailakandi Hailakandi Hailakandi Source: http://meghalaya.gov.in:8080/megportal/stateprofile Autonomous Councils To further provide regional autonomy and better status within the constitutional framework from the tribes of Assam some of the areas have been incorporated within the sixth schedule of the Constitution of India. This schedule provide for administration of tribal areas as autonomous areas.. The administration of the autonomous areas is vested in the district council. These councils are endowed with legislative, judicial executive and financial powers. They are also expected to oversee the traditional bodies in local tribes.The Councils is a corporate body by name of having perpetual succession and a common seal with the right to sue and be sued. These nine Autonomous District Councils (ADCs) in Assam are:  Bodoland Territorial Council: the Bodoland Territorial Areas Districts comprising four 4(four) Administrative Districts as- Udalguri, Baksa. Chirang, Kokrajhar,  Karbi Anglong Autonomous Council: The Karbi Anglong came into being as a full fledged separate district The council covers the three sub-divisions of , Diphu, Bokajan and Hamren.  Dima Hasao Autonomous District Council: The Dima Hasao Autonomous District Council is an autonomous council constituted to administer the district and to develope the Dimasa people. It covers the two sub divisions of Haflong and Maibang.  Rabha Hasong Autonomous Council (RHAC): The jurisdiction of this council extents upto Rani area of Kamrup district and except some parts of Matia, Balijana and Lakhipur revenue Circles, it embraces almost the entire district of Goalpara  Mishing Autonomous Council(MAC): The council covers as 'Core Area' as well as 'Satellite Areas' in eight districts namely, Dhemaji, Lakhimpur, Sonitpur, Golaghat, Jorhat, Sibsagar, Dibrugarh and Tinsukia.  Tiwa Autonomous Council (TAG)  Deori Autonomous Council (DAC): The council area is scattered in medium/small villages/parts of villages/settlements in seven upper Assam Districts namely Dhemaji, Lakhimpur, Sonitpur, Jorhat, Sibsagar, Dibrugarh and Tinsukia where the Deori community is situated  Thengal Kachari Autonomous Council (TKAC)  Sonowal Kachari Autonomous Council (SKAC): The council covers 450 villages within the jurisdiction in seven districts of Upper Assam, viz. Dibrugarh, Tinsukia, Dhemaji, Lakhimpur, Sivsagar, Jorhat and Golaghat. The Councils consists of thirty members, 26 are elected and not more than four persons are nominated by the Governor on the advice of the Chief Executive Member for a term of five years. Villages having more than 50% of the tribal population there shall be a Village Council. Each Village Council shall consist of 10 (Ten) elected members out of which 5 (Five) will be form Scheduled Tribe community. Out of 5 (Five) reserved seats 1 (One) shall be reserved for a women member. Council within their respective districts, shall have power to make laws with respect to— (a) industries, subject to certain provisions (b) communications, that is to say, roads, bridges, ferries and other means of communication which are allowable under the conditions mentioned (c) preservation, protection and improvement of stock and prevention of animal diseases; veterinary training and practice; cattle pounds; (d) primary and secondary education; (e) agriculture, including agricultural education and research, protection against pests and prevention of plant diseases; (f) fisheries; (g) water, that is to say, water supplies, irrigation and canals, drainage and embankments, water storage and water power with restriction (h) social security and social insurance; employment and unemployment; (i) flood control schemes for protection of villages, paddy fields, markets, towns, etc. (not of technical nature); (j) theatre and dramatic performances, cinemas subject to the provisions (k) public health and sanitation, hospitals and dispensaries; (l) minor irrigation; (m) trade and commerce in, and the production supply and distribution of, food stuffs, cattle fodder, raw cotton and raw jute; (n) libraries, museums and other similar institutions controlled or financed by the State; ancient and historical monuments and records other than those declared by or under any law made by Parliament to be of national importance; (o) alienation of land 1.3 DEMOGRAPHIC PROFILE The Population of Assam according to the 2011 census stands at 3,11,57,436, making it the 14th most populated state in India. The state makes up about 2.5% of the country's population. The state is spread over an area of about 78400 sq. km. making it the 16th largest state in the country in terms of area. The density of population per sq km is about 397 and almost equal to the national average. The state has a population growth rate of about 17% which is again very close to the national growth rate. The literacy rate in the state has increased from 63.25% (census 2001) to 72.19% (census 2011). The male and female literacy rates are 78.81% and 67.27% respectively. Sex Ratio in Assam is 958, which is above national average of 940 as per census 2011 compared to the sex ratio of 932 in 2001. In Assam 14.10% people live in urban regions. The total population living in urban areas is 43,98,542. However, still 85.90 percent of total population of Assam live in the rural areas. The demographic Profile is presented in Table 3 Table 3: Demographic Profile of Assam Sl. District District Geographical Population Male Female Growth Sex Ratio Literary Density/Sq. No. Head Area (Sq. k.m.) (2011) Population Population Rate (%) k.m. Quarter (%) 1 Kokrajhar Kpokrajhar 3296 887142 452905 434237 5.21 959 55.16 269 2 Dhubri Dhubri 2176 1949258 997848 951410 24.44 953 47.32 896 3 GOALPARA Goalpara 1824 1008183 513292 494891 22.64 964 55.90 553 4 BARPETA Barpeta 2282 1693622 867004 826618 21.43 953 52.97 742 5 MORIGAON Morigaon 1551 957423 486651 470772 23.34 967 56.39 617 6 NAGAON Nagaon 3973 2823768 1439112 1384656 22.00 962 60.58 711 7 SONITPUR Tezpur 5204 1924110 983904 940206 15.55 956 57.61 370 8 LAKHIMPUR North 2277 1042137 529674 512463 17.22 968 65.59 458 Lakhimpur 9 DHEMAJI Dhemaji 3237 686133 351249 334884 19.97 953 61.65 212 10 TINSUKIA Tinsukia 3790 1327929 680231 647698 15.47 952 60.12 350 11 DIBRUGARH Dibrugharh 3381 1326335 676434 649901 11.92 961 66.69 392 12 SIVASAGAR Sivasagar 2668 1151050 589216 561834 9.44 954 70.68 431 13 JORHAT Jorhat 2851 1092256 556805 535451 9.31 962 72.78 383 14 GOLAGHAT Golaghat 3502 1066888 543161 523727 12.75 964 67.65 305 15 KARBI ANGLONG Diphu 10434 956313 490167 466146 17.58 951 58.27 92 16 DIMA HASAO Haflong 4888 214102 110802 103300 13.84 932 65.80 44 17 CACHAR Silchar 3786 1736617 886284 850333 20.19 959 67.61 459 18 KARIMGANJ Karimghanj 1809 1228686 625864 602822 21.90 963 64.73 679 Sl. District District Geographical Population Male Female Growth Sex Ratio Literary Density/Sq. No. Head Area (Sq. k.m.) (2011) Population Population Rate (%) k.m. Quarter (%) 19 HAILAKANDI Halakandi 1327 611156 337890 321406 12.58 951 66.65 461 20 BONGAIGAON Bongaigon 1093 738804 375818 362986 20.59 966 58.75 676 21 CHIRANG Basugaon 1923 482162 244860 237302 11.34 969 53.90 251 22 KAMRUP Amingaon 3105 1517542 778461 739081 15.69 949 65.59 489 23 KAMRUP Guwahati 955 1253938 647585 606353 18.34 936 79.84 1313 METROPOLITAN 24 NALBARI Nalbari 1052 771639 396006 375633 11.99 949 68.91 733 25 BAKSA Musalpur 2457 950075 481330 468745 10.74 974 60.29 387 26 DARRANG Mangaldoi 1585 928500 475273 453227 22.19 954 52.45 586 27 UDALGURI Odalgalgiri 2012 831668 421617 410051 9.61 973 56.50 413 Environmental & Social Policy Procedure (Transmission & Distribution): Assam The Scheduled Tribes (STs), constitute 12.4 per cent of the total population of the state. The state has registered 17.4 per cent decadal growth of ST population in 1991-2001. There are total twenty three (23) notified STs in the state. Based on Census 20011 it was established that among STs, Boro represents nearly half of the total ST population of the state (40.9 per cent). Miri (17.8 per cent), Mikir (10.7 per cent), Rabha (8.4 per cent), Kachari (i.e. Sonowal Kachari) (7.1 per cent), and Lalung (5.2 per cent) are the other major STs each having 5 per cent or above of total STs. Along with Boro they constitute 90 per cent ST population of the state. Besides them, Dimasa constitutes 3.4 per cent and Deori 1.2 per cent of the total ST population of the state. The rest of the Scheduled Tribes are very small in their population size 1.4 LAND AGRICULTURE & FOREST Bestowed with the resources of two major rivers the economy of Assam continues to be predominantly agrarian. Over 70 percent of the state's population relies on agriculture as farmers, as agricultural laborers, or both for their livelihood. The principal food crops produced in the state are rice (paddy), maize (corn), pulses, potato, wheat, etc., while the principal cash crops are tea, jute, oilseeds, sugarcane, cotton, and tobacco. Tea is the most important cash crop in Assam and the state is well known world-wide for its tea. The total land area under tea cultivation (gardens) was estimated at over 229,000 hectares in 1989, employing an average of over half-a- million people per day. There are two broad types of land tenure systems operate in the state:  Revenue administration under government operates in the plains outside the areas under the Sixth Schedule  Customary land tenure system under Village level authority operates in the Autonomous District Council Areas. Cadastral survey is not done in these areas. 1 The updation of information as per 2011 census is not yet notified/made public. P a g e | 22 December 2014 | POWERGRID Environmental & Social Policy Procedure (Transmission & Distribution): Assam In the non-scheduled areas of Assam have three types of land – patta (individual ownership), Aksonia (temporary) patta and non- patta or khas land or CPRs. Patta land is owned in perpetuity on payment of a tax. Aksonia patta is usually for one year. Khas land is considered State property and its inhabitants are treated as encroachers. In the six schedule areas of Assam traditional system of land tenure is practiced by some of the tribes. The Karbi villages communal ownership is the norm. They do not have a fixed boundary or name since they keep shifting.. The Boro however followed the Ahom custom of allotting about an acre of land to each family in return for free labour for about a third of the year. The Mikri tribes have are apportioned land to Household, each house being allotted its own fields. Male members of a household limit their labour to their own fields. However the Dimasa of North Cachar Hills has moved towards individual pattas from the community ownership. The families that have changed over to individual land have introduced also a share for women in its inheritances. Property is inherited through men but the clan and family name come from women. The Mishing tribes have shifted from the jum to settled agriculture. 1.5 ENVIRONMENTAL BASELINE A significant geographical aspect of Assam is that it contains three of six physiographic divisions of India - The Northern Himalayas (Eastern Hills), The Northern Plains (Brahmaputra plain) and Deccan Plateau (Karbi Anglong). The River Brahmaputra, the life-line of Assam becomes a braided river (at times 10-16 km wide) and with tributaries, creates a flood plain. The hills of Karbi Anglong, North Cachar are now eroded and dissected are originally parts of the South Indian Plateau system. In the south, the River Barak originates in the Barail Range (Assam-Nagaland border) flows through the Cachar district with a 40–50 km wide valley and enters Bangladesh with the name Surma River The Brahmaputra and the Barak rivers are part of the National Waterway 2 and 6 respectively and together cover almost 1000 Km across the state. P a g e | 22 December 2014 | POWERGRID Environmental & Social Policy Procedure (Transmission & Distribution): Assam Assam also has an extensive network of roads in terms of road density, however, in terms of density of surfaced road Assam is way behind India and the gap is increasing. Assam has a wide network of highways . The road network in Assam comprises of total 51,878 km of roads consisting of 2848 km National Highways, 3134 km State Highways, 4413 km Major district roads, 2496 km Urban roads, 36544 km Rural roads and 2443 km project & other non PWD Roads.. Due to the influence of Brahmaputra and Barak rivers the state is bestowed with vast alluvial plains and dense forests, tracts of paddy and tea. Assam is also endowed with petroleum, natural gas, coal, limestone and many other minor minerals such as magnetic quartzite, kaolin, sillimanites, clay and feldspar. A small quantity of iron ore is also available in western parts of Assam. The Upper Assam districts are major reserves of oil and gas. It is estimated that Assam and surrounding region possess around 150 million tonnes of petroleum reserves. Presently, Assam is the 3rd largest producer of petroleum (crude) and natural gas in the country accounting for 16% and 8% respectively of the total production of this mineral in the country. A Tertiary coal belt is located in Tinsukia, Dibrugarh, Sivasagar, Karbi Anglong and Dima Hasao districts with an estimated reserve of 370 million tonnes. 1.6 FOREST Forest cover constitutes 35.28% of total land area of this state. The State of Assam is enriched with extensive forest area and also rich with different species and strains of floras and faunas along with valuable forest products. The recorded forest area of Assam is 26,832 sq. km. The Forest Map of Assam is presented in Figure 2 and district wise forest cover is presented in Figure 2: FOREST AND WILDLIFE HABITATS OF ASSAM P a g e | 22 December 2014 | POWERGRID Environmental & Social Policy Procedure (Transmission & Distribution): Assam P a g e | 22 December 2014 | POWERGRID Environmental & Social Policy Procedure (Transmission & Distribution): Assam . P a g e | 85 December 2014 | POWERGRID Environmental & Social Policy Procedure (Transmission & Distribution): Assam FIGURE 1: FOREST COVER OF ASSAM P a g e | 85 December 2014 | POWERGRID Environmental & Social Policy Procedure (Transmission & Distribution): Assam FIGURE 2: FOREST AND WILDLIFE HABITATS OF ASSAM P a g e | 16 December 2014 | POWERGRID TABLE 4: FOREST IN ASSAM Percent of Geographical Very Dense Moderately Open Total Geographic District Area Forest Dense Forest Forest (sq. km.) Area (sq. km.) (sq. km.) (sq. km.) (sq. km.) (%) Area in sq. km. Barpeta 3,245 35 177 183 395 12.17 Bongaigaon 2,510 33 267 221 521 20.76 Cachar 3,786 81 974 1,186 2,241 59.19 Darrang 3,481 12 91 365 468 13.44 Dhemaji 3,237 7 124 161 292 9.02 Dhubari 2,798 21 197 194 412 14.72 Dibrugarh 3,381 29 165 561 755 22.33 Goalpara 1,824 1 71 265 337 18.48 Goalghat 3,502 6 122 397 525 14.99 Hailakandi 1,327 13 373 403 789gc 59.46 Jorhat 2,851 2 112 495 609 21.36 Kamrup 4,345 68 608 753 1,429 32.89 Karbi-Anglong 10,434 566 3,801 3,593 7,960 76.29 Karimganj 1,809 3 317 544 864 47.76 Kokrajhar 3,169 208 701 211 1,120 35.34 Lakhimpur 2,277 4 118 171 293 12.87 Morigaon 1,704 6 41 86 133 7.81 North Cachar 87.36 4,888 135 1,543 2,592 4,270 Hills Naogaon 3,831 40 352 402 794 20.73 Nalbari 2,257 4 70 208 282 12.49 Sibsagar 2,668 8 144 540 692 25.94 Sonitpur 5,324 56 279 621 956 17.96 Tinsukia 3,790 106 698 730 1,534 40.47 Grand Total 78,438 1,444 11,345 14,882 27,671 35.28 Source: State Forest Report, 2013 Sacred Groves are the small patches of forest, owned and protected by the community. So far 40 Sacred Groves are identified in Assam. These Sacred Groves locally called “Than” and “Madaico” in Assam. Mostly Sacred Groves are found in Karbi Anglong district. However some of the monasteries like Shankaradeva Environmental & Social Policy Procedure (Transmission & Distribution): Assam maths distributed all over the state also have Sacred Groves. These Sacred Groves are ecologically rich and play important role in the religious and sociocultural life of the local people and homes to many medicinal and aromatic plants and also as repositories of several endemic and endangered plants. 1.7 PROTECTED AREA NETWORK In Assam 25 protected area networks consisting of 5 National Parks, and 20 Wildlife Sanctuaries (including 2 proposed WLS) are formed. All these National Parks and WLS hold a large number of endangered and local species. These Protected Area Network is presented in Error! No text of specified style in document.-3 TABLE 5: PROTECTED FOREST IN ASSAM Sl. National Park and Location Main Habitat No. Wildlife Sanctuaries (District) 1. Kaziranga National Golaghat, One horned Rhino, Swamp Deer, Wild Buffalo, Tiger, Park Nagaon & Elephant, Hoolock Gibbon, Capped Langur, Sonitpur Home to 25 globally threatened and 21 near threatened species of birds 2. Manas National Park Chirang and Rhino, Elephant, Tiger, Pygmy Hog, Hispid hare, Baksa Golden Langur, Assamese Macaque, Rhesus Macaque, Leopard, Golden Cat, Fishing Cat, Leopard Cat, Jungle Cat, Large Indian civet, Small Indian civet, Toddy Cat 3. Orang National Park Udalguri and Rhino, Tiger, Maljuria Elephants (male elephants in Sonitpur group), Hog Deer, Wild Pig 222 species of Birds ( Greater Adjutant Stork, Lesser Adjutant Stork, Brahminy Duck, Pintail Duck etc.) 4. Nameri National Park Sonitpur Tiger, Leopard, Elephant, Gaur, Wild Pigs, Sambar, Barking Deer, Hispid hare, Slow Loris, Capped Langur, White Winged Wood duck, Palla’s fish-eagle, Lesser Adjutant Stork, Greater spotted Eagle, White ramped vulture, Longo billed vulture, Black bellied Term, Rufous–necked Hornbill, Wreathed Hornbill, Great Pied Hornbill etc. 5. Dibru-Saikhowa Dibrugarh and Tiger, Elephant, Leopard, Jungle Cat, Bears, Small National Park Tinsukia Indian Civet, Squirrels, Gangetic Dolphin, Slow Loris, Assamese Macaque, Rhesus Macaque, Capped Langur, Hoolock Gibbon. It is an identifies Important Bird Area (IBA) P a g e | 18 December 2014 | POWERGRID Environmental & Social Policy Procedure (Transmission & Distribution): Assam Sl. National Park and Location Main Habitat No. Wildlife Sanctuaries (District) 6. Bherjan-Borajan- Tinsukia Hoolock Gibbon, Capped Langur, Pig-tailed, Padumoni WLS Macaque, Macaque, Slow Loris and Rhesus Macaque 7. Panidehing WLS Sivasagar Elephants, Lesser Adjutant Stork, Greater Adjutant, Swamp Francolin, Spot-billed Pelican, White-rumped Vulture, Greater Spotted Eagle, Slender-billed Vulture, Pallas's Fish-eagle 8. Hollongpara Gibbon Jorhat 7 Primates (Hoolock Gibbon, Stump- tailed Macaque, WLS Capped Langur, Pig-tailed Macaque, Assamese Macaque, Slow Loris and Rhesus Macaque) 9. Nambor-Doigurung Golaghat Gaur, Elephants, Hoolock Gibbon WLS 10. Garampani WLS Karbi Anglong Elephants, White-winged Duck, Lesser Adjutant Stork 11. Nambor WLS Karbi Anglong Gaur , Elephants, Hoolock Gibbon 12. East Karbi Anlong WLS Karbi Anglong Gaur, Elephants, Tiger, Hoolock Gibbon 13. Marat Longri WLS Karbi Anglong Tigers, Leopards, Gaur , Elephants, Hoolock Gibbon 14. Burhachapori WLS Sonitpur Elephants, Aquatic Birds, Tiger, Bengal Florican 15. Laokhowa WLS Nagaon Elephant, Tiger, Asiatic Wild Buffalo, Bengal Florican 16. Pabitora WLS Morigaon Rhino, Leopards, Barking Deer, Lesser Adjutant, Greater Adjutant, White-bellied Heron, Greater Spotted Eagle 17. Sonai-Rupai WLS Sonitpur White Winged wood duck, Elephant, Tiger, Gaur 18. Barnadi WLS Udalguri Hispid Hare, Pygmy Hog, Elephants, Tiger 19. Chakrasila WLS Kokrajhar Golden Langur, Gaur 20. Dihing-Patkai WLS Dibrugarh and Hoolock Gibbon, Elephants, White Winqed wood Tinsukia duck, Tiqer 21. Borail WLS Cachar Serow, Himalayan Black bear, Hoolock Gibbon 22. Amchang WLS Kamrup Elephant, Gaur, Leopard (Metro) 23. Deepor Beel Wildlife Kamrup Greater Adjutant Stork, Whistling Teal, Open Billed Sanctuary (Metro) Stork, Shoveler, Pintail, Garganey, Pheasant tail jacanas 24 North Karbi Anglong Karbi Anglong Tiger, Lesser cats, Elephant, Gaur, Sambar, Bears, Wildlife Sanctuaries Barking deer, Rhesus macaque, Hoolock gibbon, (Proposed) Capped langur, Slow loris 25 Bordoibam Bilmukh Dhemaji and Kingfishers, Large whistling Teal, Lesser Adjutant Bird Sanctuaries Lakhimpur Stork, Spotted Dove, Pheasant tailed Jacana, Bronze (Proposed) winged Jacana, Indian River Tern, Black Headed Gull, P a g e | 19 December 2014 | POWERGRID Environmental & Social Policy Procedure (Transmission & Distribution): Assam Sl. National Park and Location Main Habitat No. Wildlife Sanctuaries (District) White Wagtail, Black Headed Oriole, Purple Moorhen, Openbill Stork 1.8 INTERNATIONAL BIRD AREAS Assam has 46 International Bird Area (IBA) Table 6. These bird areas inhabits a large number of avifauna (resident as well as migrates). Wide winged birds and raptors like Lesser Adjutant Stork, Greater Adjutant Stork, Open bill Stork White- bellied Heron, Spot-billed Pelican, Greater Spotted Eagle, Eastern Imperial Eagle, White-rumped Vulture, Slender-billed Vulture, Pallas's Fish-eagle are species which are of concern while developing the transmission and distribution projects. TABLE 6: IBA SITES IN ASSAM IBA Site IBA Site IBA Criteraia Identification IN-AS-01 Amchang Hills A1 IN-AS-02 Barail Range A1, A2, A3 IN-AS-03 Barnadi Wildlife Sanctuary A1 IN-AS-04 Bauwwa Beel A1 IN-AS-05 Behali Reserve Forest A1, A3 IN-AS-06 Bherjan-Borajan-Podumoni A1 IN-AS-07 Bordoibam-Bilmukh Bird Sanctuary A1 IN-AS-08 Bordoloni-Sampora A1, A2, A4i IN-AS-09 Chakrasila Complex A1, A4i, A4iii IN-AS-10 Chandubi Lake and adjoining areas A1 IN-AS-11 Deobali Jalah A1, A4i IN-AS-12 Dhansiri Reserve Forest A1, A4i IN-AS-13 Dibru-Saikhowa Complex A1, A2 IN-AS-14 Dipor Beel Bird Sanctuary A1, A4iii IN-AS-15 Dum Duma-Dangori-Kumsong A1 Reserve Forests IN-AS-16 East and North Karbi Anglong A1 Wildlife Sanctuaries IN-AS-17 Garampani, Nambor and Doigrung A1 P a g e | 20 December 2014 | POWERGRID Environmental & Social Policy Procedure (Transmission & Distribution): Assam IBA Site IBA Site IBA Criteraia Identification IN-AS-18 Gibbon (Hollongapar) Sanctuary A1 IN-AS-19 Habang A4ii IN-AS-20 Inner Line, Kathakal and Barak A1 Reserve Forests IN-AS-21 Jamjing and Sengajan A1 IN-AS-22 Jatinga A1, A4iv IN-AS-23 Jengdia Beel and Satgaon A1 IN-AS-24 Jhanjimukh-Kokilamukh A1, A4i IN-AS-25 Kaziranga NP A1, A2, A4i, A4iii IN-AS-26 Kuarbari-Dalani A1 IN-AS-27 Langting-Mupa Reserve Forest A1 IN-AS-28 Laokhowa and Burhachapori A1, A2 Sanctuaries IN-AS-29 Lumding-Marat Longri A1 IN-AS-30 Majuli A1, A4iii IN-AS-31 Manas National Park A1, A2 IN-AS-32 Nameri National Park A1, A2 IN-AS-33 Orang National Park A1, A4ii IN-AS-34 Pabho Reserve Forest A1, A2 IN-AS-35 Pabitora Wildlife Sanctuary A1, A2, A4iii IN-AS-36 Pani-Dihing Bird Sanctuary A1, A4iii IN-AS-37 Ripu and Chirang-Reserve Forest A1, A2 IN-AS-38 Sibsagar Tanks A1, A4i IN-AS-39 Son Beel A1 IN-AS-40 Sonai-Rupai Wildlife Sanctuary A1 IN-AS-41 Subansiri A1, A2 IN-AS-42 Tamaranga-Dalani-Bhairab A1, A4iii Complex IN-AS-43 Tirap-Burhidihing A1 IN-AS-44 Upper Dihing (East) Complex A1, A2 IN-AS-45 Upper Dihing (West) Complex A1, A2 IN-AS-46 Urpod Beel A1= Threatened species; A2 = Restricted Range species; A3= Biome species; A4=Congregatory species P a g e | 21 December 2014 | POWERGRID Environmental & Social Policy Procedure (Transmission & Distribution): Assam 1.9 WETLAND Wetland plays an important role in preserving biodiversity and wildlife and also support livelihood of indigenous people. Assam state has as many of 11178 wetlands. These wetlands are mainly of natural (Lakes/Ponds, Ox-bow lakes/ Cut- off meanders, High altitude wetlands, Riverine wetlands, Waterlogged, River/Stream) and manmade (Reservoirs/Barrages, Tanks/Ponds, Waterlogged). The state has a large number of lakes/ponds, rivers, ox-bow lakes and waterlogged area. The Brahamputra and Barak are two important rivers of Assam. Deepor beel, Dhir beel, Sareswar beel, Sone beel, Tamaranga beel and Sonai beel are some of the important wetland sites of Assam .  Deepor Beel: This is a fresh water lake, on the southern bank of the Brahmaputra River (Kamrup District), covering an area of about 900 ha. It is one of the largest natural wetland in Assam, has been notified as Wildlife Sanctuary. This WLS homes to Greater Adjutant Stork, Lesser Adjutant Stork, Baer’s Pochard, Spot-billed Pelican, White-rumped Vulture, Greater Spotted Eagle, Slender-billed Vulture, Pallas's Fish-eagle and Spoon-billed Sandpiper.  Dhir Beel: Situated 30 km from Kokrajhar town at the base of Chakrashila Wildlife Sanctuary. The wetland covering 1003 ha is rich in aquatic flora and fauna and is a breeding ground for fish. Adjacent to Dhir, there is another Lake- Diplai. These twin lakes attract a lot migratory birds in winter including Near Threatened Ferruginous Duck and the Vulnerable Baer’s Pochard Aythya baeri. Swamp Francolin Francolinus gularis  Sareswar Beel: This is a shallow, freshwater lake on the floodplain to the north of the Brahmaputra River in lower Assam. The total area of the beel is about 1700 ha. A great diversity of resident and migratory waterfowl are found in the lake. Both the lesser adjutant (Leptoptilos javanicus) and greater adjutant (L. dubius) are regular in the winter months  Sone Beel : is the largest wetland in Assam. It is in Karimganj district of southern Assam. The lake is 12.5 km long and 3.9 km wide, with a 35.4 km shoreline. It is home to a large number of resident bird species and more P a g e | 22 December 2014 | POWERGRID Environmental & Social Policy Procedure (Transmission & Distribution): Assam than 150 species of birds have been recorded. The lake attracts thousands of waterfowl.  Tamaranga Beel: is actually a complex of wetlands known as Tamaranga - Dalani-Bhairab Complex, situated only 30 km south from Bongaigaon town. This is an important freshwater lake (beel) and has been listed as a Site of Global Importance in the Directory of Asian The beel attracts many migratory birds and is a good breeding ground for resident water birds.  Sonai Beel is a cluster of natural lakes namely Nandini, Mer, Sonai, Raumari, Dobarani, and Patiabandha beel in Marigaon district of Assam. The wetlands are important for a wide variety of resident and migratory waterfowl, The Bengal Florican Houbaropsis bengalensis occurs in the wetland site. 1.10 WILDLIFE HABITATS / CORRIDORS Assam has five Elephant Reserves (Sonitpur ER (1,420 sq km), Dehing-Patkai ER (937 sq km), Kaziranga-Karbi Anglong ER (3,270 sq km), Dhansiri-Lungding ER (2,740 sq km), and Chirang-Ripu ER (2,600 sq km) and Eight Elephant Corridors connects these Elephant Reserves, Protected Forest and nearby forests locating in the native states (viz. Arunachal Pradesh and Meghalaya). Some of these corridors are 0.5 km wide and are proximity to or on the major settlement. Brief description of these eight corridors in Assam is given below. Kotha-Burhidihing: This corridor connects the Kotha Reserve Forest (Digboi Forest Division) and adjacent elephant populations of Changlang district of Arunachal Pradesh with the Burhidihing Reserve Forest (Doom Dooma Forest Division) thereby maintaining the linkage with Tarai Reserve Forest, Kakojan Reserve Forest and Nalani Reserve Forest. Length of the corridor is 6 km. and width is 1 km. Major Settlements in the corridor are Monogaon and Takeli pathar. Upper Dihing East-Upper Dihing West Block at Bogapani: The corridor lies between the Upper Dihing East and West blocks of forestland and passes through Bogapani tea estate and a few settlements (viz. Bogapani and Panbari). This 3 km. long and 0.5 km. wide elephant corridor constitutes of Reserve Forest and some forest land which are leased to tea gardens and patta land. Upper Dihing East-Upper Dihing West Block between Golai-Pawai: This corridor is primarily of Reserve Forest and patta land, connecting Upper Dihing East and West blocks for elephant movement. This corridor has witnessed crop depredation by elephant resulting P a g e | 23 December 2014 | POWERGRID Environmental & Social Policy Procedure (Transmission & Distribution): Assam discontinuation of cultivation by the adjacent villagers in 2000-2001. Again new settlements have started coming in the 6-7 km. long and 0.5 km. wide corridor. Kalapahar-Daigurung: This corridor, located about 22 km. from Silonijan (Karbi Anglong) on the Silonijan-Chokikhola road is a small patch forest located between Sotiona and Parolijan village (Parolijan River). It is encircled by two hills, namely Kalapahar and Risak on either side connecting Kaziranga National Park via Kalioni Reserve Forest. Length of the corridor is 2 km. and width is 2 km. Kaziranga-Karbi Anglong at Panbari: This 1 km. long and 0.85 km. wide corridor consisted of Reserve forest and Kaziranga National Park and connects elephant habitats of Kaziranga National Park with the Karbi Anglong forest. Kaziranga-Karbi Anglong at Kanchanjuri: This corridor connects the elephant habitats of Kaziranga National Park with Brahapahar and Karbi Anglong forests. Under Eastern Assam Wildlife Division this corridor area passes through tea gardens and is close to NH 37. Length of the corridor is 2km.and width is 0.5 km. consisting of Reserve forest and proposed addition (4rd addition) to Kaziranga National Park. Kukurakata-Bagser at Amguri: This corridor falls under Eastern Assam Wildlife Division, connecting the elephant habitats of Kaziranga National Park and Kukurakata Reserve Forest with Bagser Reserve Forest and the forest of Karbi Anglong. Length of the corridor is 0.8 km.and width 0.5 km. Amguri is the major settlement in the corridor. Charduar-Singri hill: This corridor (Sonitpur West Forest Division) passes through tea gardens and settlements of Sonitpur district and is known to have very man-animal conflict. Several major settlements (viz. Posabasi, Panchnoi, Dipabasti, Rowmari basti etc.) lay in this 30 km. long and 1.5 km wide elephant corridor. ERROR! NO TEXT OF SPECIFIED STYLE IN DOCUMENT.-3: FOREST AND ELEPHANT CORRIDORS IN MEGHALAYA P a g e | 24 December 2014 | POWERGRID Annexure -3 SOCIAL MANAGEMENT FRAMEWORK Part A: Acquisition of Lands and Structures. 1. The availability of land for substations is an potential social issue as fresh lands will be required for construction of substations. AEGCL/APDCL shall secure/acquire the required land either through direct purchase on willing buyer & willing seller basis on negotiated rate or by invoking provisions of RFCTLARRA, 2013. The present land availability status of substations involved in tranche-1 is provided inTable –1. Table – 1: Land Availability Status for Substation Sl. Scope of Name of the substation Land Status No. work A. Transmission Substations 1 220/132 kV Amingaon (GIS) New 2 220/132 kV Behiating (New Dibrugarh) New 132/33 kV Guwahati Medical College 3 New Land for 5 new substations (GIS) 4 132/33 kV Chapakhowa New (i.e. Behiating, Guwahati Medical College, Silapather, 5 132/33 kV Silapather New Paltanbazar, & Sarupather) 6 132/33 kV Hazo New and all extension substations 7 132/33 kV Paltanbazar (GIS) New are available with AEGCL. 8 132/33 kV Tangla New For remaining 6 new 9 132/33 kV Sarupather New substations, the required land 10 132/33 kV Tezpur New New shall be secured either through 11 132/33 kV Teok New direct purchase on willing 12 220/132 kV Rangia Augmentation buyer & willing seller basis on negotiated rate or by 13 220/132 kV Tinsukia Augmentation invoking provisions of 14 132/33 kV Dhemaji SS Augmentation RFCTLARRA, 2013 15 132/33 kV Sonabil Augmentation 16 132/33 kV Rupai Augmentation 17 132/33 kV Kahilipara Augmentation 18 132/33 kV Kamakhya (GIS) Augmentation 19 220/132 kV Samaguri Augmentation 20 132/33 kV Dhaligaon Augmentation B. Distribution Substations 1 33/11 kV substation (16 Nos.) New APDCL has identified land for these substations and the required lands shall be secured either through direct purchase on willing buyer & willing seller basis on negotiated rate or by invoking provisions of RFCTLARRA, 2013. 2. As per the provisions of ESPP land for substations covered under tranche-1 can be secured through following three methods; i) Purchase of land on willing buyer & Willing Seller basis on negotiated rate; ii) Voluntary Donation; and iii) Involuntary Acquisition. . 3. In case of procurement of land through private purchase, AEGCL/APDCL shall ensure that compensation/rate for land is not less than the rate provided in the new land acquisition act, 2013. The finalization of land price/negotiation shall be through a committee. In order to comply with this provision AEGCL/APDCL may organize an awareness camp where provisions of new act in respect of basis/modalities of compensation calculation shall be explained to land owners with specific State provision if any. 4. In case of voluntary donation of land the following shall be ensured:  The land user(s) will not be subjected to undue pressure for parting of land;  All out efforts shall be made to avoid any physical relocation/displacement due to loss of land;  The AEGCL/APDCL shall facilitate in extending ‘gratitude’ to the land donor(s) in lieu of the ‘contribution’ if so agreed. The same shall be documented in the shape of MoU between donor and utility and subsequently title of land transferred in the name of AEGCL/APDCL  All land donations (as well as purchases) will be subject to a review/ approval from a broad based committee comprising representatives of different sections including those from the IA and GoA. 5. In case of land acquired through involuntary acquisition, provisions of RFCTLARRA, 2013 shall be adopted. RFCTLARRA, 2013 has replaced the old Land Acquisition Act, 1894 and has come into force from 1st January 2014. The new act i.e. RFCTLARRA, 2013 authorizes State Govt. (i.e. GoA) or its authorized Government agency to complete the whole process of acquisition of private land by following the laid down procedures in the act/rules which include detailed Social Impact Assessment (SIA) and preparation/disclosure of Social Impact Assessment Plan (SIMP). Responsibility for SIA and R&R rests with the government of Assam and AEGCL/APDCL’s responsibility is limited to identification and selection of suitable land based on technical requirement and ensuring budget allocation. 6. The provisions of new RFCTLARR Act, 2013 has brought about synergies with the World Bank policy and practices. These imply provisions like Social Impact Assessment; R&R Provisions and Entitlements; Focus on those losing livelihoods; Census surveys and R&R Plan; Providing options and choices; Replacement cost of Land and Assets (Net of Taxes); Additional provisions for disadvantaged groups; Full payment of compensation and R&R prior to taking over of land and assets and Consultations & Disclosures, Post implementation social audit and impact evaluation etc that are also key to the World Bank Involuntary Resettlement Policy. Safeguards against land acquisition: 7. The act has many provisions which will safeguard against indiscriminate acquisition of farm land and associated impacts like project specific SIA to conclude whether the proposed acquisition serves the public purpose; estimation of affected families and families likely to be displaced; extent of lands, public and private, houses, settlements and other CPRs likely to be affected; whether the extent of land proposed is absolutely bare minimum requirement; whether other alternative sites were considered and found not feasible and whether the social benefits outweigh social costs. Act has special provisions for land inhabited by SCs, STs; provisions restricting acquisition of land in excess of requirement. It discourages acquisition of multi-crop and irrigated land, and makes consent of land owners mandatory for private & PPP projects. Entitlements: 8. The entitlements with regard to compensation and assistances towards land acquisition or loss of any assets or livelihood for all categories of people being affected due to land acquisition is briefly outlined in Table – 2. TABLE-2. MINIMUM COMPENSATION & R&R ENTITLEMENTS FOR LAND ACQUISITION A. Comprehensive Compensation Package Eligibility for Entitlement Provisions The affected families Determination of Compensation :  Land Owners: includes any person- 1. Market value of the land  as specified in the Indian Stamp Act, 1899 i) whose name is recorded as (he owner or of the land or building or part  the average of the sale price for similar type of land thereof, in the records of the situated in the village or vicinity, authority concerned; or or ii) any person who is granted forest  consented amount of compensation as agreed in case rights under the Scheduled Tribes of acquisition of lands for private companies or for and Other Traditional Forest public private partnership project. Dwellers (Recognition of Forest whichever is higher Rights) Act, 2006 or under any other Market value x Multiplier* between 1 to 2 in rural law for the time being in force; areas only (No multiplier in urban areas). or iii)who is entitled to be granted Patta 2. Value of the assets attached to land: rights on the land under any law of Building/Trees/Wells/Crop etc. as valued by relevant the State including assigned lands: govt. authority; or iv) any person who has been declared as Land compensation = 1+2 such by an order of the court or 3. Solatium: 100% of total compensation Authority; Total Compensation : 1+2+3 (*) Precise scale shall be determined by the State Govt. The indicative values of multiplier factor based on distance from urban areas as provided in the act. Radial Distance from Urban area (Km) Multiplier Factor 0-10 1.00 10-20 1.20 20-30 1.40 30-40 1.80 40-50 2.00 B. R&R Package Elements of Rehabilitation and Resettlement Entitlements for all the affected families (both land owners and the families whose livelihood is primarily dependent on land acquired) in addition to compensation provided above Elements of R& R Sl. No. Provision Entitlements Subsistence grant/allowance 1. Rs. 3000 per month per family for 12 months for displaced families a. Where jobs are created through the project, mandatory employment for one member per affected family; or b. Rupees 5 lakhs per family; The affected families shall or 2. be entitled to: c. Rupees 2000 per month per family as annuity for 20 years, with appropriate index for inflation; The option of availing (a) or (b) or (c) shall be that of the affected family i. A constructed house shall be provided as per the Indira Awas Yojana specifications. Housing units for ii. A constructed house shall be provided, which will be not displacement: less than 50 sq. mts. in plinth area. i) If a house is lost in rural In either case the equivalent cost of the house may also be 3. areas: provided in lieu of the house as per the preference of the ii) If a house is lost in urban project affected family. areas The stamp duty and other fees payable for registration of the house allotted to the affected families shall be borne by the Requiring Body. Transportation cost for 4. Rs 50,000/- per affected family displaced families Resettlement Allowance 5. Onetime Rs 50,000/- per affected family (for displaced families) Onetime financial assistance as appropriate for construction 6. Cattle shed/ petty shop cost as decided by St. Govt. subject to minimum of Rs.25,000/- Artisan/small traders/others Onetime financial assistance as appropriate as decided by St. 7. (in case of displacement) Govt. subject to minimum of Rs.25,000/- Special Provisions for SCs/STs In addition to the R&R package, SC/ST families will be entitled to the following additional benefits: 1. One time financial assistance of Rs. 50,000 per family; 2. Families settled outside the district shall be entitled to an additional 25% R&R benefits; 3. Payment of one third of the compensation amount at very outset; 4. Preference in relocation and resettlement in area in same compact block; 5. Free land for community and social gatherings; 6. In case of displacement, a Development Plan is to be prepared 7. Continuation of reservation and other Schedule V and Schedule VI area benefits from displaced area to resettlement area. Social Impact Management Plan (SIMP): Establishment of Institutions 9. The following bodies are to be established permanently in the state (to cater to all projects proposed in future):  The State Social Impact Assessment Unit;  selecting the SIA team for each project from the individuals and institutions registered/empanelled in the State Database  To develop Project specific ToR  Ensuring no conflicts of interest involving the team members  Land Acquisition Rehabilitation and Resettlement Authority  Appointment of Presiding Officer  The office of the Commissioner Rehabilitation & Resettlement  Appointment of Commissioner Rehabilitation and Resettlement  Appointment of Project Specific Administrator for Rehabilitation and Resettlement  The State Level Monitoring Committee  User-friendly website as a public platform to disclose entire work flow of each acquisition case.  Formulation of Expert group to study SIA report and recommendation  Commissioner, R&R to appoint the members of the Expert Group  Names of group members to be publically disclosed 10. On confirmation of the scheme and finalization of land after exploring alternative site, the AEGCL/APDCL’s would submit a proposal for acquisition of private selected land detailing the extent of land and its exact location. After due process of approval the government shall notify the affected area where selected land is situated for conducting detailed social assessment. Social Impact Assessments  A detailed Social Impact Assessment (SIA) studies shall be undertaken by an Independent Agency/Institution on a project specific TOR. The SIA agency shall first consult the concerned Panchayat, Municipality, District/Village Council at village level or ward level in the affected area to carry out SIA study. SIA shall assess the purpose of acquisition and estimate the affected families, gender, social group carry out analysis regarding impact on community properties, assets and infrastructure particularly roads, public transport, drainage, sanitation, sources of drinking water, sources of water for cattle, community ponds grazing land, plantations, public utilities electricity supply and health care facilities. The SIA agency shall also prepare a Social Impact Management Plan (SIMP) listing ameliorative measures required for addressing the likely impact vis- à-vis intended benefit of the project. The SIA report and SIMP shall be subject to public hearing in the affected area after giving adequate publicity for the venue, time etc to ascertain the views of affected families/communities which shall be included in the SIA. The final SIA report shall be published including its translation in local language and shall also be made available to Panchyats, District/Village Councils & Deputy Collector/District Magistrate office for wider circulation. Explicit consent will be required in the case of lands in respect of tribal areas from ADC and the Village Councils. The process flowchart of SIA is presented in Fig-1.  Fig-1 Process Flow chart of Social Impact assessment (SIA) Compensation and Rehabilitation and Resettlement (R&R):  Based on the SIMP, the Collector shall discuss the Package in a meeting with the Rehabilitation and Resettlement committee at project level, and submit the Package to Commissioner Rehabilitation and Resettlement along with his/ her remarks.  The Commissioner Rehabilitation and Resettlement shall, after due vetting, accords approval to the scheme and make it available in public domain.  After approval of R & R plan by Commissioner R & R , the Collector shall issue two awards one for land compensation based on procedures described in act & State’s rules and second for R & R as per approved SIMP .  The Collector shall take possession of land after ensuring that full payment of compensation as well as rehabilitation and resettlement entitlements are paid or tendered to the entitled persons within a period of three months for the compensation and a period of six months for the monetary part of rehabilitation and resettlement entitlements as approved and commencing from the date of the award.  The Collector shall be responsible for ensuring that the rehabilitation and resettlement process is completed in all its aspects before displacing the affected families.  The Collector shall, as far as possible. not displace any family which has already been displaced by the appropriate Government for the purpose of acquisition under the provisions of this Act, and if so displaced, shall pay an additional compensation equivalent to that of the compensation determined under this Act for the second or successive displacements. The complete activity flow chart is described in Fig -2 . It may take about three years to complete the processes. It is also mandatory that no construction can start without the full payment of the compensations. FIGURE 2: ACTIVITY CHART RFCTLARRA, 2013 PART B: Compensation Plan for Temporary Damages (CPTD) towards Erection of Tower/ Poles for Transmission/ Distribution lines 1. Land requirements for erecting tower/ poles for transmission/ distribution lines are just minimal. All it requires is to place the foot, four of which warrants an area of 4-6 sq- ft. Lands in respect of the right of way are not acquired as agricultural activities can continue beneath the tower. Further, line alignments are done in such a way so as to avoid settlements and / or structures. Due to inherent flexibility in locating the poles, AEGCL/APDCL’s avoids habituated area completely hence no relocation of population on account of TL/DL lines are envisaged. Thus, the actual impact is restricted to 4 legs of the tower. Agriculture can continue, as clearly depicted in the figure-3 . As per existing law, land for tower/pole and right of way is not acquired and agricultural activities are allowed to continue after construction activity. However, AEGCL/APDCL pays compensation to the affected persons/ community for all damages including cost of land below tower to its owner without acquiring it. Thus, compensations are made for following:: (i) land cost of tower footings; (ii) standing crops; (iii) trees, if any; (iv) other assets like well and (v) any other damages/ effects. Capturing all these, the Implementing agency (IA) will prepare a Compensatory Plan for Temporary Damage (CPTD). The content/coverage of a typical CPTD is placed at the end. 2. Process. AEGCL/APDCL’s through its “Bee” line survey (i.e. a desk review) on Survey of India (SOI) map (topo-sheets) preferably on 1:50,000 Scale, the Forest Atlas and or Google Earth map examine various route options at least 3 (Three) alternatives referring ‘Bee’ line as a guiding one between two or multiple origins of proposed transmission/distribution line avoiding/minimizing environmentally and socially sensitive areas based on base line data/information. 3. Taking reference to this desk review, a reconnaissance survey in-house or through other agency/ or walk-over survey is undertaken with hand-held GPS for on-site verifications to confirm findings of desk review survey or otherwise. During Recce or W/O survey it may also be possible to identify other better option of route following the criteria of avoidance & minimization, if so the same, after having collected/updated information/data may be considered as another alternative. 4. A Social (and Environmental) Assessment is conducted in respect of each of the chosen lines of alignment. The process involved extensive consultations with land owners/farmers and different stakeholders. FIGURE-3 TYPICAL PLAN OF TRANSMISSION LINE TOWER FOOTINGS X a a T R A Y N S M I S S ACTUAL POSITION ON GROUND INDICATIVE MEASURES X & Y = 10-15 METERS a = 300- 450 mm 5. During the process public views and necessary inputs about surroundings/ villages/crops etc. are also necessary and noted for screening/scoping. After comparison and analysis of all E & S parameters so gathered for all alternatives and considering other significant economic benefit associated with the project/subproject, the most optimum route having minimum environment & social impact is selected for further investigation. 6. Site office will consults with state forest departments if the line is passing through forest areas. Revenue authorities will be consulted for their views on revenue/other lands. Experts’ assistance will be taken, as appropriate, on valuing crops, trees and other assets. 7. Social Assessment concludes with: (i) selection of an optimum line; and (ii) a Social Management Plan viz., CPTD. All these are disclosed widely among the stakeholders as well as on the internet and evince a feedback. Due approval will be sought from District/ Village Councils. In case the scheme/project is implemented in predominantly tribal area a separate and comprehensive analysis in respect of likely impact both positive and negative shall be carried out and will be incorporated in the CPTD. 8. Responsibility for the conduction of SA, preparation of CPTD rests with the IA The ultimate authority for vetting the affected persons and the nature and extent of compensations rests with the Collector. The entitlement matrix for planning compensation for possible impact is as follows: Entitlement Matrix for CPTD S. No ISSUE/IMPACT BENEFICIARY ENTITLEMENT OPTIONS 1. Land area below Owner 100% land cost at market value as tower base. ascertained by revenue authorities or based on negotiated settlement without actual acquisition/title transfer. 2. Loss/damage to Owner/Tenant/ Compensation to actual cultivator at market crops and trees in sharecropper/ rate for crops and 8 years income for fruit line corridor leaseholder bearing trees*. APs will be given advance notice to harvest their crops. All timber* will be allowed to retain by the owner. 3. Other damages Actual cost as assessed by the concerned (if applicable) All APs authority. 4. Loss of structure (i) House Titleholders Cash compensation at replacement cost (without deduction for salvaged material) plus Rs. 25,000/- assistance (based on prevailing GOI norms for weaker section housing) for construction of house plus transition benefits as per category-5 below. (ii) Shop/ Institutions/ Individual/ Cash compensation plus Rs. 10000/- for Cattle shed Titleholders construction of working shed/shop plus transition benefits as per category-5 below S. No ISSUE/IMPACT BENEFICIARY ENTITLEMENT OPTIONS 5. Losses during Family/unit Provision of transport or equivalent cash for transition under (i) shifting of material/ cattle from existing & (ii) above for place to alternate place Shifting / Transport 6 Tribal/ Vulnerable Vulnerable APs1 One time additional lump sum assistance not APs exceeding 25% of total compensation on recommendation of State Authority/ADC/VC. * Assistance/help of Forest department for timber yielding trees and Horticulture department for fruit bearing trees shall be taken for assessing the true value. 9. A notice under Indian Telegraph Act/Electricity Act, 2003 is served to the landowners informing that the proposed transmission line is being routed through the property of the individual concerned. The notice shall contain the particulars of the land, ownership details and the details of the trees/crops inevitability likely to be damaged during the course of the construction of the proposed transmission line and acknowledgement received from land owner. A copy of said notice is further issued to the Revenue Officer, who has been authorized by the Tripura Govt. for the purpose of assessment/valuation and disbursement of compensation to the affected parties. 10. The revenue officer shall further issue a notice of intimation to the concerned landowner and inspect the site to verify the documents related to the proof of ownership and a detailed Mouja list is prepared for the identified trees and crops inevitability damaged during the course of the construction. For assessing the true value of timber yielding trees help of forest officials is taken and for fruit bearing trees help of Horticulture department is taken. 11. The Mouja list shall contain the land owner details type of tree/crop, its present age, variety, yielding pattern etc. and the same is prepared at site in the presence of the land owner. These Mouja lists are further compiled and a random verification is conducted by the concerned District Collector or his authorized representative in order to ascertain the assessment carried out by the revenue office is genuine and correct. After this process the District collector issues a tree cutting permit to AEGCL/APDCL to enable removal / damage to the standing tree/crop identified in the line corridor. 12. Once the tree/crop is removed / damaged, AEGCL/APDCL shall issue a tree cutting/crop damaged notice to the land owner with a copy to the Revenue Officer to process the compensation payment. Based on the above the compensation payment is generated by means of a computerized programme developed by the National Informatics Center exclusively for this purpose. The detailed Valuation statement thus generated using this programme is verified at various levels and approval of payment of compensation is accorded by the concerned District Collectors. 13.On approval of compensation, the revenue officer shall further intimate the amount payable to the different landowners and AEGCL/APDCL arranges the payment by way of Demand Draft to the affected parties. The payment is further disbursed at the local village office after due verification of the documents in presence of other witnesses. 1 Vulnerable APs include scheduled tribes residing in scheduled areas/ physically handicapped/ disabled families etc. Content of Compensation Plan For Temporary Damages (CPTD) Section - I: Project Description: Brief description of the background, benefits of the project, objective of compensation plan. Section – II: Project Impacts : Minimization of impacts, description of alternative studies made for proposed route of transmission line including systematic analysis of different alternative studied with reference to particular environmental & social parameters like involvement of forest, protected areas, significant economic benefit associated with the project and without the project etc. and reason for selection of proposed route, analysis of impacts including numbers of affected persons/household, land use traversed etc. . Section – III: Socio-economic and Environmental Analysis for CPTD: Description of the physical, physiographical, socio-economic condition of the project area including other demographic features of the project area, Preliminary Social assessment, Impact due to project location and design and Critical social review criteria Section -IV: Compensation Framework: Description of compensation plan, Procedure for tree/crops/land compensation. Section – V: Stakeholders Participation & Compensation: Public Consultation during Preliminary Survey and peoples reaction/suggestion if any, Plan for further consultation during implementation Section – VI: Institutional Arrangements for Implementation and Monitoring: Describing the implementation schedule, Grievances Redressal Mechanism, Disclosure, Evaluation and monitoring plan. Budget provision for compensation Part C: Tribal People Development Framework The preliminary assessments made during the project preparation have established that there are tribal people in the project area. It is also ascertained that they do have a collective attachment to the project area particularly in the scheduled area and that they may get affected by the project interventions. Accordingly, to ensure focused and exclusive attention towards such tribals it is envisaged to develop a “Tribal People Development Plan” (TPDP). Since proposed investment programs involve many sub- projects/schemes linear in nature running in different geographical area of state due to which precise information about the tribal people likely to be impacted is not yet firmed up. In order to overcome this limitation, a Tribal People Development Framework (TPDF) is developed which sets out approach and methodology for the preparation of a TPDP. TPDF Objectives and Policies 1. The objectives of the TPDF are to ensure that if indigenous peoples 2(referred to as tribal in India) tribal are affected by a project/scheme they: i) are adequately and fully consulted; ii) receive benefits and compensation equal to that of the mainstream population: iii) are provided with special assistance as per laws and policies because of their vulnerabilities vis-à- vis the mainstream population; and iv) receive adequate protection against project adverse impacts on their culture identities. There are several policies which provide a legal framework for ensuring dedicate attention to the tribals. Article 366(25) of the Indian constitution refers to Scheduled Tribes (STs) as those communities who are scheduled in accordance with Article 342 of the Constitution. According to Article 342 of the Constitution, STs are the tribes or tribal communities or part of or groups within these tribes and tribal communities which have been declared as such by the President through a public notification. Identification of tribes is a State subject. Thus, classification of a tribe would depend on the status of that tribe in the respective State. Further the Fifth and Sixth Schedule of the constitution provides special provision for tribals in selected regions of the country. 2 * Indigenous People (IP) referred as tribal in India are the distinct groups identified based on their social, cultural, economic, and political traditions and institutions, which are distinct from the mainstream or dominant society and culture. Tribal with similar cultural characteristics are known as ‘Adivasi’ in Hindi and are recognized as Schedule Tribes (STs) as per the Indian Constitution. As per OP-4.10 definition these are Members of a distinct indigenous cultural group, Collective attachment to geographically distinct habitats or ancestral territories in the project area and to the natural resources in these habitats and territories, Customary cultural, economic, social, or political institutions that are separate from those of the dominant society or culture, An indigenous language, often different from the official language of the country or region 2. The World Bank’s Operational Policy on Indigenous Peoples (OP 4.10) aims at ensuring that the development process fosters full respect for the dignity, human rights and cultures of indigenous peoples, thereby contributing to the Bank’s mission of poverty reduction and sustainable development. It also recognizes that the identities, cultures, lands and resources of indigenous peoples are uniquely intertwined and especially vulnerable to changes caused by development programs hence require special measures to ensure that they are included in and benefit from these programs as appropriate. Identification of Indigenous Peoples 3. The term “Indigenous Peoples” is used in a generic sense to refer to a distinct, vulnerable, social and cultural group possessing the following characteristics in varying degrees: (a) Self-identification as members of a distinct indigenous cultural group and recognition of this identity by others; (b) Collective attachment to geographically distinct habitats or ancestral territories in the project area and to the natural resources in these habitats and territories; (c) Customary cultural, economic, social, or political institutions that are separate from those of the dominant society and culture; and (d) An indigenous language, often different from the official language of the country or region. 4. In Assam, certain areas have been declared as scheduled area as Specified by the Scheduled Areas under the Sixth Schedule of Indian Constitutions. Six schedule areas in Assam are Bodoland Territorial Council, Karbi Anglong Autonomous Council, Dima Hasao Autonomous District Council3. Tribal People Development Framework (TPDF) 5. The TPDF seeks to ensure that tribal communities are informed, consulted, and mobilized to participate in the subproject preparation. The Framework is intended to guide selection and preparation of additional subprojects under the Project where impacts on tribal people are identified to ensure better distribution of the Project benefits and promote development of the indigenous peoples in the Project areas. The framework is prepared in accordance with both the Indian Constitution provisions, RFCTLARRA, 2013 and World Bank’s OP-4.10 and serves the following purposes: (a) Identification of the tribal people likely to be impacted by the project interventions; 3 Govt. of Assam has recently created 6 more Autonomous Councils viz. Rabha Hasong Autonomous Council (RHAC), Mishing Autonomous Council (MAC), Tiwa Autonomous Council (TAG), Deori Autonomous Council (DAC), Thengal Kachari Autonomous Council (TKAC) and Sonowal Kachari Autonomous Council (SKAC). (b) Assess the nature and extent of impacts likely to occur as a result of the project interventions; (c) Prepare a plan (TPDP) outlining measures towards avoiding/ minimizing the negative impacts as well as enhance positive impacts; (d) Outlines an approach for the conduction of social assessment for ensuring free, prior, and informed consultation with the affected tribal communities at each stage of project preparation and implementation; (e) Putting in place an implementation arrangements of the TPDP, its disclosure and mechanisms to address any grievances. . TPDF – Land Acquisition and Resettlement 6. Whenever after initial screening it is found that some land belonging to tribal community /communities is being needed to be involuntary acquired for setting up of a substation demonstrating/substantiating such acquisition is done only as a last resort by completing the technical investigation including assessment of alternatives and detailed surveys. The detailed report along with land requirement is submitted to the Government of Assam (GoA) for further processing as per provisions of RFCTLARRA, 2013. GOA then initiates a SIA through an Independent Agency with a project specific terms of reference. The SIA agency shall first consult the concerned Panchayat, Municipality, District/Village Council at village level or ward level in the affected area to carry out SIA study. SIA shall assess the purpose of acquisition and estimate the affected families, gender, social group carry out analysis regarding impact on community properties, assets and infrastructure particularly roads, public transport, drainage, sanitation, sources of drinking water, sources of water for cattle, community ponds grazing land, plantations, public utilities electricity supply and health care facilities. The SIA agency shall also prepare a Social Impact Management Plan (SIMP) listing ameliorative measures required for addressing the likely impact vis-à-vis intended benefit of the project. The SIA report and SIMP shall be subject to public hearing in the affected area after giving adequate publicity for the venue, time etc to ascertain the views of affected families/communities which shall be included in the SIA. The final SIA report shall be published including its translation in local language and shall also be made available to Panchyats, District/Village Councils & Deputy Collector/District Magistrate office for wider circulation. Detailing of the same is provided below: (i) the prior consent of the concerned Gram Sabha or the Panchayats or the autonomous District Councils at the appropriate level in Scheduled Areas under the Fifth Schedule to the Constitution, as the case may be, shall be obtained in all cases of land acquisition in such areas, before issue of a notification under this Act, or any other Central Act or a State Act for the time being in force. (ii) Provided that the consent of the Panchayats or the Autonomous Districts Councils shall be obtained in cases where the Cram Sabha does not exist or has not been constituted. (iii) In the case of a project involving land acquisition on behalf of a Requiring Body which involves involuntary displacement of the Scheduled Castes or the Scheduled Tribes families, a Development Plan shall be prepared in such a form as may be prescribed. laying down the details of procedure for settling land rights due, but not settled and restoring titles of the Scheduled Tribes as well as the Scheduled Castes on the alienated land by undertaking a special drive together with land acquisition. This plan is targeted at both SCs and STs, but, for the current purpose, it is referred to as Tribal People Development Plan (TPDP) and contents of such a Development Plan are provided at the end. (iv) the TPDP also contain a program for development of alternate fuel, fodder and non-timber forest produce resources on non-forest lands within a period of five years sufficient to meet the requirements of tribal communities as well as the Scheduled Castes. (v) In the case of land being acquired from the members of the Scheduled Castes or the Scheduled Tribes, at least one-third of the compensation amount due shall be paid to the affected families initially as first instalment and the rest shall be paid after taking over of the possession of the land. (vi) The affected families of' the Scheduled Tribes shall be resettled preferably in the same Scheduled Area in a compact block so that they can retain their ethnic, linguistic and cultural identity. (vii) The resettlement areas predominantly inhabited by the Scheduled Castes and the Scheduled Tribes shall get land, to such extent as may be decided by the appropriate Government free of cost for community and social gatherings. (viii) Any alienation of tribal lands or lands belonging to members of the Scheduled Castes in disregard of the laws and regulations for the time being in force shall be treated as Null and void. and in the case of acquisition of such lands, the rehabilitation and resettlement benefits shall be made available to the original tribal land owners or land owners belonging to the Scheduled Castes. (ix) The affected Scheduled Tribes. other traditional forest dwellers and the Scheduled Castes having fishing rights in a river or pond or dam in the affected area shall be given fishing rights in the reservoir area of the irrigation or hydel projects. (x) Where the affected families belonging to the Scheduled Castes and the Scheduled Tribes are relocated outside of the district. then they shall be paid an additional 25% rehabilitation and resettlement benefits to which they are entitled in monetary terms along with a one- time entitlement of Rs. 50,000/-. (xi) All benefits, including the reservation benefits available to the Scheduled Tribes and the Scheduled Castes in the affected areas shall continue in the resettlement area. (xii) Whenever the affected families belonging to the Scheduled Tribes who are residing in the Scheduled Areas referred to in the Fifth Schedule or the tribal areas referred to in the Sixth Schedule to the Constitution are relocated outside those areas, than, all the statutory safeguards. entitlements and benefits being enjoyed by them under this Act shall be extended to the area to which they are resettled regardless of whether the resettlement area is a scheduled Area referred to in the said Fifth Schedule or a tribal area referred to in the said Sixth Schedule. or not. (xiii) Where the community rights have been settled under the provisions of the Scheduled 'tribes and Other Traditional Forest Dwellers (Recognition of Forest Rights) Act, 2006. The same shall be quantified in monetary amount and be paid to the individual conceded who has been displaced. Following entitlement matrix shall be the basis for providing compensation and compatible R&R measures for tribal peoples: MINIMUM COMPENSATION & R&R ENTITLEMENTS FOR LAND ACQUISITION A. Comprehensive Compensation Package Eligibility for Entitlement Provisions The affected families Determination of Compensation :  Land Owners: includes any person- 4. Market value of the land  as specified in the Indian Stamp Act, 1899 v) whose name is recorded as (he owner or of the land or building or part  the average of the sale price for similar type of land thereof, in the records of the situated in the village or vicinity, authority concerned; or or vi) any person who is granted forest  consented amount of compensation as agreed in case rights under the Scheduled Tribes of acquisition of lands for private companies or for and Other Traditional Forest public private partnership project. Dwellers (Recognition of Forest whichever is higher Rights) Act, 2006 or under any other Market value x Multiplier* between 1 to 2 in rural law for the time being in force; areas only (No multiplier in urban areas). or vii) who is entitled to be granted 5. Value of the assets attached to land: Patta rights on the land under any Building/Trees/Wells/Crop etc. as valued by relevant law of the State including assigned govt. authority; lands: or Land compensation = 1+2 viii) any person who has been 6. Solatium: 100% of total compensation declared as such by an order of the court or Authority; Total Compensation : 1+2+3 (*) Precise scale shall be determined by the State Govt. The indicative values of multiplier factor based on distance from urban areas as provided in the act. Radial Distance from Urban area (Km) Multiplier Factor 0-10 1.00 10-20 1.20 20-30 1.40 30-40 1.80 40-50 2.00 B. R&R Package Elements of Rehabilitation and Resettlement Entitlements for all the affected families (both land owners and the families whose livelihood is primarily dependent on land acquired) in addition to compensation provided above Elements of R& R Sl. No. Provision Entitlements Subsistence grant/allowance 1. Rs. 3000 per month per family for 12 months for displaced families d. Where jobs are created through the project, mandatory employment for one member per affected family; The affected families shall or 2. be entitled to: e. Rupees 5 lakhs per family; or f. Rupees 2000 per month per family as annuity for 20 years, with appropriate index for inflation; The option of availing (a) or (b) or (c) shall be that of the affected family iii. A constructed house shall be provided as per the Indira Awas Yojana specifications. Housing units for iv. A constructed house shall be provided, which will be not displacement: less than 50 sq. mts. in plinth area. iii) If a house is lost in In either case the equivalent cost of the house may also be 3. rural areas: provided in lieu of the house as per the preference of the iv) If a house is lost in project affected family. urban areas The stamp duty and other fees payable for registration of the house allotted to the affected families shall be borne by the Requiring Body. Transportation cost for 4. Rs 50,000/- per affected family displaced families Resettlement Allowance 5. Onetime Rs 50,000/- per affected family (for displaced families) Onetime financial assistance as appropriate for construction 6. Cattle shed/ petty shop cost as decided by St. Govt. subject to minimum of Rs.25,000/- Artisan/small traders/others Onetime financial assistance as appropriate as decided by St. 7. (in case of displacement) Govt. subject to minimum of Rs.25,000/- Special Provisions for SCs/STs In addition to the R&R package, SC/ST families will be entitled to the following additional benefits: 8. One time financial assistance of Rs. 50,000 per family; 9. Families settled outside the district shall be entitled to an additional 25% R&R benefits; 10. Payment of one third of the compensation amount at very outset; 11. Preference in relocation and resettlement in area in same compact block; 12. Free land for community and social gatherings; 13. In case of displacement, a Development Plan is to be prepared 14. Continuation of reservation and other Schedule V and Schedule VI area benefits from displaced area to resettlement area. Consultations and ParticipationFramework 7. The World Bank OP 4.10 on Indigenous Peoples too emphasizes “a process of free, prior, and informed consultation with the affected tribal People’s communities at each stage of the project, and particularly during project preparation, to fully identify their views and ascertain their broad community support for the project. To ensure peoples participation in the planning phase and aiming at promotion of public understanding and fruitful solutions of developmental problems various sections of project affected persons and other stakeholders were and will be engaged in consultations throughout the project planning and implementation stages. In this project, however, it will go beyond consultations, as it is mandatory for the project to seek consent for all plans (SIMP and CPTD) from the Tribal Councils. 8. Public participation, consultation and information dissemination begins with initial phases of project preparation. Public consultation activities and information dissemination to PAPs and local authorities continues as the project preparation activities proceed in a project. Through respective local governments and civil society, PAPs are regularly provided with information on the project and the resettlement process prior to and during the project preparation and implementation stages. Information dissemination and consultations shall be a continuous process during preparation, implementation, Monitoring and Evaluation. The information dissemination and consultation with PAPs shall include but not be limited to the following: (i) project description and its likely impacts, (ii) objective of the surveys (iii) entitlement provisions for different impacts. (iv) Mechanisms and procedures for public participation and consultation (v) Resettlement options (vi) Grievance redress mechanisms and procedures (vii) Tentative implementation schedule (viii) Role and responsibilities of different actors (ix) Preferences for mode of compensating for affected fixed assets (x) Household consultations for skill improvement training, use of compensation amount and livelihood restoration 9. A detailed consultation and communication procedure placed at Annexure-23 shall be used for each sub-project as part of the TPDP. Some of the methods that can be used for the purpose of communication will include provisions of information boards, pamphlets distribution, wall paintings, drum beating, organizing meetings with key informants and village committees and opinion gathering through post cards, phones and Short Messaging services (SMSes). The GRM as detailed out in main document shall also be applicable without any discrimination for TPDF. The following information shall be included in the TPDP:  Description followed by analysis of the social structure of the population.  Inventory of the resources and analysis of the sources of income of the population  Information about the systems of production practiced by tribals  Relationship of tribal groups to the proposed project  Examination of land tenure issues including lands under customary rule and assurance of continued use of these resources by the groups involved.  Strategy for local participation including mechanisms defined with the assistance and in consultation with tribal peoples for their participation in decision making process throughout project planning, implementation and evaluation cycle.  Summary of Public Consultation process.  Identification of development interventions or mitigation activities including measures to enhance tribal participation in the activities proposed under the project  An implementation schedule with benchmarks to assess progress  Monitoring and evaluation, including specific indicators  Detailed cost estimates/budget and financing plan and sources of funds for the TPDP covering planned activities.  Organisation support/ institutional capacity like the government institutions responsible for tribal development  Maps Tribal Land Acquisition Process: 10. Land acquisition processes that need to be completed in a sequence has already been discussed in main ESPP report and Annexure-4. However, special provisions as applicable to the lands acquisition in Tribal /scheduled areas are enumerated below: S. No. Aspects Actions Special provisions for tribal /Scheduled Areas 1 Preliminary Notification for the commencement As far as possible, no Investigation for of Social Impact assessment study acquisition of land shall be determination of to be made available in local made in the Scheduled Areas Social Impact language to concerned and public Panchayat/Municipality and to Where such acquisition does purpose. offices of district collector/sub- take place it shall be done divisional magistrate/tehsil only as a demonstrable (hereinafter referred to as local last resort bodies) Consultation with the concerned Land for traditional tribal Panchayat, Municipality or institutions and burial and Municipal Corporation, as the case cremation grounds taken into may be and carry out a social impact consideration while conducting assessment (SIA) study the SIA SIA study to be made public in manner specified in the Act Preparation of Social Impact In case of a project involving Management Plan (SIMP) land acquisition /involuntary displacement of the Scheduled Castes or the Scheduled Tribes families, a Development Plan shall be prepared laying down the details of procedure for settling land rights due but not settled and restoring titles of the scheduled Tribes as well as the Scheduled Castes on the alienated land by undertaking a special drive together with land acquisition b) The Development Plan shall also contain a programme for development of alternate fuel, fodder and non-timber forest produce resources on non- forest lands within a period of five years sufficient to meet the requirements of tribal communities as well as the Scheduled Castes. Public hearing for Social Impact Assessment (when prepared under section-4 of the act) 2 Appraisal of SIA SIA report is evaluated by an by expert group independent multi-disciplinary Expert Group, as may be constituted by appropriate Govt. Recommendations of the expert group made available to the local bodies and in the affected areas in local language The appropriate govt. would recommend the such area for acquisition after examining the expert group report (and report from the collector if any) 3 Publication of Notification (hereinafter referred to ln case of acquisition or preliminary as preliminary notification) to that alienation of any land in the notification effect along with details of the land Scheduled Areas, the prior to be acquired in rural and urban consent of the concerned Gram areas shall be published Sabha or the Panchayats or the (Notification to be issued within 12 autonomous District Councils, months from DoA of SIA) at the appropriate level in Scheduled Areas under the Fifth Schedule to the Constitution, as the case may be, shall be obtained. in all cases of land acquisition in such areas, including acquisition in case of urgency, before issue of a notification under this Act, or any other Central Act or a State Act for the time being in force. Immediately after issuance of the notification, the concerned Gram Sabhas at the village level, municipalities in case of municipal areas and the Autonomous Councils in case of the areas referred to in the Sixth Schedule to the Constitution, shall be informed of the contents of the notification issued under the said sub-section in all cases of land acquisition at a meeting called especially for this purpose. After issuance of notice, the Collector shall, before the issue of a declaration under section 19, undertake and complete the exercise of updating of land records as prescribed within a period of two months. Preliminary survey of land Payment for damage (if any) during survey 4 Preparation of Upon the publication of the Rehabilitation preliminary notification by the and Collector, the Administrator for Resettlement Rehabilitation and Resettlement Scheme by the shall conduct a survey and Administrator undertake a census of the affected families The Administrator shall, based on The affected families of the the survey and census prepare a Scheduled Tribes shall be draft Rehabilitation and resettled preferably in the same Resettlement Scheme (including Scheduled Area in a compact time limit) block so that they can retain their ethnic, linguistic and cultural identity. The resettlement areas predominantly inhabited by the Scheduled Castes and the Scheduled Tribes shall get land, to such extent as may be decided by the appropriate Government free of cost for community and social gatherings. The affected Scheduled Tribes, other traditional forest dwellers and the Scheduled Castes having fishing rights in a river or pond or dam in the affected area shall be given fishing rights in the reservoir area of the irrigation or hydel projects. The draft Rehabilitation and Resettlement scheme referred to in sub-section (2) shall be made known locally by wide publicity in the affected area and discussed in the concerned Gram Sabhas or Municipalities A public hearing shall be conducted Provided further that the in such manner as may be consultation with the Gram prescribed, after giving adequate Sabha in Scheduled Areas shall publicity about the date, time and be in accordance with the venue for the public hearing at provisions of the Provisions of the affected area: the Panchayats (Extension to the Scheduled Areas) Act, 1996. The Administrator shall, on completion of public hearing submit the draft Scheme for Rehabilitation and Resettlement along with a specific report on the claims and objections raised in the public hearing to the Collector. The Collector shall review the draft Scheme submitted by the Administrator with the Rehabilitation and Resettlement Committee at the Rehabilitation project level constituted under section 45: The Collector shall submit the draft Rehabilitation and Resettlement Scheme with his suggestions to the Commissioner Rehabilitation and Resettlement for approval of the Scheme. Approved Rehabilitation and Resettlement Scheme to be made public Publication of declaration and summary of Rehabilitation and Resettlement. 5 Land to be The Collector shall thereupon cause marked out, the land to be marked out and measured and measured, and a plan to be made of planned the same. including marking of specific areas 6 Notice to The Collector to publish the public persons notice on his website and cause interested and public notice to be given at making of convenient places, to stating that the statements Government intends to take possession of the land, and that claims to compensations and rehabilitation and resettlement for all interests in such land may be made to him The collector may require a statement containing the name of every person possessing any interest in the land and nature of interest for three years preceding the date of statement 7 Enquiry and the Collector shall proceed to land acquisi- enquire into the objections (if any) tion award by which any person interested has Collector stated The Collector shall make an award within a period of twelve months from the date of publication of the declaration under section 19 8 Determination of Determination of market value of In case of land being amount of the land by the collector acquired from members of compensation the Scheduled Castes or the Scheduled Tribes, at least one-third of the compensation amount due shall be paid to the affected families initially as first instalment and the rest shall be paid after taking over of the possession of the land. The market value is multiplied by a factor as described in the first schedule of the Act Determination of value of things attached to land or building Determination of value of things attached to land or building 9 Rehabilitation The Collector shall pass Where the affected families and Resettle- Rehabilitation and Resettlement belonging to the Scheduled ment Award for Awards for each affected family in Castes and the Scheduled affected families tenns of the entitlements provided Tribes are relocated outside of in the Second Schedule the district, then, they shall be paid an additional twenty-five per cent R&R benefits to which they are entitled in monetary terms along with a one-time entitlement of fifty thousand rupees. b) Where the community rights have been settled under the provisions of the Scheduled Tribes and Other Traditional Forest Dwellers (Recognition of Forest Rights) Act, 2006, the same shall be quantified in monetary amount and be paid to the individual concerned who has been displaced due to the acquisition of land in proportion with his share in such community rights. Provision of infrastructural All benefits, including the amenities in resettlement area reservation benefits available to the Scheduled Tribes and the Scheduled Castes in the affected areas shall continue in the resettlement area b) Whenever the affected families belonging to the Scheduled Tribes who are residing in the Scheduled Areas referred to in the Fifth Schedule or the tribal areas referred to in the Sixth Schedule to the Constitution are relocated outside those areas, than, all the statutory safeguards. Entitlements and benefits being enjoyed by them under this Act shall be extended to the area to which they are resettled regardless of whether the resettlement area is a Scheduled Area referred to in the said Fifth Schedule or a tribal area referred to in the said Sixth Schedule or not. ANNEXURE 4 SALIENT FEATURES OF THE RIGHT TO FAIR COMPENSATION AND TRANSPARENCY IN LAND ACQUISITION, RESETTLEMENT AND REHABILITATION ACT, 2013 (RFCTLARRA, 2013) Scope of the LARRA, 2013: Both LA and R&R Provisions will apply when: 1. Government acquires land for its own use, hold and control 2. Government acquires land with the ultimate purpose to transfer it for the use of private companies for stated public purpose 3. Government acquires land for Public Private Partnership Projects Note I: Public purpose for 2. & 3. above, once stated, cannot be changed Note II:  Land Acquisition under 2. can take place provided that the consent of 80% of the affected families is obtained.  Land Acquisition under 3. can take place provided consent of 70 % of affected families is obtained. Only R&R provisions will apply when:  Private companies purchase land for a project, and the same exceeds the area thresholds set by the State Governments for such purchase Salient Features of LA, R & R, 2013 Definition of Public Purpose 1. Land for strategic purposes relating to armed forces, national security or defense, police, safety of the people; 2. Land for infrastructure:(i)items listed in circular of Government of India, Department of Economic Affairs (Infrastructure Section) number 13/6/2009-INF dated the 27th March, 2012 excluding private hospitals, private educational institutions and private hotels (ii)projects involving agro-processing, supply of inputs to agriculture, warehousing, cold storage facilities, marketing infrastructure for agriculture and allied activities such dairy, fisheries, and meat processing as set up or owned by the appropriate(iii)project for industrial corridors or mining activities, national investment and manufacturing zones as designated in the national manufacturing Policy;(iv)project for water harvesting and water conservation structures, sanitation;(v)project for Government administered and government aided educational and research schemes or institutions;(vi)project for sports, health care, tourism, transportation, space programme, (vii) Any infrastructure facility as may be notified in this regard by the Central Government and after tabling of such notification in Parliament; 3. Land for the project affected people 4. Land for planned development or improvement of village or urban sites or for residential purpose to weaker sections; 5. Land for persons residing in areas affected by natural calamities or displaced Urgency Clause: The Urgency Clause can only be invoked in the following cases: 1. National defense and security purposes 2. Resettlement & Rehabilitation needs in the event of natural calamities such as floods or earthquakes In case there is doubled is placement of any individual they will receive an additional compensation of up to 75% of the compensation already provided for under the new law. Definition of ‘Affected Families’  Land Owners: 1. Family or company whose land/other immovable properties have been acquired; 2. Those who are assigned land by the Governments under various schemes; 3. Right holders under the Forest Rights Act, 2006  Livelihood Losers: 1. Over the last three years, a family whose livelihood is primarily dependent on the land being acquired, including agriculture labourers, tenants or sharecroppers 2. Over the last three years, families which are dependent on forests or waterbodies for their livelihoods when these are acquired; including forest gatherers, hunters, fisher folk and boatmen 3. Over the last three years, any family whose livelihood is dependent primarily on the land being acquired in the urban areas or any family who is residing on the land being acquired in the urban areas Safeguarding Food Security 1. Multi-crop irrigated land will not be acquired except as a demonstrably last resort measure, which in no case should lead to acquisition of more than such limits as have been set by the State Government under this law. 2. Wherever multi-crop irrigated land is acquired an equivalent area of cultivable wasteland shall be developed for agricultural purposes (or an amount equivalent to the value of the land acquired shall be deposited with the appropriate Government for investment in agriculture for enhancing food-security). 3. States are also required to set a limit on the area of agricultural land that can be acquired in any given district. 1. and 2. above shall not apply in the case of linear projects (such as railways, highways, major district roads, power lines, and irrigation canals) Minimum Compensation for Land Acquisition A Comprehensive Compensation Package (First Schedule) 1. Market value of the land: a) the minimum land value, if any, specified in the Indian Stamp Act, 1899 for the registration of sale deeds in the area, where the land is situated; or b) the average of the sale price for similar type of land situated in the immediate areas adjoining the land being acquired, ascertained from fifty per cent of the sale deeds registered during the preceding three years, where higher price has been paid; or whichever is higher: provided that the market value so calculated for rural areas shall be multiplied by a multiplier factor of up to ‘two’. 2. Value of the assets attached to land: Building/Trees/Wells/Crop etc as valued by relevant govt. authority; Total compensation = 1+2. , 3. Solatium: 100% of total compensation 4. Where land is acquired for urbanisation, 20% of the developed land will be reserved and offered to land owning project affected families, in proportion to their land acquired and at a price equal to cost of acquisition and the cost of development. In case the project affected family wishes to avail of this offer, an equivalent amount will be deducted from the land acquisition compensation package payable to it . 5. The Company for whom land is being acquired may offer shares limited to 25% of the Compensation amount. In case the project affected family wishes to avail of this offer, an equivalent amount will be deducted from the land acquisition compensation package payable to it. Minimum Compensation for Land Illustrative Sliding Scale: The multiplier factor will gradually rise from 1 to 2 as we move away from Urban locations into Rural areas The Precise slabs will be left to respective St. Govts. Illustrative Sliding Scale (Precise Scale to be determined by each State Government) Radial Distance from Multiplier Factor Urban area (in Km) 0 -10 1.00 10-20 1.20 20-30 1.40 30-40 1.80 40-50 2.00 MINIMUM R&R ENTITLEMENTS A Comprehensive R&R Package (Second Schedule) 1. Subsistence allowance at Rs. 3000 per month per family for 12 months; 2. The affected families shall be entitled to: (a) Where jobs are created through the project, mandatory employment for one member per affected family or (b) Rupees 5 lakhs per family; or (c) Rupees 2000 per month per family as annuity for 20 years, with appropriate index for inflation; The option of availing (a) or (b) or (c) shall be that of the affected family 3. If a house is lost in rural areas, a constructed house shall be provided as per the Indira Awas Yojana specifications. If a house is lost in urban areas, a constructed house shall be provided, which will be not less than 50sqmts in plinth area. In either case the equivalent cost of the house may also be provided in lieu of the house as per the preference of the project affected family; 4. One acre of land to each family in the command area, if land is acquired for an irrigation project if possible BUT the same shall be in lieu of Compensation; 5. Rs 50,000 for transportation; 6. A one-time „Resettlement Allowance‟ of Rs 50,000; Special Provisions for SCs/STs In addition to the R&R package, SC/ST families will be entitled to the following additional benefits: 1. Land to be given to each family in every project even in the case of irrigation projects; 2. One time financial assistance of Rs. 50,000 per family; 3. Families settled outside the district shall be entitled to an additional 25% R&R benefits; 4. Payment of one third of the compensation amount at very outset; 5. Preference in relocation and resettlement in area in same compact block; 6. Free land for community and social gatherings; 7. In case of displacement, a Development Plan is to be prepared 8. Continuation of reservation and other Schedule V and Schedule VI area benefits from displaced area to resettlement area. Enhanced role for Panchayati Raj Insitutions especially Gram sabhas SIA in consultation with PRIs: The Social Impact Assessment (SIA) has to be carried out in consultation with the representatives of the Panchayati Raj Institutions (PRI) SIA Reports To Be Shared: Reports prepared under the Social Impact Assessment are to be shared with these individuals in their local language along with a summary. Representation in Expert Group: The Expert Group has to have two members belonging to the Panchayati Raj Institutions. This is a powerful body that has the power to reject a project. Hearings in All Gram Sabhas: In case where an affected area involves more than one Gram Panchayat or Municipality, public hearings shall be conducted in every Gram Sabha where more than twenty five per cent of land belonging to that Gram Sabha is being acquired. Consent of Gram Sabha : The Consent of Gram Sabha is mandatory for acquisitions in Scheduled Areas under the Fifth Schedule referred to in the Constitution Representation of Panchayat Chairpersons on R&R Committee at Project Level: The Rehabilitation and Resettlement Committee at Project Level has to have the Chairpersons of the Panchayats located in the affected area or their nominees as representatives. Panchayat Ghars have to be provided as per the list of Infrastructural amenities given in the Third Schedule. Special Provisions for Farmers: Acquisition only if necessary: The Collector has to make sure that no other unutilised lands are available before he moves to acquire farm land. Enhanced Compensation: All farmers in rural areas will get up to 4 times the highest sales prices in a given area. Strict Restrictions on Multi-Crop Acquisition: The acquisition of agricultural land and multi-crop land has to be carried out as a last resort. Consent: shall be prior- consent required from 70 per cent of land losers and those working on government assigned lands only in the case of Public-Private Partnership projects and 80 per cent in the case of private companies. This consent also includes consent to the amount of compensation that shall be paid. Return of Unutilized land: Land not used can now be returned to the original owners if the State so decides. Share in Sale of Acquired Land Increased: The share that has to be distributed amongst farmers in the increased land value (when the acquired land is sold off to another party) has been set at 40%.Income Tax Exemption: All amounts accruing under this act have been exempted from Income tax and from Stamp duty. Special Safeguards for Farmers: Damage to crops to be included in price: The final award has to include damage to any standing crops which might have been harmed due to the process of acquisition (including the preliminary inspection). Share in Developed Land: In case their land is acquired for urbanization purposes twenty per cent of the developed land will be reserved and offered to these farmers in proportion to the area of their land acquired and at a price equal to the cost of acquisition and the cost of development. Fishing Rights: In the case of irrigation or hydel projects, affected families may be allowed fishing rights in the reservoirs, in such manner as may be prescribed by the appropriate Government. Reduced Role for Collector There has been a significant reduction of the powers that the Collector enjoyed under the 1894 Act: Under the 1894 Act, the Collector had complete authority to decide what activity constituted 'public purpose'. Under the new law he has been completely stripped of this function. Public purpose must fall strictly within the parameters prescribed under this law. The Collector cannot add or subtract to the list given. Under the 1894 Act, the Collector could decide what quantum of compensation could be paid to those displaced. Under the new law, there is a formula that does not require the Collector to exercise any discretion. All he has to do is make sure that the rate is calculated as directed. Under the 1894 Act; the Collector could decide when to take possession. He could dispossess any family by giving a moment’s notice. Now possession can only be taken once all the requirements under the law relating to the payment of compensation, rehabilitation and resettlement have been discharged. Under the 1894 Act, the Collector had sweeping powers to invoke the urgency clause. What constituted an urgent situation was entirely af unction of the Collector's interpretation. This loop hole has been plugged conclusively by limiting urgency to only two cases-natural disasters and national defence. The Collector can no longer acquire land citing 'urgent' reasons. Benefits for Tenants and Sharecroppers: The Law also covers all Tenants who may not own any land but are engaged in any form of tenancy or holding a usufructury right and; Share-croppers Artisans who have been working in the affected area for three years prior to the acquisition and whose primary source of livelihood stands affected by the acquisition of land . They will receive not just the Rehabilitation and Resettlement Benefits but also a share in the compensation to be provided. Infrastructural Amenities under R&R (Third Schedule) 25 infrastructural amenities to be provided in the Resettlement area, including:  Schools and playgrounds;  Health Centres;  Roads and electric connections;  Assured sources of safe drinking water for each family as per Govt. norms;  Panchayat Ghars as appropriate;  Anganwadi‟s providing child and mother supplemental nutritional services as per Govt. norms;  Places of worship and burial and/or cremation ground depending on the caste-communities at the site and their practices;  Village level Post Offices, as appropriate, with facilities for opening saving accounts;  Fair price shops and seed-cum-fertilizer storage facilities if needed Retrospective Effect Clause Retrospective operation:  Where no award under Section 11 of the 1894 Act has been made, the new law will apply with regard to compensation;  Where an award has been made but the affected individuals have not accepted compensation or have not yet given up possession, and the proceedings have been pending for 5years or more, provisions of the new law will apply.  Where a majority of individuals in an affected area have not received compensation then the new law will apply. Compliance with other Laws The Provisions of the New Law shall be fully compliant with other laws such as:  The Panchayats (Extension to the Scheduled Areas) Act, 1996;  The Scheduled Tribes and Other Traditional Forest Dwellers (Recognition of Forest Rights) Act, 2006;  Land Transfer Regulations in Schedule V Areas. In fact, while the above legislations provide for ‘consultation’ with Gram Sabhas, the new law goes one step ahead and provides for ‘consent’. Safeguards against indiscriminate acquisition Social Impact Assessment made mandatory except for Irrigation Projects. To be concluded in 6 months;  Draft Notification to include: o Summary of SIA o Particulars of Administrator for R&R who prepares R&R scheme  Draft Declaration to include: o Summary of R&R package  No Change of Purpose: No change from the purposes specified in the Land Use Plan submitted at the time of land acquisition will be allowed.  Change of Ownership: No change of ownership without specific permission of Appropriate Government is allowed;  Land not Used: Land that is not used within 5 years in accordance with the purposes for which it was acquired at the time of acquisition, shall be transferred to the State Government‟s Land Bank OR to the original land owner.  Sharing appreciated value: Upon every transfer of land without development, 40% of the appreciated land value shall be mandatorily shared with the original owner whose land has been acquired Transparency Provisions Social Impact Assessment  Gram Sabha to be consulted  Summary of SIA notified along with Draft Notification  SIA document made available for public scrutiny R&R Scheme  Summary notified along with Draft declaration  Made available for public scrutiny  Individual Awards passed  Public Disclosure o All documents mandatorily to be made available in the public domain and on the website Penalties: Stringent and Comprehensive Penalties Regime for Companies and Government:  Punishment for false information, mala fide action, etc.  Penalty for contravention of provisions of Act. Awards: Collector passes 2 types of Awards: 1. Award for Land Acquisition  Award made in respect of every affected family whose land is being acquired (this will include landless tenants as well) and containing details of LA compensation as listed in the First Schedule; 2. Award for R&R  Award made in respect of every affected family, regardless of whether they may be losing land or not, containing details of R&R entitlements as listed in the Second Schedule. Timelines: 1. Compensation will be given within a period of three months from the date of the award; 2. Monetary R&R entitlements will be provided within a period of six months from the date of the award; 3. Infrastructure R&R entitlements will be provided within a period of eighteen months from the date of the award; 4. No involuntary displacement will take place without completion of R&R; 5. In irrigation or hydel projects, R&R shall be completed six months prior to submergence Impact of the new law on Existing Legislations related to Land Acquisition 1. There are 13 Acts of the Central Government in force that allow for land acquisition. These are listed in the Fourth Schedule of the Act (and include legislations relating to National Defence, National Highways, Railways etc).The new law does not apply to the activities covered under these Acts. 2. However, within one year, the provisions of the new Law which relate to compensation, rehabilitation and resettlement will be applied to the 13 Acts by a notification of the Central Government. Flexibility given to States: 1. The sliding scale on the basis of which compensation is to be calculated (2-4 times market value) has been left to the discretion of the State Governments 2. Thresholds for multi-crop irrigated lands 3. Thresholds at which R&R provisions apply to private purchases 4. States are encouraged to adopt the option of “lease” instead of acquisition. 5. States are also empowered by this law to provide for benefits and safeguards that go over and above the provisions of this law. ANNEXURE-5 SALIENT FEATURES OF THE ELECTRICITY ACT, 2003 Objective: An Act to consolidate the laws relating to generation, transmission, distribution, trading and use of electricity and generally for taking measures conducive to development of electricity industry, promoting competition therein, protecting interest of consumers and supply of electricity to all areas, rationalization of electricity tariff, ensuring transparent policies regarding subsidies, promotion of efficient and environmentally benign policies, constitution of Central Electricity Authority, Regulatory Commissions and establishment of Appellate Tribunal and for matters connected therewith or incidental thereto PART-I: This part deals with the jurisdiction of the law and important definitions PART-II: This part deals about National Policy and Plan to be prepared by Central Govt. in consultation with state Govt. National Policy and National Electricity plan needs to be published in Gazette / News paper once in 5 years. PART-III: This part deals about generation of electricity 1. Generating company and requirement for setting up of generating station 2. Hydro-electric generation 3. Captive generation 4. Duties of generating companies 5. Directions to generating companies PART-IV: This part deals licensing for transmission of electricity, distribution and undertaking trading in electricity. 1. Authorised persons to transmit, supply, etc. electricity 2. Power to exempt 3. Grant of license 4. Procedure for grant of license 5. Conditions of license 6. Licensee not to do certain things 7. Amendment lf license 8. Revocation of license 9. Sale of utilities of licensees 10. Vesting of utility in purchaser 11. Provisions where no purchase takes place 12. Directions to licensees 13. Suspension of distribution license and sale of utility PART V: This part deals transmission of electricity including inter-state, regional and inter-regional transmission system. 1. Inter-State, regional and inter-regional transmission 2. National Load Despatch Centre 3. Constitution of Regional Load Despatch Centre 4. Functions of Regional Load Despatch Centre 5. Compliance of directions 6. Intra-State transmission 7. Transmission within a State 8. Constitution of State Load Despatch Centres 9. Functions of State Load Despatch Centres 10. Compliance of directions 11. Grid Standards 12. Intervening transmission facilities 13. Charges for intervening transmission facilities 14. Directions by Appropriate Government 15. Central Transmission Utility and functions 16. State Transmission Utility and functions 17. Duties of transmission licensees 18. Other business of transmission licensee PART-VI: This deals with provisions of distribution of electricity with respect to distribution licensee 1. Duties of distribution licensee and open access 2. Duty to supply on request 3. Exceptions from duty to supply electricity 4. Power to recover charges 5. Power to recover expenditure 6. Power to require security 7. Additional terms of supply 8. Agreements with respect to supply or purchase of electricity 9. The Electricity Supply Code 10. Other businesses of distribution licensees 11. Provisions with respect to electricity trader 12. Control of transmission and use of electricity 13. Use, etc. of meters 14. Disconnection of supply in default of payment 15. Standards of performance of licensee 16. Different standards of performance by licensee 17. Information with respect to levels of performance 18. Market domination PART-VII: This chapter deals about terms and conditions for the determination of tariff. 1. Tariff regulations 2. Determination of tariff 3. Determination of tariff by bidding process 4. Procedure for tariff order 5. Provision of subsidy by State Government 6. Development of market PART-VIII: This part deals work of licensees includes provision as to opening up of streets, railways etc., overhead lines, notice to telegraph authority. 1. Provision as to opening up of streets, railways, etc 2. Overhead lines 3. Notice to telegraph authority PART-IX: This part deals about constitution and functions of Central Electricity Authority PART-X: This part deals about Regulatory Commissions and its constitution, power and functions of central commission PART-XI: This part deals about appellate tribunal for electricity PART XII: This part deals about investigation, enforcement of assessment for electricity consumed by consumer by State Govt. or board or licensee. PART XIII: This part deals about reorganization of Electricity Board PART XIV: This part deals mainly about offences and penalties for misusing/theft of electricity. PART XV: This part deals constitution of special courts for the purpose of providing speedy trial of offences referred to in sections 135 to 139 PART XVI: This part deals mainly resolution of dispute by arbitration under this Act. PART XVII: This part deals mainly protection of railways, highways, airports and canals, docks, wharfs and piers, protection of telegraphic, telephonic and electric signalling lines, amendment of sections 40 and 41 of Act 1 of 1894 PART XVIII: This part mainly deals miscellaneous matter includes following: 1. Coordination Forum 2. Exemption of electric lines or electrical plants from attachment in certain cases 3. Protection of action taken in good faith 4. Members, officers, etc., of Appellate Tribunal, Appropriate Commission to be public servants 5. Recovery of penalty payable under this Act 6. Services of notices, orders or documents 7. Transitional provisions 8. Inconsistency in laws 9. Act to have overriding effect 10. Provisions of this Act to be in addition to and not in derogation of other laws 11. Power of Central Government to make rules 12. Powers of Authority to make regulations 13. Powers of Central Commission to make regulations 14. Rules and regulations to be laid before Parliament 15. Powers of State Governments to make rules 16. Powers of State Commissions to make regulations 17. Rules and regulations to be laid before State Legislature 18. Power to remove difficulties 19. Provisions of Act not to apply in certain cases 20. Repeal and saving The Electricity Act, 2003 does not explicitly deal with environmental/social implications of activities related to power transmission/distribution project other than, section 68 (5 & 6) and or Section 67 of the Electricity Act 2003 which provides the basis for compensation to be paid for any damages. However, the applicable legal provisions under Section 68 of EA, 2003 i) Prior approval of the Govt. of Meghalaya (GoM) u/s 68(1) of EA, 2003 is a mandatory requirement to undertake any new transmission project (66kV & upward-in Meghalaya) ii) For distribution project, Sec-68(1) shall not apply to 11kV and downward but for 33kV system (distribution project in Meghalaya), section 68(1) is applicable as (i) above and under Section 164 EA Act, 2003 is desirable as MePTCL/\MePDCL are deemed licensee after corporatization Annexure-6 TREE / CROP/ TOWER FOOTING COMPENSATION PROCESS (OTHER THAN FOREST LAND COMPENSATION) As per the provisions of Electricity Act, 2003 and Indian Telegraph Act1885, land for tower and right of way is not acquired and agricultural activities are allowed to continue. However, the acts also stipulate that licensee shall pay full compensation to all interested for any damages sustained during the execution of said work. Accordingly, AEGCL/APDCL pays compensation to land owners towards damages if any during implementation of transmission project as well as during operation and maintenance phase. AEGCL/APDCL follows the principle of avoidance, minimization and mitigation in the construction of line in agricultural field having crop due to inherent flexibility in phasing the construction activity and tries to defer construction in cropped area to facilitate crop harvesting. However, if it is unavoidable and is likely to affect project schedule, compensation is given at market rate for standing crops. All efforts are also taken to minimize the crop damage to the extent possible in such cases. As regards trees coming in the Right of Way (RoW) following procedure is adopted for enumeration: All the trees which are coming within the clearance belt of ROW on either side of the center line are identified and marked/numbered from one AP (Affected Person) to the other and documented. Type, Girth (Measured 1 m. above ground level), approximate height o the tree is also noted for each tree. Trees belonging to Govt., Forest, Highways and other local bodies may be separately noted down or timely follow up with the concerned authorities for inspection and removal. Cashew, Guava, Lemon and other hybrid trees which are not of tall growing nature are not marked for cutting since these trees can be crossed using standard tower extensions if required. AEGCL also pay compensation to affected land owners for utilization of their land for tower footing. To arrive compensation rate mechanism of negotiated settlement is followed. The association of local authorities like Dy. Commissioner/Addl. Dy Commissioner (Revenue) of concerned district and concerned Circle officers is also ensured during such negotiation. The circle value for the land price fixation as per the Department of Registration for different categories of land for the villages along the transmission line corridor will be obtained from the district registrars. This guidance value will be referred to by the negotiation committee. Once the negotiated rate is finalised & consent is received from land owners, the same is approved by Dy. Commissioner of concerned district for payment of compensation to land owners by AEGCL. All efforts are made to release such payment before construction activities. A notice under Electricity Act, 2003/ Indian Telegraph Act, 1885 is served to the landowners informing that the proposed transmission line is being routed through the property of the individual concerned. The notice shall contain the particulars of the land, ownership details and the details of the trees/crops/land inevitability likely to be damaged during the course of the construction of the proposed transmission line and acknowledgement received from land owners. A copy of said notice is further issued to the Revenue Officer/SDM, who has been authorized by the Assam Govt. for the purpose of assessment/valuation and disbursement of compensation to the affected parties. The revenue officer shall further issue a notice of intimation to the concerned land owner and inspect the site to verify the documents related to the proof of ownership and a detailed Mouja list is prepared for the identified trees/ crops/ land for tower footing inevitability damaged during the course of the construction. For assessing the true value of timber yielding trees help of forest officials is taken and for fruit bearing trees help of Horticulture department is taken. The Mouja list shall contain the land owner details including extent land area utilization for tower footing, type of tree/crop, its present age, variety, yielding pattern etc. and the same is prepared at site in the presence of the land owner. These Mouja lists are further compiled and a random verification is conducted by the concerned DC or his authorized representative in order to ascertain the assessment carried out by the revenue office is genuine and correct. After this process the District Collector/ a tree cutting permit to AEGCL to enable removal / damage to the standing tree/crop identified in the line corridor. Similarly on the basis of enqiry report received from concerned Tehsildar, SDM issue land valuation certificate to AEGCL for payment of compensation to land owner. Once the tree/crop is removed / damaged, AEGCL shall issue a tree cutting/crop damaged notice to the land owner with a copy to the Revenue Officer to process the compensation payment. Based on the above the compensation payment is generated by means of a computerized programme developed by the National Informatics Center exclusively for this purpose. The detailed Valuation statement thus generated using this programme is verified at various levels and approval of payment of compensation is accorded by the concerned District Collectors. On approval of compensation, the revenue officer shall further intimate the amount payable to the different landowners and AEGCL arranges the payment by way of Demand Draft/Cheque to the affected parties. The payment is further disbursed at the local village office after due verification of the documents in presence of other witnesses. Annexure-6 a TYPICAL PLAN OF TRANSMISSION LINE TOWER FOOTINGS X a a T R A N S M I Y S S I O N L I N E ACTUAL POSITION ON GROUND INDICATIVE MEASURES X & Y = 5-10 METERS a = 200- 300 mm ANNEXURE 7 HEALTH AND SAFETY CHECKLIST Safety Related Check List during Construction of Transmission Lines/Distribution Lines Region: ........................................... Date of Safety Audit:......................................................... Name of Transmission/Distribution Line: ..............................................................................................................…………………………………… Loc. No: ...............................………………………………………Voltage Level: ....................... Name of Contractor: ..........................................................................................................………. Contractor License / Registration No.:……………….............................Validity...............……..... Name of Sub Contractor : .................................................................................................………. Sub-Contractor License / Registration No.:……………….............................Validity...............……..... I. DURING TOWER FOUNDATION : SN Description of Activity Feed back Remarks i) Excavation : 1. Dumping of Excavated soil. (Minimum 1.5 Mts. or half the Yes / No. depth of the pit which ever is more) 2. Whether angle of repose of soil as per design in the Yes / No. foundation is maintained or not. 3. De watering arrangement is available ( If necessary) Yes / No. 4. Working area has been protected properly to avoid against fall Yes / No. of passerby or animal in the excavated pit. 5 Shoring & Shuttering to protect the loose rock / soil against Yes / No. fall exists. 6 Arrangement of illumination at construction site is available. (if Yes / No. required ) 7 Check proper/adequate arrangement is made for extension of electric supply. (Proper size of cable, Use of fuse, No loose Yes / No. connection for De-watering Pumps/ Illumination / Electric compressors etc. if applicable). 8 Check for damage / Uneven settlement of foundation. Yes / No. 9 Ensure Life saver arrangements have been made during Yes / No. construction of well foundation in river bed. (Where necessary) 10 Check that the adequate arrangement is made for the storage Yes / No. of blasting material at safe place. (if required) 11 Check that the blasting materials is handled with due care at Yes / No. site. ( If required ) 12 Check that during blasting operation, Labour / Workmen / Passerby are at safe places and arrangement is made to Yes / No. inform public by caution markings (Red Flag) / Public Notices. SN Description of Activity Feed back Remarks 13 Check that the Blaster is holding the proper license issued by Yes / No. the appropriate authority. as per the Indian Explosive Act. 14 Check that the length of the fuse wire used during blasting Yes / No. operation is adequate. 15 Ensure Laying of temporary cable used for operation of Machines used during construction should not cause any Yes / No. danger for electrocution of workmen. 16 Check that PPEs i.e. Safety helmets, Safety Shoes, is used by Yes / No. blaster and their gang members during blasting. 17 Ensure that Shuttering and timbering has been made as Yes / No. detailed in I:S: 3764. 18 Ensure that before undertaking excavation, the soil has been tested and in case of availability of any explosive / dangerous Yes / No. gas, necessary arrangement must be made to remove / dilute such gases. 19 The positions of underground installations such as sewers, water pipes and electrical cables have been verified and in Yes / No. case of their existence, they must be isolated. 20 Arrangement shall be made to prevent external vibrations due Yes / No. to rail / road traffic (If required). 21 Safety is ensured during the construction of Tr. Lines for buildings, structures etc. which are coming in the vicinity of Yes / No. the excavated area from collapse. ( If required ) 22 Check that sufficient strong ladder of suitable length is Yes / No. available for ingress / outgress of persons in the pit 23 Lone worker should not be allowed to work in the excavated Yes / No. area beyond shoulder level. 24 Check for any possibility of seepage of water from nearby Yes / No. pond / river should be estimated and taken care of. 25 After excavation the work has been completed speedily and Yes / No. back filling done at the earliest. ii) Casting of Foundation / Concreting : 1 Check construction materials are stacked at safe place and also does not cause any danger. (Away from pit by 1.5 Mtrs. Yes / No. Or half the depth of pit, which ever is more. ) 2 Check arrangement of illumination at Construction Site. (If Yes / No. required). 3 Ensure life saver arrangements have been made during Yes / No. construction of Well foundation in River Bed. 4 Check that the Concreting Mixer machine is placed at a safe Yes / No. place. (Not very near to pit.) 5 Check proper / adequate arrangement is made for extension of electric supply. (Proper size of cable, Use of fuse, No loose Yes / No. connection for De watering Pumps / Illumination / Electric compressors etc. if applicable). 6 Check that laying of temporary cables used during construction activities should not cause any danger for Yes / No. electrocution to workmen. 7 Inspection of excavations shall be made by a Competent Person every day. In case, possible cave in or slide is apparent, all working in the excavation shall be seized until the Yes / No. necessary precautions have been taken to safeguard the possible cave in or slide. SN Description of Activity Feed back Remarks 8 Jacks and vertical supports shall be positioned in such a manner that the vertical loads are distributed equally and do Yes / No. not exceed the capacity of the jacks and the jacks are placed away from pit edge etc. 9 Proper Jacking arrangement is made to take the entire load of Yes / No. template. 10 In case of long template in stub setting, more jacks have been provided and check that the Jacks are placed on levelled and Yes / No. hard surface to avoid the unbalancing and fallen. 11 Wire mesh rolls shall be secured in order to prevent Yes / No. dangerous recoiling action. 12 Lone worker should not be allowed to work in the excavated Yes / No. area. 13 Check that sufficient strong ladder of suitable length is Yes / No. available for ingress / outgress of persons in the pit II. TOWER ERECTION : SN Description of Activity Feed back Remarks 1 Check proper communication facility is available at site during Yes / No. Tower erection. (If required) 2. Check damages or uneven settlement of foundation. Yes / No. 3. Ensure the derrick used before tower erection has been Yes / No. checked for adequate strength/ size. Ensure for copy of test certificate for all the lifting machines and tackles. 4. Ensure that the pulleys used before tower erection has been Yes / No. checked for adequate strength / proper size (diameter). Also in case of open type pulleys proper locking arrangements like providing of Safety Pin is made. Ensure for copy of test certificate for all the lifting machines and tackles. 5. Ensure that the ropes used before tower erection has been Yes / No. checked for adequate strength / physical condition (Free from break of strands and knots etc. 6. Check that the lifting tools and tackles i.e. Winch Machine, Yes / No. Chain Pulley Block, Trifor, D - Shackle etc. are in healthy condition and has been tested periodically. (Attach copy of test certificate). 7. Ensure that permission has been obtained from Aviation Yes / No. Authority for erection of special towers. (Where necessary). 8. Ensure that permission has been obtained form Aviation Yes / No. Authority for erection of towers which comes in the vicinity of flying zone. (Where necessary) 9. Check that the safety measures has been taken before Yes / No. undertaking for the Road / Rail / River Xing jobs involving like wise stretches. 10. For rail or road crossing check whether written working plan is Yes / No. available at site with specific reference to safety e.g. local earthing, skilled & experience manpower, proper T&P, strength and height of scaffolding to maintain the required clearance etc. 11. Ensure that all the members and proper size of Nuts and Bolts Yes / No. of lower section are fitted properly before erection of the upper section of tower is taken up. SN Description of Activity Feed back Remarks 12. Check that the anti climbing devices are provided in the tower Yes / No. after erection job. 13. Check that the danger plates have been provided. Yes / No. 14. Check that only erection team members are allowed to stand Yes / No. near the tower while erection is in process and should wear the safety helmet / Safety Shoes. 15. Working area of the tower has been demarcated during Yes / No. erection. 16 Check that proper guying arrangement has been made. And Yes / No. also to see that proper size of the crow bars has been used which has been fixed at hard surface in case of sandy soil or loose soil. 17 Check that proper arrangement is made while lifting the tower Yes / No. members and fixing them at height i.e. Proper size and strength of the hook used for lifting the tower members. 18 Check sufficient numbers of guys are made while lifting the Yes / No. assembled cross arm and also avoiding use of single sheeve pulleys while lifting the assembled cross arm / heavy load. III. CONDUCTOR STRINGING: SN Description of Activity Feed back Remarks 1. All drivers and plant operators are holding the valid driving Yes / No. license. 2. Check that the permit has been obtained from the Competent Yes / No. Authority for stringing of conductor while crossing through Road / Rail / River / Venerable areas etc. ( Where necessary ) 3. Check that required painting has been made on tower falling Yes / No. in the vicinity of aviation zones. (Where necessary.) 4. Check that all safety measures have been taken during Yes / No. stringing of conductor crossing the EHV / HV / LT lines (Earthing of existing lines etc.) 5. Ensure that proper size of Nuts and Bolts is rigidly tightened Yes / No. and punching / tacking / tack welding is done in towers before undertaking stringing job. 6. Ensure that proper scaffolding arrangements made during Yes / No. stringing of conductor( While Road Xing / Power Line Xing etc. 7. Ensure that all members are fitted in tower before undertaking Yes / No. conductor stringing work. 8. Check that the back filling of the foundation has been done as per specification. Yes / No. 9. Ensure that the discharge rod is electrically tested before use. Yes / No. 10. Stringing Machine / Tension pullor Machine are properly Yes / No. earthed. 11. Check the brake arrangement of the TSE Machines is working. Yes / No. 12. Ensure that the pulleys used before conductor stringing has Yes / No. been checked for adequate strength / proper size (diameter), also in case of open type pulleys proper locking arrangements like providing of Safety Pin is made Ensure for copy of test certificate for all the lifting machines and tackles. 13. Ensure the ropes used before conductor stringing has been Yes / No. checked for adequate strength / physical condition (Free from break of strands and knots etc. SN Description of Activity Feed back Remarks 14. Check that the lifting tools and tackles i.e. Winch Machine, Yes / No. Chain Pulley Block, Trifor, D - Shackle etc. are in healthy condition and has been tested periodically. (Attach copy of test certificate). 15. Check for the brake arrangement of the Drum reel of Yes / No. conductor during laying / paying out of conductor. 16. Check that proper communication facility is available at site Yes / No. during of stringing of conductor ( If required ) 17. Whether the tower has been permanently earthed. Yes / No. 18. Check that Sag Board is provided at two locations. Yes / No. 19. Check that the Sag Board arrangement is made by the Yes / No. experienced / trained persons. 20. Check approved Sag tension chart is available and followed at Yes / No. site. 21. While clamping of conductor / EW to be done, check for Yes / No. earthing. 22. Ensure sending signal to puller to stop when last layer of Yes / No. conductor / EW being pulled. 23. Check tension applied on the dynamo meter dial and check Yes / No. values with approved data. 24. Before stringing starts check that the villagers do not come Yes / No. underneath the job of the concerned section. 25. Only nylon or polypropylene ropes should be used during Yes / No. conductor stringing in vicinity of live overhead lines. 26. Ensure that PTW has been taken from the concerned authority. Yes / No. 27. Ensure that Winch, Pulleys etc. are properly earthed. Yes / No. 28. For LT lines, whether special persons are posted at each point Yes / No. of isolation till return of permit (PTW). 29. Whether the network of LT lines has been thoroughly checked Yes / No. and precautions taken Against inadvertent charging. 30. Check that proper arrangement is made / available for Yes / No. development and use of a Portable Earthing and Short – Circuiting Devices which can be engaged and disengaged to and from the LT lines, keeping away from the LT lines, until all operations on the same are completed and all men and materials are removed from LT lines. 31. Check the provision and proper positioning for the guying and Yes / No. back staying (Where necessary). 32. Check demarcation of feeder is done for D/c Line. Yes / No. 33. Ensure that all the insulator strings are thoroughly checked for Yes / No. availability and proper fixing of cotter / split pins before hoisting the same. General Points common for all activities during Excavation, Casting of Foundation I. ERECTION OF TOWER AND STRINGING OF CONDUCTOR : SN Description of Activity Feed back Remarks 1. Check whether the contractor had procured required quantity Yes / No. of PPEs considering maximum numbers of erection gangs deployed at one time. 2. Supervisors/ Workmen have been provided with required Yes / No. healthy PPEs, like Safety helmet / Safety Belts / Safety Shoes / Gum Boot etc. as applicable. 3. Availability of First Aid Box with required medicines at site. Yes / No. 4. Instruction register is available at site. Yes / No. 5. Ensure that Supervisor / Gang Leader always issues instruction Yes / No. to the Workmen before start of work. 6. Ensure that supervisory staff from Power Grid is available at site during construction. Yes / No. 7. All driver and plant operators are holding valid driving license. Yes / No. 8. Check the vehicle for rescue is available at site. Yes / No. 9. Ensure engaged labour are aware of the job. Yes / No. 10. Check that the unskilled labourers are not engaged in skilled Yes / No. job. 11. Ensure that supervisor / workmen engaged in the field are Yes / No. aware of First Aid Techniques ( Such as in case of Electric Shock, Fall from the height, Snake bite and the person rescued from buried under the debris etc. 12. Check for nearby Hospital / Doctor in case of emergencies Yes / No. arises. 13. While transporting heavy consignment of conductor / EW Yes / No. drums from central store to site by the use of Cranes, Truck, and Tractor. The safety aspect for construction and failure of brake system of moving machinery is to be checked. 14. At least one dry powder type of portable fire extinguisher shall Yes / No. be provided especially where explosive or blasting agents are used for excavation. 15. Check the competence (Qualification / Experience) of Yes / No. supervisor / gang leader of contractor. REMARKS IF ANY: Signature Signature Signature Name : Name : Designation : Name : Designation: Representative of Designation: AEGCL/APDCL from Circle Contractor AEGCL/APDCL from Site. Office Safety Related Check List during Construction of Substation Region: ..........…............................... Date of Safety Audit:......................................................... Name of Sub Stn. / Switching Stn.: .......................................................................................……… Name of Contractor: ..........................................................................................................………. Contractor License / Registration No.:……………….............................Validity...............……..... Name of Sub Contractor : .................................................................................................………. Sub-Contractor License / Registration No.:……………….............................Validity...............……..... I. SUB STATION CIVIL WORKS : SN Description of Activity Feed back Remarks i): Safety during Excavation : 1. Check Sub station area has been protected by constructing Yes / No. boundary wall all around the sub station to avoid entry of passerby / unauthorized person or animal in the sub station. 2. De watering arrangement is available ( If necessary ) Yes / No. 3. Check proper / adequate arrangement is made for extension of Yes / No. electric supply. (Proper size of cable, Use of fuse, No loose connection and no naked wire connection to Pumps / Illumination / Electric compressors etc. if applicable). 4. Check arrangement of illumination at construction site is Yes / No. available. 5. Check dumping of Excavated soil (Minimum 1.5 Mts. Or half the Yes / No. depth of the pit which ever is more from the edge of the pit.) 6. Check Shoring & Shuttering to protect the loose rock / soil Yes / No. against fall. (if required). 7. Check lone worker is not be allowed to work in the excavated Yes / No. area. 8. Ensure Laying of temporary cables used for operation of Yes / No. Machines used during construction should not cause any danger for electrocution of persons / animals. 9. Ensure that before undertaking excavation, the soil has been Yes / No. tested and in case of availability of any explosive / dangerous gas, necessary arrangement must be made to remove / dilute such gases. 10. The positions of underground installations such as sewers, water Yes / No. pipes and electrical cables has been verified and in case of their existence, they must be isolated before further excavation works to ensure Human Safety. 11. Check that the scaffolds are not overloaded in any case. Yes / No. Scaffolds are to be erected and supported properly. 12. Stability of the soil of the excavated pit for safe working is to be Yes / No. checked and certified by a competent person daily before start of work. A register at site is maintained where competent person can certify accordingly. No manhole should remain uncovered during night & off days. 13. Check the provision of sufficient strong ladder of suitable length Yes / No. is available near the working place during excavation. SN Description of Activity Feed back Remarks 14. Check if any permission is required from local statutory body Yes / No. before excavation. 15. Check for No undercutting / toe cutting in soil. Yes / No. 16. Check after excavation the work should be speedily completed Yes / No. without delay and back filling done at the earliest. 17. Check for any possibility of seepage of water from nearby pond Yes / No / river has been estimated and taken care of. 18. Check to avoid slide / collaps of side walls of excavated pit, the Yes / No. excavation is to be done in trapezoidal cross – section. ii): Safety precaution during Storage, Handling and Use of Blasting Material: 1 Check that the adequate arrangement is made for the storage of blasting material at safe place. (Temporary Magazine is to be Yes / No. installed observing all norms) as per Indian Explosive Act. 2. Check that the blasting materials is handled by licensed blaster Yes / No. with due care at site. (If applicable) 3. Check smoking is prohibited in the vehicle carrying explosives. Yes / No. 4. Check that the Blaster is holding proper license issued by the Yes / No. appropriate authority. As per Indian Explosive Act. 5. Check that the length of the fuse wire used during blasting Yes / No. operation is adequate. 6. Check while transportation, no unauthorized person is allowed Yes / No. in vehicle carrying explosives. 7. Check that the loading and unloading of explosives is being Yes / No. done carefully. 8. Check explosives and detonators or blasting caps is not being Yes / No. transported in the same vehicle. 9. Check while transportation the detonators and explosives are Yes / No. not carried loose or mixed with other materials. 10 Check surplus explosives shall not be stacked near working area Yes / No. during loading / unloading. 11. Check explosives shall not be held in hands when lightening the Yes / No. fuse. 12. Check that blasting in the open has been carried out during the Yes / No. fixed hours every day or on fixed days in the week so that the public at large should know about this. 13. Check that arrangement has been made to display sufficient Yes / No. warnings / sign board to enable the people to get out of the blasting area to get off the danger zone 14. Check that the danger zone has been suitably cordoned off. Yes / No. 15. Check during blasting operations begin / after the firing of explosives shall follow the loud siren. Yes / No. 16. Check that during blasting operation, Labour / Workmen / Passerby are at safe places and arrangement is made to inform Yes / No. public by caution markings ( Red Flag ) / Public Notices etc. 17. Check that PPEs i.e. Safety helmets, Safety Shoes, is used by blaster and their gang members during blasting and also the Yes / No. persons supervising the blasting operations. 18. For covered blasting ensure placement of cover plates of proper thickness and sufficient numbers of sand filled bags. Yes / No. 19. Ensure that permission for blasting has been obtained from the appropriate authority. Yes / No. iii) Safety during casting of Foundation / Concreting : SN Description of Activity Feed back Remarks 1. Check construction materials are stacked at safe place and also does not cause any danger. (Away from pit) i.e. 1.5 Mtrs. or half Yes / No. the depth of the pit which ever is more.) 2. Check proper arrangement of illumination at Construction Site of Sub station is available. Yes / No. 3. Check that the Concreting Mixer/ Vibrator machines etc are placed at a safe place (Not very near to any pit at least 1.5 Mtr. Yes / No. from the edge of the pit) to avoid transfer of vibrations and should be operated by skilled persons. 4. Check proper / adequate arrangement is made for extension of electric supply. (Proper size of cable, Use of fuse, No loose Yes / No. connection for De watering Pumps / Illumination / Electric compressors etc. if applicable). 5. Check for laying of temporary cables used during construction activities should not cause any danger for electrocution to Yes / No. persons / animals. 6. All bracing, struts and shuttering in excavations shall be adequately secured so as to prevent their accidental Yes / No. displacement. 7. Ensure Shuttering and timbering has been made as detailed in I:S: 3764 for protecting the loose rock / soil against fall. Yes / No. 8. Check for proper placing of Hydraulic jacks with stability and constant watch of these instruments (which are continuously Yes / No. loaded) to avoid any danger of displacement causing sever accident. II. SAFETY DURING STRUCTURE, EQUIPMENT ERECTION & CABLE LAYING ETC. : SN Description of Activity Feedback Remarks 1. Check Back filling done prior to erection activity. Yes / No. 2. Check the derrick used before structure erection has been Test certificate is checked for adequate strength / size and no joints are Yes / No. required apart from permitted. visual inspection. 3. Check that the pulleys used before structure erection / Yes / No. Test certificate is Equipment Erection has been checked for adequate strength / required apart from proper size (diameter), also in case of open type pulleys proper visual inspection. locking arrangements like providing of Safety Pin is made Safe working load should be punched. 4. Check the ropes used before structure erection / Equipment Yes / No. Test certificate is Erection has been checked for adequate strength / physical required apart from condition (free from break of strands and knots etc. visual inspection. 5. Check that the lifting tools and tackles are in healthy condition Yes / No. Test certificate is and has been tested periodically. required apart from visual inspection. 6. Check permission has been obtained from Aviation Authority for Yes / No. erection of Lightning Mast which comes in the vicinity of flying zone. (Where necessary ) 7. Check that all Nuts and Bolts are fitted in the structure before Yes / No. undertaking the job of other section of the structure and are tightened. 8. Check area has been cordoned off to prevent injuries to unauthorized persons from hitting against structural component Yes / No. or falling in the excavated pits. SN Description of Activity Feedback Remarks 9. Check that danger plates are available on all the equipment & structures in the switchyard. Yes / No. 10. Check demarcation of feeder is done for Double Circuit Line. Yes / No. 11. Check only erection team members are allowed to stand near the structure / Equipment while erection is in process and should Yes / No. wear the safety helmet / Safety Shoes. 12. Check proper guying arrangement has been made while lifting structure / Equipment, if necessary. Yes / No. 13. Check that proper arrangement is made while lifting the structure members and fixing them at height i.e. Proper size and Yes / No. strength of the hook used for lifting the structure members. 14. Check sufficient numbers of guys are made while lifting the assembled structure / heavy loads and also avoiding use of Yes / No. single sheeve pulleys while lifting the assembled structure / heavy load. 15. Check arrangement has been made for equipment identification. Yes / No. 16. Check that required painting made on tower falling in the vicinity of aviation zones. (Where necessary.) Yes / No. 17 Check no live wires nearby. Take shut down if necessary. Yes / No. 18. Check the structure has been permanently earthed. Yes / No. 19. Check crane are preferably be used for erection of pipe structure in the sub station building works ( if required.) Yes / No. 20. Check all safety procedures for erection work like use of safety helmets, Safety belts, use of guy wires, lowering / lifting of tools Yes / No. by rope etc. are strictly adhered to during structure erection works is in progress in the switchyard. 21. Check that correct size of spanner (Box or ring type) as well as DE spanners is being used. Yes / No. 22. Check working area of the structure has been demarcated during erection. Yes / No. 23. Check heavy structures are lifted with crane with proper safety. Yes / No. 24. Only polypropylene ropes are to be used to tie the aluminium tube / Bus bar since this is soft material and will not damage Yes / No. aluminium tube / Bus bar during erection. 25. Ensure that R clips in insulator caps are fixed properly to avoid disconnection of insulator discs. Yes / No. 26. Ensure that all the necessary security pins (split pins) are fixed. Yes / No. 27. Check all nuts of jumper fittings are properly tightened and live metal clearance have been maintained as per AEGCL/APDCL Yes / No. specification. 28. In case of tension fitting dead end joint dimensions before & after the compression are checked and recorded. Yes / No. 29. No damaged component of any hardware fitting should be used on works. Yes / No. 30. Length of jumpers has been measured properly to give it a parabolic shape. No sharp bend should exist. Yes / No. 31. Check surge counter erection facilitates proper reading and that earthing is done with minimum bends. Yes / No. 32. Check Surge monitor has been earthed by connecting it to main SN Description of Activity Feedback Remarks earth mat with (G I Flat 75 x 12 mm) and earth pit separately as Yes / No. per drawing. 33. Check the alignment of earth switch with isolator, earth switch of isolator is put into operation and the contacts are cleaned. After Yes / No. completion of pre commissioning checks and formats are dully filled and signed. 34. Ensure that the rubber beedings are kept in good condition. Yes / No. 35. Check CT has been placed on the support structure very carefully Yes / No. and all nuts have been tightened. Earthing is done as per drawing. 36. Ensure the lattice structure of CT has been earthed at two points. Yes / No. 37. Check the marshalling box in the switchyard has proper Yes / No. illumination arrangement. 38. Check the capacitor unit is short circuited & earthed, until Yes / No. erection and commissioning works are being done on CVT. (The capacitor get charged by the electrical fields in the vicinity and they keep these charges for a long time, which can be dangerous to human life. Hence the shorting of capacitor unit is necessary). It should be removed before tests / use. 39. Check Fuses in the marshaling box are OK. Yes / No. 40. Check proper earthing of CVT tank has been done. Yes / No. 41. Check all housing accessories, mounting stools including bolts / Yes / No. Nuts for fixing Line Trap and insulators are of non magnetic material. 42. Check H.F. point of CVTs on which the coupling device is not Yes / No. mounted has been earthed. 43. Check the remaining CVTs have been earthed thro’ coupling Yes / No. device. 44. Cable drums after visual inspection should be stored preferably Yes / No. in the covered area. Cable ends should be clamped. 45. Ensure each cable and conduit run should be tagged with cable Yes / No. identity numbering as per the approved that appear in the cable and conduit schedule. 46. The tag should be of aluminium plate with ID number punched Yes / No. on it and securely attached to the cable conduit by not less than two turns. Cable tags should of rectangular shape for power cables and of circular shape for control cables. 47. Check underground cable markers should project 150 mm above Yes / No. ground and spaced at an interval of 30 Mts. They shall be located on both sides of road and drain crossing and also at every change in direction. 48. Check cable tags should be provided inside the switchgear, Yes / No. motor control centres, control and relay panels etc. wherever required for cable identification, where a number of cables enter together through a gland plate. SN Description of Activity Feedback Remarks 49. The cable (power and control) between LT stations, Control Yes / No. room, DG set building and fire fighting pump house should be laid in the buried cable trenches. In addition to the above, for lighting purpose also, buried cable trench can be used in outdoor area.(as per Technical specification of specific contract ) 50. Cable route and joint markers and RCC warning covers should Yes / No. be provided wherever required. The voltage grade of cables should be engraved on the marker. 51. Tray Identification Number on each run of trays at an interval of Yes / No. 10 Mtrs should be painted. 52. In case the outer sheath of a cable is damaged during handling / Yes / No. installation, the same should be repaired to the satisfaction of the site. In case any other part of a cable is damaged, the same should be replaced by a healthy cable. Power cables should be at the top most layers. The armor of control cable is to be earthed. 53. All cable termination should be appropriately tightened to Yes / No. ensure secure and reliable connections. All the exposed parts of cable lugs should be covered with tape, sleeve or paint. 54. Power and control cables are laid on separate cable trays Yes / No. 55. Co-axial cable is laid separately from power cable. Yes / No. 56. All cable trays, racks and metallic ducts have been grounded by Yes / No. connecting each to earth / mat. ( As per Scheme ) 57. Check sections of cable trays have been bridged by copper Yes / No. jumpers/ G I to retain continuity of earthing. (As per Scheme) 58. Check earthing of panel is done by the erection contractor for Yes / No. connecting it with switchyard earth mat. ( As per Scheme ) 59. Auxiliary bus wiring for AC and DC supplies, Voltage Transformer circuits, annunciation circuits and other common services is Yes / No. provided near the top of the panels running through out the entire length of the panels. 60. All internal wiring to be connected to external equipment is Yes / No. terminated on terminal blocks, preferably vertically mounted on the side of each panel. 61. Check whether Mimic Diagram is available preferably made of Yes / No. anodized aluminium or plastic of approved fast colour material and screwed on to the panel that can be easily cleaned. 62. Check the panels all equipment mounted on front and rear side Yes / No. as well as equipment mounted inside are provided with individual name plates with equipment designated engraved. 63. Check on top of each panel on front as well as rear side, large Yes / No. and bold name plates are provided for circuit / feeder designation. 64. Check all front mounted equipments are provided at the rear Yes / No. with individual name plates engraved with tag numbers corresponding to panel internal wiring to facilitate easy tracing of the wiring. 65. Check the name plates mounted directly by the side of the Yes / No. respective equipments should not be hidden by equipment wiring. 66. Check availability of 240V single phase 50 HZ, AC socket with Yes / No. switch suitable to accept 5 Amps and !5 Amps pin round SN Description of Activity Feedback Remarks standard plug, is provided in the interior of each cubicle with ON-OFF switch for connection of hand lamps. 67. Check that panels are provided with a fluorescent lighting fixture Yes / No. rated with 240 Volts single phase, 50 Hz supply for the interior illumination of the panel during maintenance. The fittings are complete with switch fuse unit and switching of the lighting is controlled by the respective panel door switch. Adequate lighting with fuse unit is also provided for the corridor in control panels. 68. Check control panels are provided with necessary arrangements Yes / No. for receiving, distributing, isolating and fusing of DC and AC supplies for various control, signalling, lighting and space heater circuits. The incoming and sub circuits are separately with switch fuse units. 69. Check panels are provided with a space heater rated for 240 V, Yes / No. single phase, 50 Hz, AC supply for the internal heating of the panel to prevent condensation of moisture. 70. Check all panels are equipped with an earth bus securely fixed Yes / No. 71. Check when several panels are mounted adjoining each other, Yes / No. the earth bus is made continuous with necessary connectors and clamps for this purpose. 72. Check provision is made for extending the earth bus bars to Yes / No. adjoining panels on either side. 73. Check provision is made on each bus bar of the end panels for Yes / No. connecting earthing grid. 74. Check all metallic cases of relays, instruments and panel Yes / No. mounted equipment including gland plates are connected to the earth bus by copper wires of specified size. 75. Check the colour code of the earthing wire is green. Yes / No. 76. Check that earthing made with equipment is with Nuts and Bolts Yes / No. i.e. For such connection lugs should be pressed and tightened to the terminals through Nuts and Bolts. 77. Check that no equipment is mounted on the panel doors. Yes / No. 78. Check each switch should bear clear inscription identifying its Yes / No. function. 79. Check those who have sufficient knowledge of steel structural Yes / No. job have been employed in steel structural works only. 80. Check necessary instruction has been communicated by Yes / No. supervisor before start of the day’s works to workmen under his control. 81. Storing of equipments is to be made properly to avoid any Yes / No. accident during handling. 82. Check all Nuts and bolts are properly raised or lowered Yes / No. preferably using closed loop pulleys and gully bags / hand bags tied at the end for carrying nuts and bolts. 83. Check that Fire resistant sheets are used before entrance of Yes / No. control cable in control room. 84. Check air compressor tubing properly tightened. Yes / No. 85. Check all carrying connectors / clamps properly tightened. Yes / No. III. CONDUCTOR LAYOUT DURING CONSTRUCTION STAGE : SN Description of Activity Feed back Remarks 1. Check all members are fixed in structure and ensure proper size Yes / No. of Nuts and Bolts are rigidly tightened and punching / tacking / tack welding is done in towers / structures before undertaking conductor laying job. 2. Ensure proper scaffolding arrangements made during laying of Yes / No. conductor (While Power Line crossing etc). 3. Ensure that all members are fitted in structure before Yes / No. undertaking conductor laying work. 4. Ensure that the discharge rod is electrically tested before use. Yes / No. 5. Ensure whether the structure is properly earthed. Yes / No. 6. Only nylon or polypropylene ropes should be used during Yes / No. conductor laying in vicinity of live overhead lines. 7. Ensure that PTW has been taken from the concerned authority Yes / No. when extension of existing sub station is under execution. 8. Ensure that Winch, Pulleys etc. are properly earthed. Yes / No. 9. For LT lines, check whether special persons are posted at each Yes / No. point of isolation till return of permit (PTW) if positioning of person is not possible then it is to be seen that all the point of isolation has been kept in the locked position till the work is in progress. 10. Whether the network of LT lines has been thoroughly checked Yes / No. and precautions taken against inadvertent charging. 11. Check that proper arrangement is made / available for Yes / No. grounding LT lines coming across during conductor laying. (This can be done by way of portable earthing and short circuiting devices which cab be engaged to and disengaged from LT lines, keeping away from the LT lines until all operations on the same are completed and all man and materials are removed from the LT lines). 12. Check the provision and proper positioning for the guying and Yes / No. back staying (Where necessary). 13. Check working of hydraulic crimping machine. Yes / No. 14. Check before and after crimping, dimensional changes in clamps Yes / No. and are in accordance with the drawings and specifications. IV. SWITCHYARD EARTHING DURING CONSTRUCTION STAGE: SN Description of Activity Feed back Remarks 1. Check that while earthing conductor crossing the road is laid Yes / No. 300 mm below the road or at greater depth depending upon the site conditions. 2. Check that while laying the Earthing conductor in outside area is Yes / No. buried at least 600 mm below the furnished ground level. 3. Check that the earthing pads have been provided for the Yes / No. apparatus / equipments at accessible position. 4. Check all steel columns, metallic stairs are connected to nearby Yes / No. earthing grid conductor by two earthing leads. 5. Check of earthing of lightening fixtures, receptacles switches, Yes / No. junction boxes lighting conduits has been done by a separate earthing conductor. 6. Check that the railway tracks within switchyard area has been Yes / No. SN Description of Activity Feed back Remarks earthed at a spacing of 30 Mts. / specified distance and also at both ends. 7. Check cable trays has been connected to earthing flat of 50X6 Yes / No. mm / specified sized earthing flat at intervals specified in approved drawing. 8. Check that this earthed flat is earthed at about 30 Mts. distance. Yes / No. 9. All accessories in transformer and reactor like radiators tank, Yes / No. cooling banks etc are connected to the earthing grid at minimum two points. 10. Check metallic conduits are not used as earth continuity Yes / No. conductor. 11. Check flexible earthing connectors should be provided for the Yes / No. moving parts. 12. Check sheath and armor of single core power cable is earthed at Yes / No. switchgear end and equipment side. 13. Check contact surface of earthing pads for jointing free from Yes / No. scale, paint, enamel, grease, rust or dust. 14. Check that light poles, junction boxes on the poles, cable and Yes / No. cable boxes / glands, lockout switches etc. are connected to the earthing conductor running along with the supply cable which intern is connected to the earthing grid conductor at a minimum two points. Check earthing conductor which is generally buried 2000 mm Yes / No. 15. outside the switchyard fence. All the gates and every alternate post of the fence are to be connected to earthing grid. 16. Check megger used for measuring soil resistivity is calibrated Yes / No. with desired accuracy. 17. The earth resistivity has been measured in dry weather Yes / No. condition. 18. Check the earthing of Transformers and Shunt reactor, earth pits Yes / No. are constructed as per relevant standard / approved drawing. Check that the measured value of combined earth resistance Yes / No. 19. should be less than 1 Ohm. Check that for earth electrode and individual earth pits, this Yes / No. 20. value should not be more than one Ohm. Check all non current carrying metal parts shall be effectively Yes / No. 21. earthed by two separate and distinct earth connections ( Indian Electricity Rule 61,67 ) 22. Check that all pylon supports in the Fire Fighting HVSW system Yes / No. has been earthed to the earthmat. V. GENERAL POINTS COMMON FOR ALL ACTIVITIES DURING EXCAVATION, CASTING OF FOUNDATION Erection of structures, laying of conductor, storage and transportation of material: SN Description of Activity Feed back Remarks 1. Check Supervisors / Workmen have been provided with required Yes / No. healthy PPEs. Like ( Safety helmet / Safety Belts / Safety Shoes / Gum Boot etc. as applicable ) 2. Check availability of First Aid Box with required medicines at site. Yes / No. 3. Check Site Instruction register is available at site. Yes / No. 4. Ensure Supervisor / Gang Leader always issues instruction to the Yes / No. Workmen including contractor labour before start of work. 5. Ensure supervisory staff from Power Grid is available at site Yes / No. SN Description of Activity Feed back Remarks during construction. 6. Check all driver and plant operators are holding valid driving Yes / No. license. 7. Check the vehicle for rescue is available at site. Yes / No. 8. Ensure engaged labour are aware of the job. Yes / No 9. Ensure supervisor / workmen engaged in the field are aware of Yes / No. First Aid Techniques ( Such as in case of Electric Shock, Fall from the height, Snake bite and the person rescued from buried under the debris, rescue of person from drowning etc. 10. Check for availability and to keep a record of nearby Hospital / Yes / No. Doctor in case of emergencies arises. 11. While transporting heavy consignment of conductor / EW drums Yes / No. from central store to site by the use of Cranes, Truck, Tractor. The safety aspect for construction and failure of brake system of moving machinery is to be checked. 12. At least one dry powder type of portable fire extinguisher shall Yes / No. be provided especially where explosive or blasting agents are used for excavation. ( If applicable ) 13. Check the competence (Qualification / experience) of supervisor Yes / No. / gang leader of contractor. 14. Wire mesh rolls shall be secured in order to prevent dangerous Yes / No. recoiling action. 15. Proper unloading arrangement has been made at site (Preferably Yes / No. with crane) to unload the material. 16. After unloading the material visual inspection of the materials Yes / No. has been carried out along with the erection contractor to check that the material has not been damaged or not (Galvanizing is proper or not) As per approved Field Quality Plan etc. 17. While transporting the heavy laden equipment like transformer / Yes / No. Reactor by road from Rly Stn to Sub station check whether for all safety precaution taken. Like safe lifting capacity of crane, safe load on culvert / Bridge / Nala / Drain etc.and working plan is available at site with specific reference to safety e.g. local earthing, skilled & experience manpower, proper T&P, strength and LT wires / HT wires interrupting the height of equipment and the required clearance maintained etc. Permission to be obtained from concerned authority if required. “Impact recorder on the equipment like Reactor / Transformer must be installed during transportation” 18. Check that the adequate and safe means of access and aggress Yes / No. has been provided for all work places as far as reasonably practicable and is being used by the workers. 19. Check proper illumination is provided at the work places and Yes / No. their approaches including passage ways. 20. Check that the lamps have been protected by suitable guards Yes / No. where necessary to prevent danger, in case the lamp breaks. 21. Check loose materials which are not required for use shall not be Yes / No. placed or left so as dangerously to obstruct work places or passage ways. 22. Check all projected nails has been removed or bent over to Yes / No. prevent injury. 23. Check scrap, waste and rubbish has not been allowed to Yes / No. SN Description of Activity Feed back Remarks accommodate on the site or the scrap materials has been stored at the isolated place. 24. Check that the worker while working at height scaffold materials, Yes / No. waste materials and tools are not being thrown by them to cause injury to any person. 25. Check whether contractor has procured required quantity of PPE Yes / No. considering maximum number of erection gangs deployed at one time. Check the quantity of PPEs. 26. Check that the PPEs required by the workmen are being utilized Yes / No. by them always. 27. Check the worker is under constant surveillance by the other Yes / No. person while working at height. 28. Check construction site has been barricaded for unauthorized Yes / No. persons / animals. 29. Check that lifting appliances and machines and vehicles used on Yes / No. the construction site is of sound material and good quality and is free from patent defects and is strong enough to with safely the load and stresses to which they will be subjected. 30. Check structures and equipment is being used only for the Yes / No. purpose for which they were intended. 31. Check equipment has been operated by the competent person. Yes / No. 32. Check portable ladders shall not exceed 9 Mts. in length, other Yes / No. wise may cause danger while climbing of person and back legs shall be equally braced. 33. Check unskilled labour are not utilized for skilled jobs and only Yes / No. experience persons are deployed for erection. 34. Check a well planed and documented procedure for the entire Yes / No. Construction works of Sub station shall be prepared by contractor and get approved from Power Grid for distribution to Contractors’ field staff and Power Grid for follow up. 35. Check no metallic measuring tapes are being used during Yes / No. expansion of charged bays. 36. Check metal ladders are not being used in the vicinity of Yes / No. exposed live electrical equipment. 37. Check one bore well is available for water supply in case Yes / No. Municipal Construction supply is not available 38. Check charged area of a yard should be properly fenced off. Yes / No. 39. Check ladders / lengthy articles / lengthy equipments etc. should Yes / No. always be carried in horizontal position. 40. Check insurance by contractor for the labour to provide Yes / No. adequate coverage for any accident etc. Signature Signature Signature Name : Name : Name : Designation : Designation: Designation: Representative of AEGCL/APDCL from Circle AEGCL/APDCL from Site. Contractor Office ks if any: ANNEXURE- 9 RIGHT OF WAY/WIDTH (ROW) IN FOREST: 132 KV S/C LINE DURING CONSTRUCTION A B C 3m 3m 3m 27 M-RoW Area where trees are lopped/pruned/pollarded. Area where trees are completely felled. AFTER CONSTRUCTION A B C 3m 3m 3m 27 M-RoW Area where trees are lopped/pruned/pollarded. Area kept clear of trees for O & M Area left for natural generation Note: RoW for : 132 kV-27M 220 kV-35M, 400kV S/C-52M, 400kV D/C-46M ANNEXURE 10 FOREST CLEARANCE PROCESS Submission of Proposal Scrutiny & Processing Grant in Principal Approval Case I Forest Proposal upto 40 ha Case II : More than 40 ha Submission of Compliance Report Issuance of Diversion Order ABOUT THE MANUAL Audience This manual is meant for User Agencies/Stake Holders that are supposed to submit application for seeking prior forests clearances for diverting forest land for non-forestry purposes. Purpose The purpose of this document is to provide an interface between user and OSMFC, an “Online Submission and Monitoring of Forest Clearances Proposals”. It will help the user to understand major features, benefits and workflow of the system. It will also help to submit the details of the proposal along with all annexures and later on status of the proposal can be tracked. Authorship This manual has been prepared by Ministry of Environment, Forests and Climate Change, Government of India, New Delhi – 110003. Copyright © 2014, Ministry of Environment, Forests and Climate Change, Government of India, New Delhi – 110003. This manual contains information that is proprietary to Ministry of Environment, Forests and Climate Change, which shall not be transmitted or duplicated without due permission from Ministry. The content of this manual may not be used in any misleading or objectionable context. Contact Information Mr Rajesh Kumar Pathak Senior Technical Director Environment, Forests and Climate Change Informatics Division (EFCCID) Ministry of Environment, Forests and Climate Change New Delhi-110003 Website: forestsclearance.nic.in Email: monitoring-fc@nic.in;rkpathak@nic.in Phone: 011-24360465 • ABOUT FORESTS CLEARANCE PORTAL • INTRODUCTION In order to bring more transparency and accountability in the forests clearance process, Ministry of Environment, Forests and Climate change, Government of India has rolled out a portal named “Online Submission and Monitoring of Forests Clearances Proposals”(OSMFCP). OSMFC is a web based, role based, G2C and G2G workflow application that are developed for online submission and monitoring of the proposals submitted by the user agencies for seeking forests clearances, for diverting forest land for non- forestry purposes. It automates the entire tracking of proposals which includes online submissions of a new proposal, editing/updating the details of proposals and displays status of the proposals at each stage of the workflow. The system is based on the Web Architecture. It uses dotNET as an application server and SQL as a database server. • OBJECTIVE The following are the main objectives of the SYSTEM: • Enhance efficiency, transparency and accountability in the forest clearance process. • Reduction in turnaround time for activity. • Enhance responsiveness through workflows automation and availability of real time information. • Enhance ease and convenience of citizens and businesses in accessing information and services. • Achieve standardization in processes across regional and state level. • CORE FEATURES OF POR TAL • A role based workflow application that helps User Agencies in online submission of the proposals seeking forest clearances for non-forestry purposes and tracking the proposals. • Facilitate management in effective monitoring. • Delays in the clearance process can be ascertained • Accessible from any PC having internet facility • 24x7 Online • ROLES The following Roles have been defined as per the responsibility: • USER AGENCY Any user Agency have to register with the FC portal before submitting any proposal for seeking prior approval of Central Government for the diversion of forests land for non-forestry purposes. When, UA register with the portal an acknowledgement slip containing user-id and password would be sent by the system automatically to UA‟s registered email id. UA can login into FC portal by using user-id and password communicated through email and then UA can upload Form-A online along with all relevant documents. The User Agency can track the status of the proposal after submitting it online. • NODAL OFFICER (STATE FOREST DEPTT) After receiving the proposal online, Nodal Officer can examine the proposal for its completeness and the same will be forwarded (after assigning State Serial No.) by him/her to the divisions affected with the diversion of forest land. If proposal is not complete, Nodal Officer can raise query and may ask UA to submit the complete proposal. The proposal will come again to Nodal Officer after the completion of process from Circle Office. After receiving the proposal from CF/CCF, the concerned Nodal Officer would process it and will upload his/her recommendations/SIR. When, Nodal officer upload these details, the proposal would be forwarded automatically to State Secretary. • DFO/DCF After receiving the proposal online from Nodal Officer, the concerned DFO can view the proposal (Form-A submitted by UA) and then may upload his/her Recommendations and Site Inspection Report. DFO level user does not have privileges to make any modification in the proposal, they can only fill up Part II of Form-A. When, DFO upload recommendation and SIR, the proposal would be forwarded to concerned Circle Officer (CF/CCF). • CF/CCF After receiving the proposal online from DFO/DCF, the concerned CF/CCF can view the proposal (Form-A submitted by UA) and recommendations of DFO and then may upload his/her Recommendations and Site Inspection Report. CF/CCF level user does not have privileges to make any modification in the proposal, they can only fill up Part III of Form-A. Or he/she may raise any query to concerned division, if required. When, Circle Officer uploads his/her recommendation and SIR, the proposal would be forwarded to concerned Nodal Officer. • STATE SECRETARY (STATE GOVT) After receiving the proposal online from Nodal Officer, the concerned State Secretary can view the proposal (Form-A submitted by UA) and recommendations of DFO, Circle and Nodal Officer and then may upload his/her Recommendations. When, State Secretary uploads these details, the proposal would be forwarded to either Regional Office or Head Office of Ministry depending upon the category and area of the project. • REGIONAL OFFICE After receiving the proposal online from State Secretary, the concerned RO can view the proposal (Form-A submitted by UA) and recommendations of DFO, Circle, Nodal Officer and State Secretary. RO level user may upload the State Advisory Group agenda, minutes on portal and then can send SAG approved proposals to RO (HQ), Delhi for the recommendation of the Competent Authority of the Ministry of Environment, Forests & Climate Change (MoEFCC). • REGIONAL OFFICE (HQ), NEW DELHI After receiving the proposal online from RO, the RO (HQ) level user can view the proposal (Form-A submitted by UA) and recommendations of DFO, Circle, Nodal Officer, State Secretary and RO. RO(HQ) level user then process the file and process it for the approval for the Competent Authority of the MoEFCC. After taking approval of the Competent Authority, the status is updated on the portal and the proposal is forwarded to RO for issuing the Stage-I clearance. • MoEF HEAD OFFICE, NEW DELHI After receiving the proposal online from RO, the MoEFCC (HO) level user can view the proposal (Form-A submitted by UA) and recommendations of DFO, Circle, Nodal Officer, State Secretary and RO. MoEFCC (HO) level user then process the file and process it for the approval of the Competent Authority of MoEF CC. After taking approval of the Competent Authority, he/she has to update the status of the proposal and upload the approval letter on the portal. • District Collector (DC) After viewing the proposal, DC may upload FRA document. The same could be uploaded by Nodal Officer also. • WORK FLOW User Agency can register to get the login credentials from http://forestsclearance.nic.in. Thereafter, project details can be submitted along with all required documents [Form-A (Part-I) etc.]. When UA submits all these details, an acknowledgement letter would be sent (by System) to email-id of User Agency. Acknowledgement letter may contain some information including unique proposal number. UA may refer this unique proposal number for future reference. Nodal Officer scrutinizes the proposal (within 10 days) and sends an acceptance letter to User Agency, if all relevant documents are uploaded properly by UA. If any document is missing or any other information is needed, Nodal Officer may ask UA to upload those missing information. Timeline will start only, if Nodal officer accepts the proposal. When, Nodal Officer sends the acceptance letter to UA, proposal details are forwarded automatically to concerned DFOs and DCs for their necessary action. DFO can view the proposal after logging in to portal and can take print out (if needed) of the entire details and then process it. After that, he/she uploads the part-II of Form-A on the portal along with his/her recommendation and Site Inspection report. When, DFO uploads his/her recommendation and Site Inspection Reports on the portal, proposal details are forwarded automatically to concerned CF/CCF for the necessary action. District Collector (DC) can view the proposal after logging in to portal. He/she may upload FRA document (that must include Forest rights settlement details) on the portal. This document can be uploaded by Nodal Officer also when proposal reaches to him after processing by Circle office. CF/CCF can view the proposal and recommendation of DFO after logging in to portal and can take print out (if needed) of the entire details and then process it. After that, he/she uploads the part-III of Form-A on the portal along with his/her recommendation and Site Inspection report (if site inspection done). When, CF/CCF uploads his/her recommendation and Site Inspection Reports on the portal, proposal details are forwarded automatically to concerned Nodal Officer for the necessary action. Nodal Officer can view the proposal and recommendations of DFO and CF/CCF after logging in to portal and can take print out (if needed) of the entire details and then process it. After that, he/she uploads the part-IV of Form-A on the portal along with his/her recommendation and Site Inspection report (if site inspection done). When, Nodal Officer uploads his/her recommendation and Site Inspection Reports on the portal, proposal details are forwarded automatically to concerned State Secretary for the necessary action. State Secretary can view the proposal and recommendations of DFO, CF/CCF and Nodal Officer after logging in to portal and can take print out (if needed) of the entire details and then process it. After that, he/she uploads the part-V of Form-A on the portal along with his/her recommendation. When, State Secretary uploads his/her recommendation on the portal, proposal details are forwarded automatically to concerned Regional Office or Head Office, Delhi as per the flow defined in the system. Note: • All proposals related with diversion of forest land from 0 to 40 ha are forwarded to Regional Office. • All proposals related with diversion of forest land for more than 40 ha are forwarded directly to Head Office, Delhi for the processing at Head Office (MoEF, Delhi). Regional Office can view the proposal and recommendations of DFO, CF/CCF, Nodal Officer and State Secretary after logging in to portal and can take print out (if needed) of the entire details and then process it. • The fate of the proposals related with diversion of forest land up to 5 ha (except mining and regularization of encroachments) is decided at RO (without any State Advisory Group/Regional Empowered Committee meeting). • RO conducts SAG/REC meetings for the proposals related with diversion of forest land up to 5 ha (Mining and regularization of encroachments only) and all other projects related with diversion of forest land from 5 to 40 ha. Then, RO forwards these proposals (along with recommendation of SAG/REC) to RO(HQ), Delhi for the approval of Competent Authority of Ministry of Environment, Forests & Climate Change. Regional Office (HQ), Delhi can view the proposal and recommendations of DFO, CF/CCF, Nodal Officer, State Secretary and Regional Office after logging in to portal and can take print out (if needed) of the entire details and then process it for the approval of the Competent Authority of the MoEFCC. HO (Delhi)can view the proposal and recommendations of DFO, CF/CCF, Nodal Officer, State Secretary and Regional Office after logging in to portal and can take print out (if needed) of the entire details and then conducts FAC meetings. • HO may ask Regional Office to upload site inspection reports in cases in which area is more than 100 ha. • FAC recommendations (along with decision of Competent Authority) and agenda and minutes of the meeting are uploaded on portal. Automatic mailer notifications will be triggered for each and every transaction committed in the OSMFC System. The status of proposal will be updated at each transaction and the same would be reflected automatically in the reports available in public domain. • NEW USER AGENCY REGISTRATION AND LOGIN • NEW REGISTRATION User Agency: For submitting the proposal, a user agency has to register Online at FC portal. Registration can be done in the following manner: • Type http://forestsclearance.nic.in in the address bar of the web browser i.e. Internet Explorer, Mozilla Firefox, Google Chrome etc. and press Enter. A Home page of OSMFCP portal will appear as shown in Figure-2.1. • Click on Register New User Agency as shown in the Figure-2.1. Figure-2.1: Home Page of OSMFCP portal New User Registration Form of the Online Submission and Monitoring of Forests Clearances Proposals portal will appear as shown in Figure-2.2. Figure-2.2 : New User Registration Form of OSMFCP • Fill-in the data in the above mentioned form and then press „SUBMIT‟ button. After successful registration, new user will get the notification on registered email-id. • LOGIN To login into the FC portal, do the following: • Click on the Login (User Agency) as shown in figure 2.3. Figure-2.3: Home Page of OSMFCP Login Form of FC portal will appear as shown in the figure 2.4 Figure-2.4: Login Page of OSMFCP • Type the user id in the text box. • Type the password in the Password text box. • Type the code in the text box shown in the Captcha image below it. • Click on Login button as shown in Figure-2.4. After successful login, Change password page will be displayed as shown in figure 2.5 Figure- 2.5: Change password screen User Agency has to change password assigned through email generated after registration. When User Agency changes the password, the following page (Figure-2.6) would be displayed on screen. Figure- 2.6: First time logged in page for the UA The option for changing password is available under „My Account’ tab also as shown in the figure 2.7. Figure- 2.7: Change password screen • LOGOUT To logout from OSMFCP portal, click on the option “Logout” at the right corner of the screen as shown in the figure 2.6. • ADDING, EDITING &TRACKING PROPOSALS • ADD NEW PROPOSAL User Agency can submit details of the proposals (Form-A, Part-I) seeking prior forests clearance for the diversion of forests land to be diverted for non-forestry purposes. After submitting the proposal details, UA can track the status of the proposal submitted as per the flow defined in the system. They are supposed to check their emails and SMSs for further action at their end. To submit a new proposal, following procedure may be adopted: • To add a new proposal, click on „My Proposals‟ tab. Then click on the Allocation of Fresh Forest land (Form-A) link available under „Add New Proposal’ link as shown in Figure 3.1. Figure 3.1: First screen for Adding New Proposal • After clicking on „Allocation of Fresh Forest land (Form-A)‟, Form-A will be displayed on screen as shown in figure-3.2. Figure: 3.2 Details of Form-A, Part-I to be filled in by UA • Fill up the form (Form-A, Part-I) displayed at Figure 3.2. Note: Form-A contains four (7) pages for the proposals for all categories except Mining sector. Form-A for Mining cases contains Five (9) pages. User Agency is advised to follow all the instructions given on the pages. The parameters marked with * are mandatory. • User Agency can save the proposal in Draft mode by clicking on „Save as Draft‟ button available on first page of Form-A, Part-I or they may click on „Next‟ button for filling up other pages. If „Save as Draft‟ button is clicked, a Unique proposal no. will be generated automatically by the system and the same would be communicated to the user through pop-up message. If user clicks on „OK‟ of pop- up message, control will come back to the first page. Then UA may fill up other pages by clicking on „Next‟ button. • User Agency has to click on „Save as Draft‟ or „Save and lock’ button available on last page for saving the entire form. Note: Modifications can be made in the proposal, if it is saved by clicking on „Save in Draft’ button. No change can be made in the proposal, if it is saved by clicking on „Save & lock‟ button. Please ensure that all details have been uploaded properly before saving in lock mode. • After successfully addition of proposal, an acknowledgement letter is emailed automatically to the email-id of User Agency and the proposal is sent to the concerned Nodal Officer for further necessary action. Concerned Nodal Officer will get the email notification alert. User Agency can submit original proposal to Nodal Officer along with acknowledgement letter and other relevant documents. Similarly, other proposals (Form-B and Form-C) can be submitted through the portal. • UPDATE NEW PROPOSAL The details of the proposals can be updated by User Agency if these details have been submitted by clicking on „Save as Draft‟ button. No change can be made if proposal is saved and locked. To update the submitted proposal, the following procedure may be adopted: Step 1: To update a proposal, click on „My Proposals‟ tab. Then click on the View/Edit Form-A link available under „View/Edit New Proposal‟ link as shown in Figure 3.4. Figure 3.4: First screen for viewing/editing new proposal Step 2: After clicking on „View/Edit Form-A‟ link, the following will be displayed on screen as shown in figure-3.5 Figure 3.5: Second screen for viewing/editing new proposal • Step 3: Click on Edit icon displayed against proposal no. to view/edit the proposal details. After clicking on Edit icon, Edit/View form will be displayed as shown in Figure-3.6. User Agency can update the information and then may submit it by clicking on „Save & lock‟ button. Once application is saved by using this option, no further changes can be made in the proposal. Similarly, other proposals (Form-B and Form-C) can be edited on the portal. Figure 3.6: Second screen for viewing/editing new proposal • VIEW STATUS OF SUBMI TTED PROPOSALS User Agency can see online decision and status of concerned submitted proposals by clicking on the View Status of Submitted Proposals link under My Project option as shown in the Figure 3.7. Similarly, status of other proposals (Form-B and Form-C) can also be viewed on portal. Figure-3.7: Status of Submitted Proposals • ESSENTAIL DETAILS SO UGHT BY FOREST DEPAR TMENT After submission of proposal successfully, Forest department may sought essential details from User Agency at any level (Nodal Officer/DFO/Circle etc) during processing of proposal. An email/sms alert will be sent by Forest department to User Agency for the same. User Agency can view the details needed by forest department for further processing. The following steps could be followed for the same. • Click on Essential Details Sought by Forest Department link under My Proposals. Then, the following details will be displayed on screen. Figure-3.8 Screen showing summary of proposals in which essential details have to be submitted by UA • User Agency can view the Essential Details Sought (EDS) by Forest department as shown in figure 3.9 and then may reply to the query. The system will show the status of the proposal as „Pending at UA” till the reply is uploaded on portal. Figure-3.9Form for submitting reply by UA This completes the process at User Agency. • ANNEXURE A Frequently Asked Questions (FAQs) • What does OSMFCP stand for? Ans. Online Submission and Monitoring of Forests Clearances Proposals. • What does UA stand for? Ans. User Agency. • How UA can register and login on the OMSFCP portal? Ans. User Agency can click on Register (New User Agency) tab available on main page of the portal (http://forestsclearance.nic.in). Then a registration form will be displayed on the screen. When UA submits Registration form, then a user-id (email of UA) and password will be emailed automatically to UA‟s email-id. UA can login with these credentials. • Where is all the information regarding the OSMFCP residing? Ans. All the proposal information is available on Forests Clearance portal. Click here to visit. • What are the key benefits for the department adopting the Online Submission and Monitoring of Forests Clearances Proposals? Ans. It provides transparency and efficiency in the working environment, minimizes the processing delay, helps in timely disposal of important issues, enables one to work from anywhere, anytime, leads to a paperless working and provides ease and flexibility in the retrieval of various reports. • Are all the necessary fields required to be filled while submitting the proposal online? Ans. All the required field should be filled otherwise system will not allow submitting the proposal. • Is it possible to add more proposals after the acceptance for consideration of the proposal submitted by UA? Ans. Yes, the UA can add more proposals after acceptance of a proposal by forest department. • How Forest department will inform UAs if any additional information is sought from them? Ans.UA will receive an email if any additional information is sought by forest department. The same could be viewed by UA by clicking on Essential Details sought by Forest department under My proposals. • Is it possible to see the contact detail of Ministry Nodal Officer for Private Entrepreneur? Ans. Yes, List of Nodal Officers is available on the website. • Can Private Entrepreneur/UA track the progress of their proposal? Ans. Yes, they can see the progress as well as the decisions. • Is Captcha code necessary? Ans. Yes, due to the Security Guidelines, it is necessary to insert the code at every transaction. • Is it mandatory to change the password from default given password? Ans. Yes, it is mandatory to change the password on first login after receiving the default password. • Is it possible to see the list of all the proposals submitted by UA? Ans. Yes, the list of projects considered by PMG is available on the website. • Can more than one proposal be added by one user agency? Ans. Yes, more than one proposal can be added by one user agency. (Published in the Gazette of India, Extraordinary, Part-II, and Section 3, Sub-section (ii) MINISTRY OF ENVIRONMENT AND FORESTS New Delhi 14th September, 2006 Notification S.O. 1533 Whereas, a draft notification under sub-rule (3) of Rule 5 of the Environment (Protection) Rules, 1986 for imposing certain restrictions and prohibitions on new projects or activities, or on the expansion or modernization of existing projects or activities based on their potential environmental impacts as indicated in the Schedule to the notification, being undertaken in any part of India1, unless prior environmental clearance has been accorded in accordance with the objectives of National Environment Policy as approved by the Union Cabinet on 18th May, 2006 and the procedure specified in the notification, by the Central Government or the State or Union territory Level Environment Impact Assessment Authority (SEIAA), to be constituted by the Central Government in consultation with the State Government or the Union territory Administration concerned under sub-section (3) of section 3 of the Environment (Protection) Act, 1986 for the purpose of this notification, was published in the Gazette of India ,Extraordinary, Part II, section 3, sub-section (ii) vide number S.O. 1324 (E) dated the 15th September ,2005 inviting objections and suggestions from all persons likely to be affected thereby within a period of sixty days from the date on which copies of Gazette containing the said notification were made available to the public; And whereas, copies of the said notification were made available to the public on 15th September, 2005; And whereas, all objections and suggestions received in response to the above mentioned draft notification have been duly considered by the Central Government; Now, therefore, in exercise of the powers conferred by sub-section (1) and clause (v) of sub-section (2) of section 3 of the Environment (Protection) Act, 1986, read with clause (d) of sub-rule (3) of rule 5 of the Environment (Protection) Rules, 1986 and in supersession of the notification number S.O. 60 (E) dated the 27th January, 1994, except in respect of things done or omitted to be done before such supersession, the Central Government hereby directs that on and from the date of its publication the required construction of new projects or activities or the expansion or modernization of existing projects or activities listed in the Schedule to this notification entailing capacity addition with change in process and or technology shall be undertaken in any part of India only after the prior environmental clearance from the Central Government or as the case may be, by the State Level Environment Impact Assessment Authority, duly constituted by the Central Government under sub-section (3) of section 3 of the said Act, in accordance with the procedure specified hereinafter in this notification. _________________________ 1 Includes the territorial waters 1 2. Requirements of prior Environmental Clearance (EC):- The following projects or activities shall require prior environmental clearance from the concerned regulatory authority, which shall hereinafter referred to be as the Central Government in the Ministry of Environment and Forests for matters falling under Category ‘A’ in the Schedule and at State level the State Environment Impact Assessment Authority (SEIAA) for matters falling under Category ‘B’ in the said Schedule, before any construction work, or preparation of land by the project management except for securing the land, is started on the project or activity: (i) All new projects or activities listed in the Schedule to this notification; (ii) Expansion and modernization of existing projects or activities listed in the Schedule to this notification with addition of capacity beyond the limits specified for the concerned sector, that is, projects or activities which cross the threshold limits given in the Schedule, after expansion or modernization; (iii) Any change in product - mix in an existing manufacturing unit included in Schedule beyond the specified range. 3. State Level Environment Impact Assessment Authority:- (1) A State Level Environment Impact Assessment Authority hereinafter referred to as the SEIAA shall be constituted by the Central Government under sub-section (3) of section 3 of the Environment (Protection) Act, 1986 comprising of three Members including a Chairman and a Member – Secretary to be nominated by the State Government or the Union territory Administration concerned. (2) The Member-Secretary shall be a serving officer of the concerned State Government or Union territory administration familiar with environmental laws. (3) The other two Members shall be either a professional or expert fulfilling the eligibility criteria given in Appendix VI to this notification. (4) One of the specified Members in sub-paragraph (3) above who is an expert in the Environmental Impact Assessment process shall be the Chairman of the SEIAA. (5) The State Government or Union territory Administration shall forward the names of the Members and the Chairman referred in sub- paragraph 3 to 4 above to the Central Government and the Central Government shall constitute the SEIAA as an authority for the purposes of this notification within thirty days of the date of receipt of the names. (6) The non-official Member and the Chairman shall have a fixed term of three years (from the date of the publication of the notification by the Central Government constituting the authority). (7) All decisions of the SEIAA shall be unanimous and taken in a meeting. 4. Categorization of projects and activities:- (i) All projects and activities are broadly categorized in to two categories - Category A and Category B, based on the spatial extent of potential impacts and potential impacts on human health and natural and man made resources. 2 (ii) All projects or activities included as Category ‘A’ in the Schedule, including expansion and modernization of existing projects or activities and change in product mix, shall require prior environmental clearance from the Central Government in the Ministry of Environment and Forests (MoEF) on the recommendations of an Expert Appraisal Committee (EAC) to be constituted by the Central Government for the purposes of this notification; (iii) All projects or activities included as Category ‘B’ in the Schedule, including expansion and modernization of existing projects or activities as specified in sub paragraph (ii) of paragraph 2, or change in product mix as specified in sub paragraph (iii) of paragraph 2, but excluding those which fulfill the General Conditions (GC) stipulated in the Schedule, will require prior environmental clearance from the State/Union territory Environment Impact Assessment Authority (SEIAA). The SEIAA shall base its decision on the recommendations of a State or Union territory level Expert Appraisal Committee (SEAC) as to be constituted for in this notification. In the absence of a duly constituted SEIAA or SEAC, a Category ‘B’ project shall be treated as a Category ‘A’ project; 5. Screening, Scoping and Appraisal Committees:- The same Expert Appraisal Committees (EACs) at the Central Government and SEACs (hereinafter referred to as the (EAC) and (SEAC) at the State or the Union territory level shall screen, scope and appraise projects or activities in Category ‘A’ and Category ‘B’ respectively. EAC and SEAC’s shall meet at least once every month. (a) The composition of the EAC shall be as given in Appendix VI. The SEAC at the State or the Union territory level shall be constituted by the Central Government in consultation with the concerned State Government or the Union territory Administration with identical composition; (b) The Central Government may, with the prior concurrence of the concerned State Governments or the Union territory Administrations, constitutes one SEAC for more than one State or Union territory for reasons of administrative convenience and cost; (c) The EAC and SEAC shall be reconstituted after every three years; (d) The authorised members of the EAC and SEAC, concerned, may inspect any site(s) connected with the project or activity in respect of which the prior environmental clearance is sought, for the purposes of screening or scoping or appraisal, with prior notice of at least seven days to the applicant, who shall provide necessary facilities for the inspection; (e) The EAC and SEACs shall function on the principle of collective responsibility. The Chairperson shall endeavour to reach a consensus in each case, and if consensus cannot be reached, the view of the majority shall prevail. 6. Application for Prior Environmental Clearance (EC):- An application seeking prior environmental clearance in all cases shall be made in the prescribed Form 1 annexed herewith and Supplementary Form 1A, if applicable, as given in Appendix II, after the identification of prospective site(s) for the project and/or activities to which the application relates, before commencing any construction activity, or preparation of land, at the site by the applicant. The applicant shall furnish, along with the application, a copy of the pre-feasibility project report except that, in case of construction projects or activities (item 8 of the Schedule) in addition to Form 1 and the Supplementary Form 1A, a copy of the conceptual plan shall be provided, instead of the pre-feasibility report. 3 7. Stages in the Prior Environmental Clearance (EC) Process for New Projects:- 7(i) The environmental clearance process for new projects will comprise of a maximum of four stages, all of which may not apply to particular cases as set forth below in this notification. These four stages in sequential order are:- • Stage (1) Screening (Only for Category ‘B’ projects and activities) • Stage (2) Scoping • Stage (3) Public Consultation • Stage (4) Appraisal I. Stage (1) - Screening: In case of Category ‘B’ projects or activities, this stage will entail the scrutiny of an application seeking prior environmental clearance made in Form 1 by the concerned State level Expert Appraisal Committee (SEAC) for determining whether or not the project or activity requires further environmental studies for preparation of an Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) for its appraisal prior to the grant of environmental clearance depending up on the nature and location specificity of the project . The projects requiring an Environmental Impact Assessment report shall be termed Category ‘B1’ and remaining projects shall be termed Category ‘B2’ and will not require an Environment Impact Assessment report. For categorization of projects into B1 or B2 except item 8 (b), the Ministry of Environment and Forests shall issue appropriate guidelines from time to time. II. Stage (2) - Scoping: (i) “Scoping”: refers to the process by which the Expert Appraisal Committee in the case of Category ‘A’ projects or activities, and State level Expert Appraisal Committee in the case of Category ‘B1’ projects or activities, including applications for expansion and/or modernization and/or change in product mix of existing projects or activities, determine detailed and comprehensive Terms Of Reference (TOR) addressing all relevant environmental concerns for the preparation of an Environment Impact Assessment (EIA) Report in respect of the project or activity for which prior environmental clearance is sought. The Expert Appraisal Committee or State level Expert Appraisal Committee concerned shall determine the Terms of Reference on the basis of the information furnished in the prescribed application Form1/Form 1A including Terns of Reference proposed by the applicant, a site visit by a sub- group of Expert Appraisal Committee or State level Expert Appraisal Committee concerned only if considered necessary by the Expert Appraisal Committee or State Level Expert Appraisal Committee concerned, Terms of Reference suggested by the applicant if furnished and other information that may be available with the Expert Appraisal Committee or State Level Expert Appraisal Committee concerned. All projects and activities listed as Category ‘B’ in Item 8 of the Schedule (Construction/Township/Commercial Complexes /Housing) shall not require Scoping and will be appraised on the basis of Form 1/ Form 1A and the conceptual plan. (ii) The Terms of Reference (TOR) shall be conveyed to the applicant by the Expert Appraisal Committee or State Level Expert Appraisal Committee as concerned within sixty days of the receipt of Form 1. In the case of Category A Hydroelectric projects Item 1(c) (i) of the Schedule the Terms of Reference shall be conveyed along with the clearance for pre-construction activities .If the Terms of Reference are not finalized and conveyed to the applicant within sixty days of the receipt of Form 1, the Terms of Reference suggested by the applicant shall be deemed as the final Terms of Reference approved for the EIA studies. The approved Terms of 4 Reference shall be displayed on the website of the Ministry of Environment and Forests and the concerned State Level Environment Impact Assessment Authority. (iii) Applications for prior environmental clearance may be rejected by the regulatory authority concerned on the recommendation of the EAC or SEAC concerned at this stage itself. In case of such rejection, the decision together with reasons for the same shall be communicated to the applicant in writing within sixty days of the receipt of the application. III. Stage (3) - Public Consultation: (i) “Public Consultation” refers to the process by which the concerns of local affected persons and others who have plausible stake in the environmental impacts of the project or activity are ascertained with a view to taking into account all the material concerns in the project or activity design as appropriate. All Category ‘A’ and Category B1 projects or activities shall undertake Public Consultation, except the following:- (a) modernization of irrigation projects (item 1(c) (ii) of the Schedule). (b) all projects or activities located within industrial estates or parks (item 7(c) of the Schedule) approved by the concerned authorities, and which are not disallowed in such approvals. (c) expansion of Roads and Highways (item 7 (f) of the Schedule) which do not involve any further acquisition of land. (d) all Building /Construction projects/Area Development projects and Townships (item 8). (e) all Category ‘B2’ projects and activities. (f) all projects or activities concerning national defence and security or involving other strategic considerations as determined by the Central Government. (ii) The Public Consultation shall ordinarily have two components comprising of:- (a) a public hearing at the site or in its close proximity- district wise, to be carried out in the manner prescribed in Appendix IV, for ascertaining concerns of local affected persons; (b) obtain responses in writing from other concerned persons having a plausible stake in the environmental aspects of the project or activity. (iii) the public hearing at, or in close proximity to, the site(s) in all cases shall be conducted by the State Pollution Control Board (SPCB) or the Union territory Pollution Control Committee (UTPCC) concerned in the specified manner and forward the proceedings to the regulatory authority concerned within 45(forty five ) of a request to the effect from the applicant. (iv) in case the State Pollution Control Board or the Union territory Pollution Control Committee concerned does not undertake and complete the public hearing within the specified period, and/or does not convey the proceedings of the public hearing within the prescribed period 5 directly to the regulatory authority concerned as above, the regulatory authority shall engage another public agency or authority which is not subordinate to the regulatory authority, to complete the process within a further period of forty five days,. (v) If the public agency or authority nominated under the sub paragraph (iii) above reports to the regulatory authority concerned that owing to the local situation, it is not possible to conduct the public hearing in a manner which will enable the views of the concerned local persons to be freely expressed, it shall report the facts in detail to the concerned regulatory authority, which may, after due consideration of the report and other reliable information that it may have, decide that the public consultation in the case need not include the public hearing. (vi) For obtaining responses in writing from other concerned persons having a plausible stake in the environmental aspects of the project or activity, the concerned regulatory authority and the State Pollution Control Board (SPCB) or the Union territory Pollution Control Committee (UTPCC) shall invite responses from such concerned persons by placing on their website the Summary EIA report prepared in the format given in Appendix IIIA by the applicant along with a copy of the application in the prescribed form , within seven days of the receipt of a written request for arranging the public hearing . Confidential information including non-disclosable or legally privileged information involving Intellectual Property Right, source specified in the application shall not be placed on the web site. The regulatory authority concerned may also use other appropriate media for ensuring wide publicity about the project or activity. The regulatory authority shall, however, make available on a written request from any concerned person the Draft EIA report for inspection at a notified place during normal office hours till the date of the public hearing. All the responses received as part of this public consultation process shall be forwarded to the applicant through the quickest available means. (vii) After completion of the public consultation, the applicant shall address all the material environmental concerns expressed during this process, and make appropriate changes in the draft EIA and EMP. The final EIA report, so prepared, shall be submitted by the applicant to the concerned regulatory authority for appraisal. The applicant may alternatively submit a supplementary report to draft EIA and EMP addressing all the concerns expressed during the public consultation. IV. Stage (4) - Appraisal: (i) Appraisal means the detailed scrutiny by the Expert Appraisal Committee or State Level Expert Appraisal Committee of the application and other documents like the Final EIA report, outcome of the public consultations including public hearing proceedings, submitted by the applicant to the regulatory authority concerned for grant of environmental clearance. This appraisal shall be made by Expert Appraisal Committee or State Level Expert Appraisal Committee concerned in a transparent manner in a proceeding to which the applicant shall be invited for furnishing necessary clarifications in person or through an authorized representative. On conclusion of this proceeding, the Expert Appraisal Committee or State Level Expert Appraisal Committee concerned shall make categorical recommendations to the regulatory authority concerned either for grant of prior environmental clearance on stipulated terms and conditions, or rejection of the application for prior environmental clearance, together with reasons for the same. (ii) The appraisal of all projects or activities which are not required to undergo public consultation, or submit an Environment Impact Assessment report, shall be carried out on the basis of the prescribed application Form 1 and Form 1A as applicable, any other relevant 6 validated information available and the site visit wherever the same is considered as necessary by the Expert Appraisal Committee or State Level Expert Appraisal Committee concerned. (iii) The appraisal of an application be shall be completed by the Expert Appraisal Committee or State Level Expert Appraisal Committee concerned within sixty days of the receipt of the final Environment Impact Assessment report and other documents or the receipt of Form 1 and Form 1 A, where public consultation is not necessary and the recommendations of the Expert Appraisal Committee or State Level Expert Appraisal Committee shall be placed before the competent authority for a final decision within the next fifteen days .The prescribed procedure for appraisal is given in Appendix V ; 7(ii). Prior Environmental Clearance (EC) process for Expansion or Modernization or Change of product mix in existing projects: All applications seeking prior environmental clearance for expansion with increase in the production capacity beyond the capacity for which prior environmental clearance has been granted under this notification or with increase in either lease area or production capacity in the case of mining projects or for the modernization of an existing unit with increase in the total production capacity beyond the threshold limit prescribed in the Schedule to this notification through change in process and or technology or involving a change in the product –mix shall be made in Form I and they shall be considered by the concerned Expert Appraisal Committee or State Level Expert Appraisal Committee within sixty days, who will decide on the due diligence necessary including preparation of EIA and public consultations and the application shall be appraised accordingly for grant of environmental clearance. 8.Grant or Rejection of Prior Environmental Clearance (EC): (i) The regulatory authority shall consider the recommendations of the EAC or SEAC concerned and convey its decision to the applicant within forty five days of the receipt of the recommendations of the Expert Appraisal Committee or State Level Expert Appraisal Committee concerned or in other words within one hundred and five days of the receipt of the final Environment Impact Assessment Report, and where Environment Impact Assessment is not required, within one hundred and five days of the receipt of the complete application with requisite documents, except as provided below. (ii) The regulatory authority shall normally accept the recommendations of the Expert Appraisal Committee or State Level Expert Appraisal Committee concerned. In cases where it disagrees with the recommendations of the Expert Appraisal Committee or State Level Expert Appraisal Committee concerned, the regulatory authority shall request reconsideration by the Expert Appraisal Committee or State Level Expert Appraisal Committee concerned within forty five days of the receipt of the recommendations of the Expert Appraisal Committee or State Level Expert Appraisal Committee concerned while stating the reasons for the disagreement. An intimation of this decision shall be simultaneously conveyed to the applicant. The Expert Appraisal Committee or State Level Expert Appraisal Committee concerned, in turn, shall consider the observations of the regulatory authority and furnish its views on the same within a further period of sixty days. The decision of the regulatory authority after considering the views of the Expert Appraisal Committee or State Level Expert Appraisal Committee concerned shall be final and conveyed to the applicant by the regulatory authority concerned within the next thirty days. (iii) In the event that the decision of the regulatory authority is not communicated to the applicant within the period specified in sub-paragraphs (i) or (ii) above, as applicable, the 7 applicant may proceed as if the environment clearance sought for has been granted or denied by the regulatory authority in terms of the final recommendations of the Expert Appraisal Committee or State Level Expert Appraisal Committee concerned. (iv) On expiry of the period specified for decision by the regulatory authority under paragraph (i) and (ii) above, as applicable, the decision of the regulatory authority, and the final recommendations of the Expert Appraisal Committee or State Level Expert Appraisal Committee concerned shall be public documents. (v) Clearances from other regulatory bodies or authorities shall not be required prior to receipt of applications for prior environmental clearance of projects or activities, or screening, or scoping, or appraisal, or decision by the regulatory authority concerned, unless any of these is sequentially dependent on such clearance either due to a requirement of law, or for necessary technical reasons. (vi) Deliberate concealment and/or submission of false or misleading information or data which is material to screening or scoping or appraisal or decision on the application shall make the application liable for rejection, and cancellation of prior environmental clearance granted on that basis. Rejection of an application or cancellation of a prior environmental clearance already granted, on such ground, shall be decided by the regulatory authority, after giving a personal hearing to the applicant, and following the principles of natural justice. 9. Validity of Environmental Clearance (EC): The “Validity of Environmental Clearance” is meant the period from which a prior environmental clearance is granted by the regulatory authority, or may be presumed by the applicant to have been granted under sub paragraph (iv) of paragraph 7 above, to the start of production operations by the project or activity, or completion of all construction operations in case of construction projects (item 8 of the Schedule), to which the application for prior environmental clearance refers. The prior environmental clearance granted for a project or activity shall be valid for a period of ten years in the case of River Valley projects (item 1(c) of the Schedule), project life as estimated by Expert Appraisal Committee or State Level Expert Appraisal Committee subject to a maximum of thirty years for mining projects and five years in the case of all other projects and activities. However, in the case of Area Development projects and Townships [item 8(b)], the validity period shall be limited only to such activities as may be the responsibility of the applicant as a developer. This period of validity may be extended by the regulatory authority concerned by a maximum period of five years provided an application is made to the regulatory authority by the applicant within the validity period, together with an updated Form 1, and Supplementary Form 1A, for Construction projects or activities (item 8 of the Schedule). In this regard the regulatory authority may also consult the Expert Appraisal Committee or State Level Expert Appraisal Committee as the case may be. 10. Post Environmental Clearance Monitoring: (i) It shall be mandatory for the project management to submit half-yearly compliance reports in respect of the stipulated prior environmental clearance terms and conditions in hard and soft copies to the regulatory authority concerned, on 1st June and 1st December of each calendar year. (ii) All such compliance reports submitted by the project management shall be public documents. Copies of the same shall be given to any person on application to the concerned regulatory authority. The latest such compliance report shall also be displayed on the web site of the concerned regulatory authority. 8 11. Transferability of Environmental Clearance (EC): A prior environmental clearance granted for a specific project or activity to an applicant may be transferred during its validity to another legal person entitled to undertake the project or activity on application by the transferor, or by the transferee with a written “no objection” by the transferor, to, and by the regulatory authority concerned, on the same terms and conditions under which the prior environmental clearance was initially granted, and for the same validity period. No reference to the Expert Appraisal Committee or State Level Expert Appraisal Committee concerned is necessary in such cases. 12. Operation of EIA Notification, 1994, till disposal of pending cases: From the date of final publication of this notification the Environment Impact Assessment (EIA) notification number S.O.60 (E) dated 27th January, 1994 is hereby superseded, except in suppression of the things done or omitted to be done before such suppression to the extent that in case of all or some types of applications made for prior environmental clearance and pending on the date of final publication of this notification, the Central Government may relax any one or all provisions of this notification except the list of the projects or activities requiring prior environmental clearance in Schedule I , or continue operation of some or all provisions of the said notification, for a period not exceeding one year from the date of issue of this notification. [No. J-11013/56/2004-IA-II (I)] (R.CHANDRAMOHAN) JOINT SECRETARY TO THE GOVERNMENT OF INDIA 9 SCHEDULE (See paragraph 2 and 7) LIST OF PROJECTS OR ACTIVITIES REQUIRING PRIOR ENVIRONMENTAL CLEARANCE Category with threshold limit Conditions if any Project or Activity A B 1 Mining, extraction of natural resources and power generation (for a specified production capacity) (a) ( (1) (2) (3) (4) (5) 1(a) Mining of minerals ≥ 50 ha. of mining lease area <50 ha General Condition ≥ 5 ha .of mining shall apply Asbestos mining irrespective of lease area. Note mining area Mineral prospecting (not involving drilling) are exempted provided the concession areas have got previous clearance for physical survey 1(b) Offshore and All projects Note onshore oil and gas Exploration Surveys exploration, (not involving drilling) development & are exempted provided production the concession areas have got previous clearance for physical survey 1(c) River Valley (i) ≥ 50 MW hydroelectric (i) < 50 MW ≥ 25 General Condition shall projects power generation; MW hydroelectric apply (ii) ≥ 10,000 ha. of culturable power generation; command area (ii) < 10,000 ha. of culturable command area 1(d) Thermal Power ≥ 500 MW (coal/lignite/naphta < 500 MW General Condition shall Plants & gas based); (coal/lignite/naptha & apply ≥ 50 MW (Pet coke diesel and gas based); all other fuels ) <50 MW ≥ 5MW (Pet coke ,diesel and all other fuels ) 10 (1) (2) (3) (4) (5) 1(e) Nuclear power All projects - projects and processing of nuclear fuel 2 Primary Processing 2(a) Coal washeries ≥ 1 million ton/annum <1million ton/annum General Condition shall throughput of coal throughput of coal apply (If located within mining area the proposal shall be appraised together with the mining proposal) 2 (b) Mineral ≥ 0.1million ton/annum < 0.1million ton/annum General Condition shall beneficiation mineral throughput mineral throughput apply (Mining proposal with Mineral beneficiation shall be appraised together for grant of clearance) 11 3 Materials Production (1) (2) (3) (4) (5) 3(a) Metallurgical a)Primary industries (ferrous metallurgical industry & non ferrous) All projects b) Sponge iron manufacturing Sponge iron General Condition shall ≥ 200TPD manufacturing apply for Sponge iron <200TPD manufacturing c)Secondary metallurgical Secondary metallurgical processing industry processing industry All toxic and heavy i.)All toxic metal producing units andheavymetal producing ≥ 20,000 tonnes units /annum <20,000 tonnes /annum - ii.)All other non –toxic secondary metallurgical processing industries >5000 tonnes/annum 3( b) Cement plants ≥ 1.0 million <1.0 million General Condition shall tonnes/annum tonnes/annum production apply production capacity capacity. All Stand alone grinding units 12 4 Materials Processing (1) (2) (3) (4) (5) 4(a) Petroleum refining All projects - - industry 4(b) Coke oven plants ≥2,50,000 <2,50,000 & - tonnes/annum ≥25,000 tonnes/annum - 4(c ) Asbestos milling All projects - - and asbestos based products 4(d) Chlor-alkali ≥300 TPD production <300 TPD production Specific Condition shall industry capacityor a unit capacity apply located out side the and located within a notified industrial area/ notified industrial area/ No new Mercury Cell estate estate based plants will be permitted and existing units converting to membrane cell technology are exempted from this Notification 4(e) Soda ash Industry All projects - - 4(f) Leather/skin/hide New projects outside All new or expansion of Specific condition shall processing the industrial area or projects located within a apply industry expansion of existing notified industrial area/ units out side the estate industrial area 5 Manufacturing/Fabrication 5(a) Chemical All projects - - fertilizers 5(b) Pesticides industry All units producing - - and pesticide technical grade specific pesticides intermediates (excluding formulations) 13 (1) (2) (3) (4) (5) 5(c) Petro-chemical All projects - - complexes - (industries based on processing of petroleum fractions & natural gas and/or reforming to aromatics) 5(d) Manmade fibres Rayon Others General Condition shall manufacturing apply 5(e) Petrochemical Located out side the Located in a notified Specific Condition shall based processing notified industrial area/ industrial area/ estate apply (processes other estate than cracking & - reformation and not covered under the complexes) 5(f) Synthetic organic Located out side the Located in a notified Specific Condition shall chemicals industry notified industrial area/ industrial area/ estate apply (dyes & dye estate intermediates; bulk drugs and intermediates excluding drug formulations; synthetic rubbers; basic organic chemicals, other synthetic organic chemicals and chemical intermediates) 5(g) Distilleries (i)All Molasses based All Cane juice/non- General Condition shall distilleries molasses based distilleries apply – (ii) All Cane juice/ <30 KLD non-molasses based distilleries ≥30 KLD 5(h) Integrated paint - All projects General Condition shall industry apply 14 (1) (2) (3) (4) (5) 5(i) Pulp & paper Pulp manufacturing Paper manufacturing General Condition shall industry excluding and industry without pulp apply manufacturing of manufacturing paper from waste Pulp& Paper paper and manufacturing industry manufacture of - paper from ready pulp with out bleaching 5(j) Sugar Industry - ≥ 5000 tcd cane crushing General Condition shall - capacity apply 5(k) Induction/arc - All projects General Condition shall furnaces/cupola - apply furnaces 5TPH or more 6 Service Sectors 6(a) Oil & gas All projects - transportation pipe - line (crude and refinery/ petrochemical products), passing through national parks /sanctuaries/coral reefs /ecologically sensitive areas including LNG Terminal 15 (1) (2) (3) (4) (5) 6(b) Isolated storage & - All projects General Condition shall handling of apply hazardous chemicals (As per threshold planning quantity indicated in column 3 of schedule 2 & 3 of MSIHC Rules 1989 amended 2000) 7 Physical Infrastructure including Environmental Services 7(a) Air ports All projects - - 7(b) All ship breaking All projects - - yards including ship breaking units 7(c) Industrial estates/ If at least one industry Industrial estates housing Special condition shall apply parks/ complexes/ in the proposed at least one Category B areas, export industrial estate falls industry and area <500 Note: processing Zones under the Category A, ha. Industrial Estate of area (EPZs), Special entire industrial area below 500 ha. and not Economic Zones shall be treated as housing any industry of (SEZs), Biotech Category A, category A or B does not Parks, Leather irrespective of the area. require clearance. Complexes. Industrial estates with area greater than 500 ha. and housing at least Industrial estates of area> one Category B 500 ha. and not housing industry. any industry belonging to Category A or B. 7(d) Common All integrated facilities All facilities having land General Condition shall hazardous waste having incineration fill only apply treatment, storage &landfill or and disposal incineration alone facilities (TSDFs) 16 (1) (2) (3) (4) (5) 7(e) Ports, Harbours ≥ 5 million TPA of < 5 million TPA of cargo General Condition shall cargo handling handling capacity and/or apply capacity (excluding ports/ harbours ≥10,000 fishing harbours) TPA of fish handling capacity 7(f) Highways i) New National High i) New State High ways; General Condition shall ways; and and apply ii) Expansion of ii) Expansion of National National High ways / State Highways greater greater than 30 KM, than 30 km involving involving additional additional right of way right of way greater greater than 20m than 20m involving involving land land acquisition and acquisition. passing through more than one State. 7(g) Aerial ropeways All projects General Condition shall apply 7(h) Common All projects General Condition shall Effluent apply Treatment Plants (CETPs) 7(i) Common All projects General Condition shall Municipal Solid apply Waste Management Facility (CMSWMF) 17 (1) (2) (3) (4) (5) 8 Building /Construction projects/Area Development projects and Townships 8(a) Building and ≥20000 sq.mtrs and #(built up area for covered Construction <1,50,000 sq.mtrs. of construction; in the case of projects built-up area# facilities open to the sky, it will be the activity area ) 8(b) Townships and Covering an area ≥ 50 ha ++All projects under Item Area Development and or built up area 8(b) shall be appraised as projects. ≥1,50,000 sq .mtrs ++ Category B1 Note:- General Condition (GC): Any project or activity specified in Category ‘B’ will be treated as Category A, if located in whole or in part within 10 km from the boundary of: (i) Protected Areas notified under the Wild Life (Protection) Act, 1972, (ii) Critically Polluted areas as notified by the Central Pollution Control Board from time to time, (iii) Notified Eco-sensitive areas, (iv) inter-State boundaries and international boundaries. Specific Condition (SC): If any Industrial Estate/Complex / Export processing Zones /Special Economic Zones/Biotech Parks / Leather Complex with homogeneous type of industries such as Items 4(d), 4(f), 5(e), 5(f), or those Industrial estates with pre –defined set of activities (not necessarily homogeneous, obtains prior environmental clearance, individual industries including proposed industrial housing within such estates /complexes will not be required to take prior environmental clearance, so long as the Terms and Conditions for the industrial estate/complex are complied with (Such estates/complexes must have a clearly identified management with the legal responsibility of ensuring adherence to the Terms and Conditions of prior environmental clearance, who may be held responsible for violation of the same throughout the life of the complex/estate). 18 APPENDIX I (See paragraph – 6) FORM 1 (I) Basic Information Name of the Project: Location / site alternatives under consideration: Size of the Project: * Expected cost of the project: Contact Information: Screening Category: • Capacity corresponding to sectoral activity (such as production capacity for manufacturing, mining lease area and production capacity for mineral production, area for mineral exploration, length for linear transport infrastructure, generation capacity for power generation etc.,) (II) Activity 1. Construction, operation or decommissioning of the Project involving actions, which will cause physical changes in the locality (topography, land use, changes in water bodies, etc.) Details thereof (with approximate quantities /rates, S.No. Information/Checklist confirmation Yes/No wherever possible) with source of information data 1.1 Permanent or temporary change in land use, land cover or topography including increase in intensity of land use (with respect to local land use plan) 1.2 Clearance of existing land, vegetation and buildings? 1.3 Creation of new land uses? 1.4 Pre-construction investigations e.g. bore houses, soil testing? 1.5 Construction works? 19 1.6 Demolition works? 1.7 Temporary sites used for construction works or housing of construction workers? 1.8 Above ground buildings, structures or earthworks including linear structures, cut and fill or excavations 1.9 Underground works including mining or tunneling? 1.10 Reclamation works? 1.11 Dredging? 1.12 Offshore structures? 1.13 Production and manufacturing processes? 1.14 Facilities for storage of goods or materials? 1.15 Facilities for treatment or disposal of solid waste or liquid effluents? 1.16 Facilities for long term housing of operational workers? 1.17 New road, rail or sea traffic during construction or operation? 1.18 New road, rail, air waterborne or other transport infrastructure including new or altered routes and stations, ports, airports etc? 1.19 Closure or diversion of existing transport routes or infrastructure leading to changes in traffic movements? 1.20 New or diverted transmission lines or pipelines? 1.21 Impoundment, damming, culverting, realignment or other changes to the hydrology of watercourses or aquifers? 1.22 Stream crossings? 1.23 Abstraction or transfers of water form ground or surface waters? 1.24 Changes in water bodies or the land surface affecting drainage or run-off? 20 1.25 Transport of personnel or materials for construction, operation or decommissioning? 1.26 Long-term dismantling or decommissioning or restoration works? 1.27 Ongoing activity during decommissioning which could have an impact on the environment? 1.28 Influx of people to an area in either temporarily or permanently? 1.29 Introduction of alien species? 1.30 Loss of native species or genetic diversity? 1.31 Any other actions? 2. Use of Natural resources for construction or operation of the Project (such as land, water, materials or energy, especially any resources which are non-renewable or in short supply): Details thereof (with approximate quantities /rates, S.No. Information/checklist confirmation Yes/No wherever possible) with source of information data 2.1 Land especially undeveloped or agricultural land (ha) 2.2 Water (expected source & competing users) unit: KLD 2.3 Minerals (MT) 2.4 Construction material – stone, aggregates, sand / soil (expected source – MT) 2.5 Forests and timber (source – MT) 2.6 Energy including electricity and fuels (source, competing users) Unit: fuel (MT), energy (MW) 2.7 Any other natural resources (use appropriate standard units) 21 3. Use, storage, transport, handling or production of substances or materials, which could be harmful to human health or the environment or raise concerns about actual or perceived risks to human health. Details thereof (with approximate S.No. Information/Checklist confirmation Yes/No quantities/rates, wherever possible) with source of information data 3.1 Use of substances or materials, which are hazardous (as per MSIHC rules) to human health or the environment (flora, fauna, and water supplies) 3.2 Changes in occurrence of disease or affect disease vectors (e.g. insect or water borne diseases) 3.3 Affect the welfare of people e.g. by changing living conditions? 3.4 Vulnerable groups of people who could be affected by the project e.g. hospital patients, children, the elderly etc., 3.5 Any other causes 4. Production of solid wastes during construction or operation or decommissioning (MT/month) Details thereof (with approximate S.No. Information/Checklist confirmation Yes/No quantities/rates, wherever possible) with source of information data 4.1 Spoil, overburden or mine wastes 4.2 Municipal waste (domestic and or commercial wastes) 4.3 Hazardous wastes (as per Hazardous Waste Management Rules) 22 4.4 Other industrial process wastes 4.5 Surplus product 4.6 Sewage sludge or other sludge from effluent treatment 4.7 Construction or demolition wastes 4.8 Redundant machinery or equipment 4.9 Contaminated soils or other materials 4.10 Agricultural wastes 4.11 Other solid wastes 5. Release of pollutants or any hazardous, toxic or noxious substances to air (Kg/hr) Details thereof (with approximate S.No. Information/Checklist confirmation Yes/No quantities/rates, wherever possible) with source of information data 5.1 Emissions from combustion of fossil fuels from stationary or mobile sources 5.2 Emissions from production processes 5.3 Emissions from materials handling including storage or transport 5.4 Emissions from construction activities including plant and equipment 5.5 Dust or odours from handling of materials including construction materials, sewage and waste 23 5.6 Emissions from incineration of waste 5.7 Emissions from burning of waste in open air (e.g. slash materials, construction debris) 5.8 Emissions from any other sources 6. Generation of Noise and Vibration, and Emissions of Light and Heat: Yes/No Details thereof (with approximate quantities/rates, wherever S.No. Information/Checklist confirmation possible) with source of information data with source of information data 6.1 From operation of equipment e.g. engines, ventilation plant, crushers 6.2 From industrial or similar processes 6.3 From construction or demolition 6.4 From blasting or piling 6.5 From construction or operational traffic 6.6 From lighting or cooling systems 6.7 From any other sources 24 7. Risks of contamination of land or water from releases of pollutants into the ground or into sewers, surface waters, groundwater, coastal waters or the sea: Details thereof (with approximate S.No. Information/Checklist confirmation Yes/No quantities/rates, wherever possible) with source of information data 7.1 From handling, storage, use or spillage of hazardous materials 7.2 From discharge of sewage or other effluents to water or the land (expected mode and place of discharge) 7.3 By deposition of pollutants emitted to air into the land or into water 7.4 From any other sources 7.5 Is there a risk of long term build up of pollutants in the environment from these sources? 8. Risk of accidents during construction or operation of the Project, which could affect human health or the environment Details thereof (with approximate S.No. Information/Checklist confirmation Yes/No quantities/rates, wherever possible) with source of information data 8.1 From explosions, spillages, fires etc from storage, handling, use or production of hazardous substances 8.2 From any other causes 8.3 Could the project be affected by natural disasters causing environmental damage (e.g. floods, earthquakes, landslides, cloudburst etc)? 25 9. Factors which should be considered (such as consequential development) which could lead to environmental effects or the potential for cumulative impacts with other existing or planned activities in the locality Details thereof (with approximate S. No. Information/Checklist confirmation Yes/No quantities/rates, wherever possible) with source of information data 9.1 Lead to development of supporting. lities, ancillary development or development stimulated by the project which could have impact on the environment e.g.: • Supporting infrastructure (roads, power supply, waste or waste water treatment, etc.) • housing development • extractive industries • supply industries • other 9.2 Lead to after-use of the site, which could havean impact on the environment 9.3 Set a precedent for later developments 9.4 Have cumulative effects due to proximity to other existing or planned projects with similar effects (III) Environmental Sensitivity Aerial distance (within 15 S.No. Areas Name/ km.) Identity Proposed project location boundary 1 Areas protected under international conventions, national or local legislation for their ecological, landscape, cultural or other related value 26 2 Areas which are important or sensitive for ecological reasons - Wetlands, watercourses or other water bodies, coastal zone, biospheres, mountains, forests 3 Areas used by protected, important or sensitive species of flora or fauna for breeding, nesting, foraging, resting, over wintering, migration 4 Inland, coastal, marine or underground waters 5 State, National boundaries 6 Routes or facilities used by the public for access to recreation or other tourist, pilgrim areas 7 Defence installations 8 Densely populated or built-up area 9 Areas occupied by sensitive man-made land uses (hospitals, schools, places of worship, community facilities) 10 Areas containing important, high quality or scarce resources (ground water resources, surface resources, forestry, agriculture, fisheries, tourism, minerals) 11 Areas already subjected to pollution or environmental damage. (those where existing legal environmental standards are exceeded) 12 Areas susceptible to natural hazard which could cause the project to present environmental problems (earthquakes, subsidence, landslides, erosion, flooding or extreme or adverse climatic conditions) (IV). Proposed Terms of Reference for EIA studies 27 APPENDIX II (See paragraph 6) FORM-1 A (only for construction projects listed under item 8 of the Schedule) CHECK LIST OF ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS (Project proponents are required to provide full information and wherever necessary attach explanatory notes with the Form and submit along with proposed environmental management plan & monitoring programme) 1. LAND ENVIRONMENT (Attach panoramic view of the project site and the vicinity) 1.1. Will the existing landuse get significantly altered from the project that is not consistent with the surroundings? (Proposed landuse must conform to the approved Master Plan / Development Plan of the area. Change of landuse if any and the statutory approval from the competent authority be submitted). Attach Maps of (i) site location, (ii) surrounding features of the proposed site (within 500 meters) and (iii)the site (indicating levels & contours) to appropriate scales. If not available attach only conceptual plans. 1.2. List out all the major project requirements in terms of the land area, built up area, water consumption, power requirement, connectivity, community facilities, parking needs etc. 1.3. What are the likely impacts of the proposed activity on the existing facilities adjacent to the proposed site? (Such as open spaces, community facilities, details of the existing landuse, disturbance to the local ecology). 1.4. Will there be any significant land disturbance resulting in erosion, subsidence & instability? (Details of soil type, slope analysis, vulnerability to subsidence, seismicity etc may be given). 1.5. Will the proposal involve alteration of natural drainage systems? (Give details on a contour map showing the natural drainage near the proposed project site) 1.6. What are the quantities of earthwork involved in the construction activity-cutting, filling, reclamation etc. (Give details of the quantities of earthwork involved, transport of fill materials from outside the site etc.) 1.7. Give details regarding water supply, waste handling etc during the construction period. 1.8. Will the low lying areas & wetlands get altered? (Provide details of how low lying and wetlands are getting modified from the proposed activity) 1.9. Whether construction debris & waste during construction cause health hazard? (Give quantities of various types of wastes generated during construction including the construction labour and the means of disposal) 2. WATER ENVIRONMENT 2.1. Give the total quantity of water requirement for the proposed project with the breakup of requirements for various uses. How will the water requirement met? State the sources & quantities and furnish a water balance statement. 28 2.2. What is the capacity (dependable flow or yield) of the proposed source of water? 2.3. What is the quality of water required, in case, the supply is not from a municipal source? (Provide physical, chemical, biological characteristics with class of water quality) 2.4. How much of the water requirement can be met from the recycling of treated wastewater? (Give the details of quantities, sources and usage) 2.5. Will there be diversion of water from other users? (Please assess the impacts of the project on other existing uses and quantities of consumption) 2.6. What is the incremental pollution load from wastewater generated from the proposed activity? (Give details of the quantities and composition of wastewater generated from the proposed activity) 2.7. Give details of the water requirements met from water harvesting? Furnish details of the facilities created. 2.8. What would be the impact of the land use changes occurring due to the proposed project on the runoff characteristics (quantitative as well as qualitative) of the area in the post construction phase on a long term basis? Would it aggravate the problems of flooding or water logging in any way? 2.9. What are the impacts of the proposal on the ground water? (Will there be tapping of ground water; give the details of ground water table, recharging capacity, and approvals obtained from competent authority, if any) 2.10. What precautions/measures are taken to prevent the run-off from construction activities polluting land & aquifers? (Give details of quantities and the measures taken to avoid the adverse impacts) 2.11. How is the storm water from within the site managed?(State the provisions made to avoid flooding of the area, details of the drainage facilities provided along with a site layout indication contour levels) 2.12. Will the deployment of construction labourers particularly in the peak period lead to unsanitary conditions around the project site (Justify with proper explanation) 2.13. What on-site facilities are provided for the collection, treatment & safe disposal of sewage? (Give details of the quantities of wastewater generation, treatment capacities with technology & facilities for recycling and disposal) 2.14. Give details of dual plumbing system if treated waste used is used for flushing of toilets or any other use. 3. VEGETATION 3.1. Is there any threat of the project to the biodiversity? (Give a description of the local ecosystem with it’s unique features, if any) 29 3.2. Will the construction involve extensive clearing or modification of vegetation? (Provide a detailed account of the trees & vegetation affected by the project) 3.3. What are the measures proposed to be taken to minimize the likely impacts on important site features (Give details of proposal for tree plantation, landscaping, creation of water bodies etc along with a layout plan to an appropriate scale) 4. FAUNA 4.1. Is there likely to be any displacement of fauna- both terrestrial and aquatic or creation of barriers for their movement? Provide the details. 4.2. Any direct or indirect impacts on the avifauna of the area? Provide details. 4.3. Prescribe measures such as corridors, fish ladders etc to mitigate adverse impacts on fauna 5. AIR ENVIRONMENT 5.1. Will the project increase atmospheric concentration of gases & result in heat islands? (Give details of background air quality levels with predicted values based on dispersion models taking into account the increased traffic generation as a result of the proposed constructions) 5.2. What are the impacts on generation of dust, smoke, odorous fumes or other hazardous gases? Give details in relation to all the meteorological parameters. 5.3. Will the proposal create shortage of parking space for vehicles? Furnish details of the present level of transport infrastructure and measures proposed for improvement including the traffic management at the entry & exit to the project site. 5.4. Provide details of the movement patterns with internal roads, bicycle tracks, pedestrian pathways, footpaths etc., with areas under each category. 5.5. Will there be significant increase in traffic noise & vibrations? Give details of the sources and the measures proposed for mitigation of the above. 5.6. What will be the impact of DG sets & other equipment on noise levels & vibration in & ambient air quality around the project site? Provide details. 6. AESTHETICS 6.1. Will the proposed constructions in any way result in the obstruction of a view, scenic amenity or landscapes? Are these considerations taken into account by the proponents? 6.2. Will there be any adverse impacts from new constructions on the existing structures? What are the considerations taken into account? 6.3. Whether there are any local considerations of urban form & urban design influencing the design criteria? They may be explicitly spelt out. 6.4. Are there any anthropological or archaeological sites or artefacts nearby? State if any other significant features in the vicinity of the proposed site have been considered. 7. SOCIO-ECONOMIC ASPECTS 7.1. Will the proposal result in any changes to the demographic structure of local population? Provide the details. 30 7.2. Give details of the existing social infrastructure around the proposed project. 7.3. Will the project cause adverse effects on local communities, disturbance to sacred sites or other cultural values? What are the safeguards proposed? 8. BUILDING MATERIALS 8.1. May involve the use of building materials with high-embodied energy. Are the construction materials produced with energy efficient processes? (Give details of energy conservation measures in the selection of building materials and their energy efficiency) 8.2. Transport and handling of materials during construction may result in pollution, noise & public nuisance. What measures are taken to minimize the impacts? 8.3. Are recycled materials used in roads and structures? State the extent of savings achieved? 8.4. Give details of the methods of collection, segregation & disposal of the garbage generated during the operation phases of the project. 9. ENERGY CONSERVATION 9.1. Give details of the power requirements, source of supply, backup source etc. What is the energy consumption assumed per square foot of built-up area? How have you tried to minimize energy consumption? 9.2. What type of, and capacity of, power back-up to you plan to provide? 9.3. What are the characteristics of the glass you plan to use? Provide specifications of its characteristics related to both short wave and long wave radiation? 9.4. What passive solar architectural features are being used in the building? Illustrate the applications made in the proposed project. 9.5. Does the layout of streets & buildings maximise the potential for solar energy devices? Have you considered the use of street lighting, emergency lighting and solar hot water systems for use in the building complex? Substantiate with details. 9.6. Is shading effectively used to reduce cooling/heating loads? What principles have been used to maximize the shading of Walls on the East and the West and the Roof? How much energy saving has been effected? 9.7. Do the structures use energy-efficient space conditioning, lighting and mechanical systems? Provide technical details. Provide details of the transformers and motor efficiencies, lighting intensity and air-conditioning load assumptions? Are you using CFC and HCFC free chillers? Provide specifications. 9.8. What are the likely effects of the building activity in altering the micro-climates? Provide a self assessment on the likely impacts of the proposed construction on creation of heat island & inversion effects? 31 9.9. What are the thermal characteristics of the building envelope? (a) roof; (b) external walls; and (c) fenestration? Give details of the material used and the U-values or the R values of the individual components. 9.10. What precautions & safety measures are proposed against fire hazards? Furnish details of emergency plans. 9.11. If you are using glass as wall material provides details and specifications including emissivity and thermal characteristics. 9.12. What is the rate of air infiltration into the building? Provide details of how you are mitigating the effects of infiltration. 9.13. To what extent the non-conventional energy technologies are utilised in the overall energy consumption? Provide details of the renewable energy technologies used. 10. Environment Management Plan The Environment Management Plan would consist of all mitigation measures for each item wise activity to be undertaken during the construction, operation and the entire life cycle to minimize adverse environmental impacts as a result of the activities of the project. It would also delineate the environmental monitoring plan for compliance of various environmental regulations. It will state the steps to be taken in case of emergency such as accidents at the site including fire. 32 APPENDIX III (See paragraph 7 GENERIC STRUCTURE OF ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSENT DOCUMENT S.NO EIA STRUCTURE CONTENTS 1. Introduction • Purpose of the report • Identification of project & project proponent • Brief description of nature, size, location of the project and its importance to the country, region • Scope of the study – details of regulatory scoping carried out (As per Terms of Reference) 2. Project Description • Condensed description of those aspects of the project (based on project feasibility study), likely to cause environmental effects. Details should be provided to give clear picture of the following: • Type of project • Need for the project • Location (maps showing general location, specific location, project boundary & project site layout) • Size or magnitude of operation (incl. Associated activities required by or for the project • Proposed schedule for approval and implementation • Technology and process description • Project description. Including drawings showing project layout, components of project etc. Schematic representations of the feasibility drawings which give information important for EIA purpose • Description of mitigation measures incorporated into the project to meet environmental standards, environmental operating conditions, or other EIA requirements (as required by the scope) • Assessment of New & untested technology for the risk of technological failure 33 3. Description of the • Study area, period, components & methodology Environment • Establishment of baseline for valued environmental components, as identified in the scope • Base maps of all environmental components 4. Anticipated • Details of Investigated Environmental impacts due to Environmental Impacts project location, possible accidents, project design, project & construction, regular operations, final decommissioning or Mitigation Measures rehabilitation of a completed project • Measures for minimizing and / or offsetting adverse impacts identified • Irreversible and Irretrievable commitments of environmental components • Assessment of significance of impacts (Criteria for determining significance, Assigning significance) • Mitigation measures 5. Analysis of Alternatives • In case, the scoping exercise results in need for (Technology alternatives: & Site) • Description of each alternative • Summary of adverse impacts of each alternative • Mitigation measures proposed for each alternative and • Selection of alternative 6. Environmental • Technical aspects of monitoring the effectiveness of Monitoring Program mitigation measures (incl. Measurement methodologies, frequency, location, data analysis, reporting schedules, emergency procedures, detailed budget & procurement schedules) 7. Additional Studies • Public Consultation • Risk assessment • Social Impact Assessment. R&R Action Plans 8. Project Benefits • Improvements in the physical infrastructure • Improvements in the social infrastructure • Employment potential –skilled; semi-skilled and unskilled • Other tangible benefits 34 9. Environmental Cost If recommended at the Scoping stage Benefit Analysis 10. EMP • Description of the administrative aspects of ensuring that mitigative measures are implemented and their effectiveness monitored, after approval of the EIA 11 Summary & Conclusion • Overall justification for implementation of the project (This will constitute the summary of the EIA • Explanation of how, adverse effects have been Report ) mitigated 12. Disclosure of • The names of the Consultants engaged with their Consultants engaged brief resume and nature of Consultancy rendered 35 APPENDIX III A (See paragraph 7) CONTENTS OF SUMMARY ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT The Summary EIA shall be a summary of the full EIA Report condensed to ten A-4 size pages at the maximum. It should necessarily cover in brief the following Chapters of the full EIA Report: - 1. Project Description 2. Description of the Environment 3. Anticipated Environmental impacts and mitigation measures 4. Environmental Monitoring Programme 5. Additional Studies 6. Project Benefits 7. Environment Management Plan 36 APPENDIX IV (See paragraph 7) PROCEDURE FOR CONDUCT OF PUBLIC HEARING 1.0 The Public Hearing shall be arranged in a systematic, time bound and transparent manner ensuring widest possible public participation at the project site(s) or in its close proximity District -wise, by the concerned State Pollution Control Board (SPCB) or the Union Territory Pollution Control Committee (UTPCC). 2. 0 The Process: 2.1 The Applicant shall make a request through a simple letter to the Member Secretary of the SPCB or Union Territory Pollution Control Committee, in whose jurisdiction the project is located, to arrange the public hearing within the prescribed statutory period. In case the project site is extending beyond a State or Union Territory, the public hearing is mandated in each State or Union Territory in which the project is sited and the Applicant shall make separate requests to each concerned SPCB or UTPCC for holding the public hearing as per this procedure. 2.2 The Applicant shall enclose with the letter of request, at least 10 hard copies and an equivalent number of soft (electronic) copies of the draft EIA Report with the generic structure given in Appendix III including the Summary Environment Impact Assessment report in English and in the local language, prepared strictly in accordance with the Terms of Reference communicated after Scoping (Stage-2). Simultaneously the applicant shall arrange to forward copies, one hard and one soft, of the above draft EIA Report along with the Summary EIA report to the Ministry of Environment and Forests and to the following authorities or offices, within whose jurisdiction the project will be located: (a) District Magistrate/s (b) Zila Parishad or Municipal Corporation (c) District Industries Office (d) Concerned Regional Office of the Ministry of Environment and Forests 2.3 On receiving the draft Environmental Impact Assessment report, the above- mentioned authorities except the MoEF, shall arrange to widely publicize it within their respective jurisdictions requesting the interested persons to send their comments to the concerned regulatory authorities. They shall also make available the draft EIA Report for inspection electronically or otherwise to the public during normal office hours till the Public Hearing is over. The Ministry of Environment and Forests shall promptly display the Summary of the draft Environmental Impact Assessment report on its website, and also make the full draft EIA available for reference at a notified place during normal office hours in the Ministry at Delhi. 2.4 The SPCB or UTPCC concerned shall also make similar arrangements for giving publicity about the project within the State/Union Territory and make available the Summary of the draft Environmental Impact Assessment report (Appendix III A) for inspection in select offices or public libraries or panchayats etc. They shall also additionally 37 make available a copy of the draft Environmental Impact Assessment report to the above five authorities/offices viz, Ministry of Environment and Forests, District Magistrate etc. 3.0 Notice of Public Hearing: 3.1 The Member-Secretary of the concerned SPCB or UTPCC shall finalize the date, time and exact venue for the conduct of public hearing within 7(seven) days of the date of receipt of the draft Environmental Impact Assessment report from the project proponent, and advertise the same in one major National Daily and one Regional vernacular Daily. A minimum notice period of 30(thirty) days shall be provided to the public for furnishing their responses; 3.2 The advertisement shall also inform the public about the places or offices where the public could access the draft Environmental Impact Assessment report and the Summary Environmental Impact Assessment report before the public hearing. 3.3 No postponement of the date, time, venue of the public hearing shall be undertaken, unless some untoward emergency situation occurs and only on the recommendation of the concerned District Magistrate the postponement shall be notified to the public through the same National and Regional vernacular dailies and also prominently displayed at all the identified offices by the concerned SPCB or Union Territory Pollution Control Committee; 3.4 In the above exceptional circumstances fresh date, time and venue for the public consultation shall be decided by the Member –Secretary of the concerned SPCB or UTPCC only in consultation with the District Magistrate and notified afresh as per procedure under 3.1 above. 4.0 The Panel 4.1 The District Magistrate or his or her representative not below the rank of an Additional District Magistrate assisted by a representative of SPCB or UTPCC, shall supervise and preside over the entire public hearing process. 5.0 Videography 5.1 The SPCB or UTPCC shall arrange to video film the entire proceedings. A copy of the videotape or a CD shall be enclosed with the public hearing proceedings while forwarding it to the Regulatory Authority concerned. 6.0 Proceedings 6.1 The attendance of all those who are present at the venue shall be noted and annexed with the final proceedings. 6.2 There shall be no quorum required for attendance for starting the proceedings. 6.3 A representative of the applicant shall initiate the proceedings with a presentation on the project and the Summary EIA report. 6.4 Every person present at the venue shall be granted the opportunity to seek information or clarifications on the project from the Applicant. The summary of the public 38 hearing proceedings accurately reflecting all the views and concerns expressed shall be recorded by the representative of the SPCB or UTPCC and read over to the audience at the end of the proceedings explaining the contents in the vernacular language and the agreed minutes shall be signed by the District Magistrate or his or her representative on the same day and forwarded to the SPCB/UTPCC concerned. 6.5 A Statement of the issues raised by the public and the comments of the Applicant shall also be prepared in the local language and in English and annexed to the proceedings: 6.6 The proceedings of the public hearing shall be conspicuously displayed at the office of the Panchyats within whose jurisdiction the project is located, office of the concerned Zila Parishad, District Magistrate ,and the SPCB or UTPCC . The SPCB or UTPCC shall also display the proceedings on its website for general information. Comments, if any, on the proceedings which may be sent directly to the concerned regulatory authorities and the Applicant concerned. 7.0 Time period for completion of public hearing 7.1 The public hearing shall be completed within a period of 45 (forty five) days from date of receipt of the request letter from the Applicant. Therefore the SPCB or UTPCC concerned shall sent the public hearing proceedings to the concerned regulatory authority within 8(eight) days of the completion of the public hearing .The applicant may also directly forward a copy of the approved public hearing proceedings to the regulatory authority concerned along with the final Environmental Impact Assessment report or supplementary report to the draft EIA report prepared after the public hearing and public consultations. 7.2 If the SPCB or UTPCC fails to hold the public hearing within the stipulated 45(forty five) days, the Central Government in Ministry of Environment and Forests for Category ‘A’ project or activity and the State Government or Union Territory Administration for Category ‘B’ project or activity at the request of the SEIAA, shall engage any other agency or authority to complete the process, as per procedure laid down in this notification. 39 APPENDIX –V (See paragraph 7) PROCEDURE PRESCRIBED FOR APPRAISAL 1. The applicant shall apply to the concerned regulatory authority through a simple communication enclosing the following documents where public consultations are mandatory: - • Final Environment Impact Assessment Report [20(twenty) hard copies and 1 (one) soft copy)] • A copy of the video tape or CD of the public hearing proceedings • A copy of final layout plan (20 copies) • A copy of the project feasibility report (1 copy) 2. The Final EIA Report and the other relevant documents submitted by the applicant shall be scrutinized in office within 30 days from the date of its receipt by the concerned Regulatory Authority strictly with reference to the TOR and the inadequacies noted shall be communicated electronically or otherwise in a single set to the Members of the EAC /SEAC enclosing a copy each of the Final EIA Report including the public hearing proceedings and other public responses received along with a copy of Form -1or Form 1A and scheduled date of the EAC /SEAC meeting for considering the proposal . 3. Where a public consultation is not mandatory and therefore a formal EIA study is not required, the appraisal shall be made on the basis of the prescribed application Form 1 and a pre-feasibility report in the case of all projects and activities other than Item 8 of the Schedule .In the case of Item 8 of the Schedule, considering its unique project cycle , the EAC or SEAC concerned shall appraise all Category B projects or activities on the basis of Form 1, Form 1A and the conceptual plan and stipulate the conditions for environmental clearance . As and when the applicant submits the approved scheme /building plans complying with the stipulated environmental clearance conditions with all other necessary statutory approvals, the EAC /SEAC shall recommend the grant of environmental clearance to the competent authority. 4. Every application shall be placed before the EAC /SEAC and its appraisal completed within 60 days of its receipt with requisite documents / details in the prescribed manner. 5. The applicant shall be informed at least 15 (fifteen) days prior to the scheduled date of the EAC /SEAC meeting for considering the project proposal. 6. The minutes of the EAC /SEAC meeting shall be finalised within 5 working days of the meeting and displayed on the website of the concerned regulatory authority. In case the project or activity is recommended for grant of EC, then the minutes shall clearly list out the specific environmental safeguards and conditions. In case the recommendations are for rejection, the reasons for the same shall also be explicitly stated. . 40 APPENDIX VI (See paragraph 5) COMPOSITION OF THE SECTOR/ PROJECT SPECIFIC EXPERT APPRAISAL COMMITTEE (EAC) FOR CATEGORY A PROJECTS AND THE STATE/UT LEVEL EXPERT APPRAISAL COMMITTEES (SEACs) FOR CATEGORY B PROJECTS TO BE CONSTITUTED BY THE CENTRAL GOVERNMENT ` 1. The Expert Appraisal Committees (EAC(s) and the State/UT Level Expert Appraisal Committees (SEACs) shall consist of only professionals and experts fulfilling the following eligibility criteria: Professional: The person should have at least (i) 5 years of formal University training in the concerned discipline leading to a MA/MSc Degree, or (ii) in case of Engineering /Technology/Architecture disciplines, 4 years formal training in a professional training course together with prescribed practical training in the field leading to a B.Tech/B.E./B.Arch. Degree, or (iii) Other professional degree (e.g. Law) involving a total of 5 years of formal University training and prescribed practical training, or (iv) Prescribed apprenticeship/article ship and pass examinations conducted by the concerned professional association (e.g. Chartered Accountancy ),or (v) a University degree , followed by 2 years of formal training in a University or Service Academy (e.g. MBA/IAS/IFS). In selecting the individual professionals, experience gained by them in their respective fields will be taken note of. Expert: A professional fulfilling the above eligibility criteria with at least 15 years of relevant experience in the field, or with an advanced degree (e.g. Ph.D.) in a concerned field and at least 10 years of relevant experience. Age: Below 70 years. However, in the event of the non-availability of /paucity of experts in a given field, the maximum age of a member of the Expert Appraisal Committee may be allowed up to 75 years 2. The Members of the EAC shall be Experts with the requisite expertise and experience in the following fields /disciplines. In the event that persons fulfilling the criteria of “Experts” are not available, Professionals in the same field with sufficient experience may be considered: • Environment Quality Experts: Experts in measurement/monitoring, analysis and interpretation of data in relation to environmental quality • Sectoral Experts in Project Management: Experts in Project Management or Management of Process/Operations/Facilities in the relevant sectors. • Environmental Impact Assessment Process Experts: Experts in conducting and carrying out Environmental Impact Assessments (EIAs) and preparation of Environmental Management Plans (EMPs) and other Management plans and who have wide expertise and knowledge of predictive techniques and tools used in the EIA process • Risk Assessment Experts • Life Science Experts in floral and faunal management • Forestry and Wildlife Experts 41 • Environmental Economics Expert with experience in project appraisal 3. The Membership of the EAC shall not exceed 15 (fifteen) regular Members. However the Chairperson may co-opt an expert as a Member in a relevant field for a particular meeting of the Committee. 4. The Chairperson shall be an outstanding and experienced environmental policy expert or expert in management or public administration with wide experience in the relevant development sector. 5. The Chairperson shall nominate one of the Members as the Vice Chairperson who shall preside over the EAC in the absence of the Chairman /Chairperson. 6. A representative of the Ministry of Environment and Forests shall assist the Committee as its Secretary. 7. The maximum tenure of a Member, including Chairperson, shall be for 2 (two) terms of 3 (three) years each. 8. The Chairman / Members may not be removed prior to expiry of the tenure without cause and proper enquiry. 42 43 Annexure-12 FORM –8 FOR DISPOSAL OF BATTERIES MINISTRY OF ENVIRONMENT AND FORESTS NOTIFICATION New Delhi, the 16th May, 2001 FORM – VIII [see rule 10 (2)(ii)] FORM FOR FILING RETURNS OF USED BATTERIES [To be submitted by the bulk consumer to the State Pollution Control Board (SPCB) by 30th June (for the period October-March) and 31 st December (for the period April-September) every year] 1. Name and address of the bulk consumer 2. Name of the Authorised person and full address with telephone and fax number 3. Number of new batteries of different categories purchased from the manufacturer / importer / dealer or any other agency during October- March and April-September Category : Automotives (i) No. of Batteries (ii) Approximate Four wheeler weight ( in Metric Tonnes) Two wheeler Industrial UPS Motive Power Stand-by Others 4. Number or used batteries of categories mentioned in Sl. No. 3 and Tonnage of scrap sent to manufacturer / dealer / importer / registered recycler / or any other agency to whom the used batteries scrap was sent Place ____________ Signature of the authorised person Date ____________ Enclose list of manufacture / dealer / importer / registered recyclers / or any other agency to whom the used batteries scrap was sent. Annexure-14 FORM – 2 [See rule 4(8), 5(5) and 9 (5)] Form for Maintaining Records of E-Waste Handled / Generated Quantity in Metric Tonnes (MT) or Kilograms (Kg) per year 1. Name & Address: Producer /Collection Centre/Dismantler? Recycler/ Bulk consumer * 2. Date of Issue of Authorization* Registration * 3. Validity of Authorization* /Registration* 4. Types & Quantity of e-waste handled/ Category Quantity generated Item Description 5. Types & Quantity of e-waste stored Category Quantity Item Description 6. Types & Quantity of e-waste sent to authorized Category Quantity collection centre/ registered dismantler or recycler Item Description 7. Types & Quantity of e-waste transported* Category Quantity Quantity Name, address and contact details of the destination 8. Types & Quantity of e-waste refurbished* Category Quantity Item Description Name, address and contact details of the destination of refurbished materials 9. Types & Quantity of e-waste dismantled* Category Quantity Item Description Name, address and contact details of the destination 10. Types & Quantity of e-waste recycled* Category Quantity Types & Quantity of materials recovered Item Description Quantity Name, address and contact details of the destination 11. Types & Quantity of waste treated & disposed Category Quantity Item Description * Strike off whichever is not applicable FORM 3 [See rule 4(9), 5(4), 6(2), 7 (7), 8 (5) and 9 (5)] FORM FOR FILING ANNUAL RETURNS [To be submitted by producer/collection centre/dismantler/recycler by 30th June following to the financial year to which that return relates]. Quantity in Metric Tonnes (MT) or Kilograms (Kg) per year 1. Name and address of the producer/collection centre/dismantler/recycler 2. Name of the authorized person and complete address with telephone and fax numbers and e- mail address 3. Total quantity e-waste sold/purchased / sent for processing during the year of electrical and electronic equipment listed in the Schedule I (Attach list) Details of the above Type Quantity 3(A)* DISMANTLERS: Quantity of e-waste in MT purchased & sent to (category wise): 3(B)* RECYCLERS: Quantity of e-waste in MT purchased/processed (category wise): 4. Name and full address of the destination with respect to 3 (A-B) above 5. Type and quantity of materials Type Quantity segregated/recovered form e-waste of different categories as applicable to 3(A) & 3(B) Note: The applicant shall provide details of funds received (if any) from producers and its utility with an audited certificate.  Enclose the list of recyclers to whom e-waste have been sent for recycling. * Strike off whichever is not applicable Place ______________ Date ______________ Signature of the authorized person ANNEXURE - 15 PRO-FORMA FOR ENVIRONMENT AND SOCIAL DETAILS FOR TRANSMISSION LINE AND SUB-STATIONS Environmental and Social details for Transmission Lines SN DESCRIPTION ALIGNMENT-I ALIGNMENT-II ALIGNMENT-III 1. Route particulars i) Length ii) Terrain 2. Environmental Details i) Town in) Alignment (Near By) ii) House within ROW iii) Forest In Km / Ha a) Type of forest b) Density of forest c) Type of Fauna & Flora d) Endangered species if any e) Historical/Cultural monument f) Any other relevant information 3. Compensation cost i) Crop ii) Forest 4. No. of Crossing i) Railway ii) Transmission line iii) River Xing etc 5. Construction Problem 6. O & M Problem 7. Overall Remarks 8. Reasons for selection of final route: Environment and Social details for Sub-station Sl. Study Point Alt. I Alt. II Alt. III Remarks No. 01. Location 02. Village Name 03. Size of Land 04. Type of Land (Govt./Pvt./others) 05. General Geography of Area 06. Agricultural/Cropping Pattern Main types of crops Irrigation Facility 07. Socio-economic condition of area : i) Profession of existing population Agricultural (Self employment, Merchants, manufacturer, Transporters & Handicrafts etc.) ii) Wage Earner (Skilled/Unskilled Labour) iii) Others if any iv) Natural Resource base v) Political Influence 08. No./Name of villages effected I. Partly II. Fully 09. Total No. of families likely to be effected 10. No. of families whose part holding likely to be acquired 11. No. of families whose total holding likely to be acquired Land + Home Land Only Home only 12. Caste of PAPs/PAFs a) GC b) OBC c) SC/ST General Pattern of Cultivation i.e. By 13. owner On lease (Registered/ Un- registered) 14. Loss of Structure House/Shop along with the status of occupants (Owner/Tenant/ Lease holder/squatter) 15. Others a) Common property resources like School, Ponds Grazing Ground, Religious Places b) Drainage facility 16. Tree/Plantation/Orchards (Approx.) 17. Cost of Land 18. Reasons for selection/rejection ANNEXURE 16 STATEMENT FOR DETAILS OF SITES IDENTIFIED FOR SUB-STATIONS Sl. Criteria Site-I Site-II Site-III No. 1.0 Land 1.1 Size (Acre) (M x M) 1.2 Govt./Private/Forest land 1.3 Agriculture/Wasteland 1.4 Development 1.5 Approximate cost 1.6 Type of soil 1.7 No. of owners 1.8 Environment/Pollution in the vicinity 1.9 Location with reference to nearest town 1.10 H.F.L. Data 1.11 Diversion of Nallah/Canal required 1.12 Slope 1.13 Extent of levelling required 1.14 Land acquisition feasibility 1.15 Rate of Govt. land 1.16 No. of owners 1.17 Exten. of approach 1.18 Planned/unplanned development 1.19 Size of sites 1.20 No. of families displaced 1.21 Required Government value 1.22 Level of site with ref. to road level 1.23 Distance from sea shore 2.0 Approach 2.1 What are the Obstacles in reaching site Sl. Criteria Site-I Site-II Site-III No. 2.2 Approach road 2.3 Length of approach road 2.4 Distance from main road 2.5 Unloading facility at Railway Station 2.6 No. of Culverts required 3.0 Community Facilities 3.1 Drinking Water 3.2 Drainage 3.3 a) Post Office b) Telephone c) Telex 3.4 Market 3.5 Security 3.6 Amendability 3.7 Availability of construction water 3.8 Availability of water 3.9 Nearest EHC line 3.10 Length of line between this site & nearest substation 3.11 Length of line estimate 3.12 Additional crossings 3.13 Frontage for line take off 3.14 Telephone/Telegraph line 4.0 Others Section IX. Contract Forms 9-149 ANNEXURE- 17 13.FORM OF SAFETY PLAN TO BE SUBMITTED BY THE CONTRACTOR WITHIN SIXTY DAYS OF AWARD OF CONTRACT [TO BE EXECUTED ON A NON JUDICIAL STAMP PAPER WORTH RS. TWENTY ONLY] SAFETY PLAN THIS SAFETY PLAN is made this ……….………...... day of ….……..... 20...... by ………….………………… a Company registered under the Companies Act, 1956/Partnership firm/proprietary concern having its Registered Office at ………….................[ to be modified suitably for JV Contractor] (hereinafter called as ‘Contractor' which expression shall include its successors and permitted assigns) for approval of ......(insert name of the Employer)........, a company incorporated under the Companies Act, 1956 having its Registered Office at ......(insert registered address of the Employer)........ for its Contract for .……………….…...... ......(insert package name, project name alongwith Specification number of the Contract)......... WHEREAS ......(abbreviated name of the Employer)........ has awarded to the Contractor the aforesaid Contract vide its Notification of Award/Contract No. ……..……….... dated ....…………..and Amendment No. ..................... (applicable when amendments have been issued) (hereinafter called the "Contract") in terms of which the Contractor is required to submit ‘Safety Plan’ alongwith certain documents to the Engineer In-Charge/Project Manager of the Employer within Sixty (60) days of Notification of Award for its approval. NOW THEREFORE, the Contractor undertakes to execute the Contract as per the safety plan as follows: 1. THAT the Contractor shall execute the works as per provisions of Bidding Documents including those in regard to Safety Precautions / provisions as per statutory requirements. 2. THAT the Contractor shall execute the works in a well planned manner from the commencement of Contract as per agreed mile stones of work completion schedule so that planning and execution of construction works goes smoothly and consistently through out the contract duration without handling pressure in last quarter of the financial year/last months of the Contract and the shall be finalized in association with EMPLOYER Engineer In-charge/Project Manager from time to time as required. 3. THAT the Contractor has prepared the safe work procedure for each activity i.e. foundation works including civil works, erection, stringing (as applicable), testing & commissioning, disposal of materials at site / store etc. to be executed at site, which is enclosed at Annexure – 1A (SP) for acceptance and approval of Engineer In- charge/Project Manager. The Contractor shall ensure that on approval of the same from Engineer In-charge/Project Manager , the approved copies will be circulated to Employer’s personnel at site [Supervisor(s)/Executive(s)] and Contractor’s personnel at site [Gang leader, supervisor(s) etc.] in their local language / language understood by gang. Section IX. Contract Forms 9-150 THAT the Contractor has prepared minimum manpower deployment plan, activity wise as stated above, which is enclosed at Annexure – 1B (SP) for approval of Engineer In- charge/Project Manager. 4. THAT the Contractor shall ensure while executing works that they will deploy minimum 25% of their own experienced work force who are on the permanent roll of the company and balance 75% can be a suitable mixed with the hired gangs / local workers / casual workers if required. The above balance 75% work force should be provided with at least 10 days training by the construction agencies at sites and shall be issued with a certificate. No worker shall be engaged without a valid certificate. Hired gang workers shall also follow safe working procedures and safety norms as is being followed by company’s workmen. It should also be ensured by the contractor that certified fitters who are climbing towers / doing stringing operations can be easily identifiable with a system like issue of Badge / Identification cards (ID cards) etc. Colour identification batches should be worn by the workers. Contractor has to ensure that inexperience workers / unskilled workers should not be deployed for skilled job. 5. THAT the Contractor’s Gang leader / Supervisor / Senior most member available at every construction site shall brief to each worker daily before start of work about safety requirement and warn about imminent dangers and precautions to be taken against the imminent dangers (Daily Safety Drill). This is to be ensured without fail by Contractor and maintain record of each gang about daily safety instructions issued to workers and put up to EMPLOYER site In-charge for his review and record. 6. THAT the Contractor shall ensure that working Gangs at site should not be left at the discretion of their Gang Leaders who are generally hired and having little knowledge about safety. Gang leader should be experienced and well versed with the safe working procedures applicable for transmission line/ Sub Station works. In case gang is having Gang leader not on permanent roll of the company then additional Supervisor from company’s own roll having thorough knowledge about the works would be deployed so as to percolate safety instructions upto the grass root level in healthy spirits. Contractor has to ensure close supervision while executing critical locations of transmission lines / sub stations and ensures that all safety instructions are in place and are being followed. 7. THAT the Contractor shall maintain in healthy and working condition all kind of Equipments / Machineries / Lifting tools / Lifting tackles / Lifting gears / All kind of Ropes including wire ropes / Polypropylene ropes etc. used for Lifting purpose during execution of the project and get them periodically examined and load tested for safe working load in accordance with relevant provisions and requirement of Building & other construction workers Regulation of Employment and Conditions of Services Act and Central Rule 1998, Factories Act 1948, Indian Electricity Act 2003 before start of the project. A register of such examinations and tests shall be properly maintained by the contractor and will be promptly produced as and when desired by the Engineer In-charge/Project Manager or by the person authorised by him. The Contractor has to ensure to give special attention on the formation / condition of eye splices of wire rope slings as per requirement of IS 2762 Specification for wire rope slings and sling legs. Section IX. Contract Forms 9-151 THAT the Contractor has prepared a list of all Lifting machines, lifting Tools / Lifting Tackles / Lifting Gears etc. / All types of ropes and Slings which are subject to safe working load is enclosed at Annexure – 2 (SP) for review and approval of Engineer In- charge/Project Manager. 8. THAT the Contractor has to procure sufficient quantity of Personal Protective Equipment (PPE)conforming to Indian / International standards and provide these equipment to every workman at site as per need and to the satisfaction of Engineer-in-charge/Project Manager of EMPLOYER. The Contractor’s Site Supervisor/ Project Manager has to ensure that all workmen must use Personal Protective Equipment at site. The Contractor shall also ensure that Industrial Safety helmets are being used by all workmen at site irrespective of their working (at height or on ground). The Contractor shall further ensure use of safety shoes by all ground level workers and canvas shoes for all workers working at height, Rubber Gum Boots for workers working in rainy season and concreting job, Use of Twin Lanyard Full body Safety Harness with attachment of light weight such as aluminium alloy etc. and having features of automatic locking arrangement of snap hook, by all workers working at height for more than three meters and also for horizontal movement on tower shall be ensured by contractor. The Contractor shall not use ordinary half body safety harness at site. The Contractor has to ensure use of Retractable type fall arrestors by workers for ascending / descending on suspension insulator string and other similar works etc., Use of Mobile fall arrestor for ascending / descending from tower by all workers. The contractor has to provide cotton / leather hand gloves as per requirement, Electrical Resistance Hand gloves for operating electrical installations / switches, Face shield for protecting eyes while doing welding works and Dust masks to workers as per requirement. The Contractor will have to take action against the workers not using Personal Protective Equipment at site and those workers shall be asked to rest for that day and also their Salary be deducted for that day. EMPLOYER may issue warning letter to Project Manager of contractor in violation of above norms. THAT the Contractor shall prepare a detailed list of PPEs, activity wise, to commensurate with manpower deployed, which is enclosed at Annexure – 3 (SP) for review and approval of Engineer In-charge/Project Manager. It shall also be ensured that the sample of these equipment shall be got approved from EMPLOYER supervisory staff before being distributed to workers. The contractor shall submit relevant test certificates as per IS / International Standard as applicable to PPEs used during execution of work. All the PPE’s to be distributed to the workers shall be checked by EMPLOYER supervisory staff before its usage. The Contractor also agrees for addition / modification to the list of PPE, if any, as advised by Engineer In-Charge/Project Manager. 9. THAT the Contractor shall procure, if required sufficient quantity of Earthing Equipment / Earthing Devices complying with requirements of relevant IEC standards (Generally IECs standards for Earthing Equipments / Earthing Devices are – 855, 1230, 1235 etc.) and to the satisfaction of Engineer In-Charge/ Project Manager and contractor to ensures to maintained them in healthy condition. THAT the Contractor has prepared / worked out minimum number of healthy Earthing Equipments with Earthing lead confirming to relevant IS / European standards per gang Section IX. Contract Forms 9-152 wise during stringing activity/as per requirement, which is enclosed herewith at Annexure – 4 (SP) for review and acceptance of Engineer In-Charge/ Project Manager prior to execution of work. 10. THAT the Contractor shall provide communication facilities i.e. Walky – Talkie / Mobile Phone, Display of Flags / whistles for easy communication among workers during Tower erection / stringing activity, as per requirement. 11. THAT the Contractor undertakes to deploy qualified safety personnel responsible for safety as per requirements of Employer/Statutory Authorities. THAT the Contractor employing more than 250 workmen whether temporary, casual, probationer, regular or permanent or on contract, shall employ at least one full time officer exclusively as qualified safety officer having diploma in safety to supervise safety aspects of the equipment and workmen who will coordinate with Engineer In-charge /Project Manager/Safety Co-ordinator of the Employer. In case of work being carried out through sub contractors the sub – contractor’s workmen / employees will also be considered as the contractor’s employees / workmen for the above purpose. If the number of workers are less than 250 then one qualified safety officer is to be deployed for each contract. He will report directly to his head of organization and not the Project Manager of contractor He shall also not be assigned any other work except assigning the work of safety. The curriculum vitae of such person shall be got cleared from EMPLOYER Project Manager / Construction staff. The name and address of such safety officers of contractor will be promptly informed in writing to Engineer In-charge with a copy to safety officer - In-charge before start of work or immediately after any change of the incumbent is made during the currency of the contract. The list is enclosed at Annexure – 5A (SP). THAT the Contractor has also prepared a list including details of Explosive Operator (if required), Safety officer / Safety supervisor / nominated person for safety for each erection / stringing gang, list of personnel trained in First Aid Techniques as well as copy of organisation structure of the Contractor in regard to safety. The list is enclosed at Annexure – 5B (SP). 12. The Project Manager shall have the right at his sole discretion to stop the work, if in his opinion the work is being carried out in such a way that it may cause accidents and endanger the safety of the persons and/or property, and/or equipment. In such cases, the Contractor shall be informed in writing about the nature of hazards and possible injury/accident and he shall comply to remove shortcomings promptly. The Contractor after stopping the specific work can, if felt necessary, appeal against the order of stoppage of work to the Project Manager within 3 days of such stoppage of work and decision of the Project Manager in this respect shall be conclusive and binding on the Contractor. 13. THAT, if, any Employer’s Engineer/ supervisor at site observes that the Contractor is failing to provide safe working environment at site as per agreed Safety Plan / EMPLOYER Safety Rule/ Safety Instructions / Statutory safety requirement and creates hazardous conditions at site and there is possibility of an accident to workmen or workmen of the other contractor or public or the work is being carried out in an un safe manner or Section IX. Contract Forms 9-153 he continues to work even after being instructed to stop the work by Engineer / Supervisor at site / RHQ / Corp. Centre, the Contractor shall be bound to pay a penalty of Rs. 10,000/ - per incident per day till the instructions are complied and as certified by Engineer / Supervisor of Employer at site. The work will remain suspended and no activity will take place without compliance and obtaining clearance / certification of the Site Engineer / Supervisor of the Employer to start the work. 14. THAT, if the investigation committee of Employer observes any accident or the Engineer In-charge/Project Manager of the Employer based on the report of the Engineer/Supervisor of the Employer at site observes any failure on the Contractor’s part to comply with safety requirement / safety rules/ safety standards/ safety instruction as prescribed by the Employer or as prescribed under the applicable law for the safety of the equipment, plant and personnel and the Contractor does not take adequate steps to prevent hazardous conditions which may cause injury to its own Contractor’s employees or employee of any other Contractors or Employer or any other person at site or adjacent thereto, or public involvement because of the Contractor’s negligence of safety norms, the Contractor shall be liable to pay a compensation of Rs. 10,00,000/- (Rupees Ten Lakh only) per person affected causing death and Rs. 1,00,000/- (Rupees One Lakh only) per person for serious injuries / 25% or more permanent disability to the Employer for further disbursement to the deceased family/ Injured persons. The permanent disability has the same meaning as indicated in Workmen’s Compensation Act 1923. The above stipulations is in addition to all other compensation payable to sufferer as per workmen compensation Act / Rules THAT as per the Employer’s instructions, the Contractor agrees that this amount shall be deducted from their running bill(s) immediately after the accident, That the Contractor understands that this amount shall be over and above the compensation amount liable to be paid as per the Workmen’s Compensation Act /other statutory requirement/ provisions of the Bidding Documents. 15. THAT the Contractor shall submit Near-Miss-Accident report alongwith action plan for avoidance such incidence /accidents to Engineer – In-charge/ Project Manager. Contractor shall also submit Monthly Safety Activities report to Engineer – In-charge/ Project Manager and copy of the Monthly Safety Activities report also to be sent to Safety In-charge at RHQ of the Employer for his review record and instructions. 16. THAT the Contractor is submitting a copy of Safety Policy/ Safety Documents of its Company which is enclosed at Annexure – 6 (SP) and ensure that the safety Policy and safety documents are implemented in healthy spirit. 17. THAT the Contractor shall make available of First Aid Box [Contents of which shall be as per Building & other construction workers (Regulation of Employment and Conditions of Services Act and Central Rule 1998 / EMPLOYER Guidelines)] to the satisfaction of Engineer In-Charge/ Project Manager with each gang at site and not at camp and ensures that trained persons in First Aid Techniques with each gang before execution of work. 18. THAT the Contractor shall submit an ‘Emergency Preparedness Plan’ for different incidences i.e. Fall from height, Electrocution, Sun Stroke, Collapse of pit, Collapse of Tower, Snake bite, Fire in camp / Store, Flood, Storm, Earthquake, Militancy etc. while Section IX. Contract Forms 9-154 carrying out different activities under execution i.e. foundation works including civil works, erection, stringing (as applicable), testing & commissioning, disposal of materials at site / store etc. which is enclosed at Annexure – 7 (SP) for approval of the Engineer In-Charge/ Project Manager before start of work. 19. THAT the Contractor shall organise Safety Training Programs on Safety, Health and Environment and for safe execution of different activities of works i.e. foundation works including civil works, erection, stringing (as applicable), testing & commissioning, disposal of materials at site / store etc. for their own employees including sub contractor workers on regular basis. The Contractor, therefore, submits copy of the module of training program, enclosed at Annexure – 9 (SP), to Engineer In-charge/Project Manager for its acceptance and approval and records maintained. 20. THAT the Contractor shall conduct safety audit, as per Safety Audit Check Lists enclosed at Annexure – 8 (SP), by his Safety Officer(s) every month during construction of Transmission Lines / Sub Stations / any other work and copy of the safety audit report will be forwarded to the Employer’s Engineer In-charge / Site In-charge/Project Manager for his comments and feedback. During safety audit, healthiness of all Personal Protective Equipments (PPEs) shall be checked individually by safety officer of contractor and issue a certificate of its healthiness or rejection of faulty PPEs and contractor has to ensure that all faulty PPEs and all faulty lifting tools and tackles should be destroyed in the presence of EMPLOYER construction staff. Contractor has to ensure that each gang be safety audited at least once in two months. During safety audit by the contractor, Safety officer’s feedback from EMPLOYER concerned shall be taken and recorded. The Employer’s site officials shall also conduct safety audit at their own from time to time when construction activities are under progress. Apart from above, the Employer may also conduct surveillance safety audits. The Employer may take action against the person / persons as deemed fit under various statutory acts/provisions under the Contract for any violation of safety norms / safety standards. 21. THAT the Contractor shall develop and display Safety Posters of construction activity at site and also at camp where workers are generally residing. 22. THAT the Contractor shall ensure to provide potable and safe drinking water for workers at site / at camp. 23. THAT the Contractor shall do health check up of all workers from competent agencies and reports will be submitted to Engineer In-Charge within fifteen (15) days of health check up of workers as per statutory requirement. 24. THAT the Contractor shall submit information alongwith documentary evidences in regard to compliance to various statutory requirements as applicable which are enclosed at Annexure – 10A (SP). The Contractor shall also submit details of Insurance Policies taken by the Contractor for insurance coverage against accident for all employees are enclosed at Annexure – 10B (SP). Section IX. Contract Forms 9-155 25. THAT a check-list in respect of aforesaid enclosures alongwith the Contractor’s remarks, wherever required, is attached as Annexure – Check List herewith. THE CONTRACTOR shall incorporate modifications/changes in this ‘Safety Plan’ necessitated on the basis of review/comments of the Engineer In-Charge/Project Manager within fourteen (14) days of receipt of review/comments and on final approval of the Engineer In-Charge/Project Manager of this ‘Safety Plan’, the Contractor shall execute the works under the Contract as per approved ‘Safety Plan’. Further, the Contractor has also noted that the first progressive payment towards Services Contract shall be made on submission of ‘Safety Plan’ alongwith all requisite documents and approval of the same by the Engineer In-Charge/Project Manager. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Contractor has hereunto set its hand through its authorised representative under the common seal of the Company, the day, month and year first above mentioned. For and on behalf of M/s..........………........................ WITNESS 1. Signature........................ Signature........................ Name............................... Name............................... Address........................... Address........................... 2. Signature........................ Authorised representative Name............................... (Common Seal) Address........................... (In case of Company) Note: All the annexure referred to in this “Safety Plan“are required to be enclosed by the contractor as per the attached “Check List “ 1. Safety Plan is to be executed by the authorised person and (i) in case of contracting Company under common seal of the Company or (ii) having the power of attorney issued under common seal of the company with authority to execute such contract documents etc., (iii) In case of (ii), the original Power of Attorney if it is specifically for this Contract or a Photostat copy of the Power of Attorney if it is General Power of Attorney and such documents should be attached to this Safety Plan. Section IX. Contract Forms 9-156 2. For all safety monitoring/ documentation, Engineer In-charge / Regional In-charge of safety at RHQ will be the nodal Officers for communication. Section IX. Contract Forms 9-157 CHECK LIST FOR SEFETY PLAN S. N. Details of Enclosure Status Remarks of Submission of information/ documents 1. Annexure – 1A (SP) Yes/No Safe work procedure for each activity i.e. foundation works including civil works, erection, stringing (as applicable), testing & commissioning, disposal of materials at site / store etc. to be executed at site. 2. Annexure – 1B (SP) Yes/No Manpower deployment plan, activity wise foundation works including civil works, erection, stringing (as applicable), testing & commissioning, disposal of materials at site / store etc. 3. Annexure – 2 (SP) Yes/No List of Lifting Machines i.e. Crane, Hoist, Triffor, Chain Pulley Blocks etc. and Lifting Tools and Tackles i.e. D shackle, Pulleys, come along clamps, wire rope slings etc. and all types of ropes i.e. Wire ropes, Poly propylene Rope etc. used for lifting purposes along with test certificates. 4. Annexure – 3 (SP) Yes/No List of Personal Protective Equipment (PPE), activity wise including the following along with test certificate of each as applicable: 1. Industrial Safety Helmet to all workmen at site. (EN 397 / IS 2925) with chin strap and back stay arrangement. 2. Safety shoes without steel toe to all ground level workers and canvas shoes for workers working on tower. 3. Rubber Gum Boot to workers working in rainy season / concreting job. 4. Twin lanyard Full Body Safety harness with shock absorber and leg strap arrangement Section IX. Contract Forms 9-158 S. N. Details of Enclosure Status Remarks of Submission of information/ documents for all workers working at height for more than three meters. Safety Harness should be with attachments of light weight such as of aluminium alloy etc. and having a feature of automatic locking arrangement of snap hook and comply with EN 361 / IS 3521 standards. 5. Mobile fall arrestors for safety of workers during their ascending / descending from tower / on tower. EN 353 -2 (Guided type fall arresters on a flexible anchorage line.) 6. Retractable type fall arrestor (EN360: 2002) for ascending / descending on suspension insulator string etc. 7. Providing of good quality cotton hand gloves / leather hand gloves for workers engaged in handling of tower parts or as per requirement at site. 8. Electrical Resistance hand gloves to workers for handling electrical equipment / Electrical connections. IS : 4770 9. Dust masks to workers handling cement as per requirement. 10. Face shield for welder and Grinders. IS : 1179 / IS : 2553 11. Other PPEs, if any, as per requirement etc. 5. Annexure – 4 (SP) Yes/No List of Earthing Equipment / Earthing devices with Earthing lead conforming to IECs for earthing equipments are – (855, 1230, 1235 etc.) gang wise for stringing activity/as per requirement 6. Annexure – 5A (SP) Yes/No List of Qualified Safety Officer(s) alongwith their contact details 7. Annexure – 5B (SP) Yes/No Details of Explosive Operator (if required), Safety officer / Safety supervisor for every erection / stinging gang, any other person nominated for safety, list of personnel trained in First Aid as well as brief information about safety set up by the Section IX. Contract Forms 9-159 S. N. Details of Enclosure Status Remarks of Submission of information/ documents Contractor alongwith copy of organisation of the Contractor in regard to safety 8. Annexure – 6 (SP) Copy of Safety Policy/ Safety Document of the Yes/No Contractor’s company 9. Annexure – 7 (SP) Yes/No ‘Emergency Preparedness Plan’ for different incidences i.e. Fall from height, Electrocution, Sun Stroke, Collapse of pit, Collapse of Tower, Snake bite, Fire in camp / Store, Flood, Storm, Earthquake, Militancy etc. while carrying out different activities under execution i.e. foundation works including civil works, erection, stringing (as applicable), testing & commissioning, disposal of materials at site / store etc. 10. Annexure – 8 (SP) Yes/No Safety Audit Check Lists ( Formats to be enclosed) 11. Annexure – 9 (SP) Yes/No Copy of the module of Safety Training Programs on Safety, Health and Environment, safe execution of different activities of works for Contractor’s own employees on regular basis and sub contractor employees. 12. Annexure – 10A (SP) Information alongwith documentary evidences in regard to the Contractor’s compliance to various statutory requirements including the following: (i) Electricity Act 2003 Yes/No _______________________________________ [Name of Documentary evidence in support of compliance] (ii) Factories Act 1948 Yes/No Section IX. Contract Forms 9-160 S. N. Details of Enclosure Status Remarks of Submission of information/ documents _______________________________________ [Name of Documentary evidence in support of compliance] (iii) Building & other construction workers (Regulation Yes/No of Employment and Conditions of Services Act and Central Act 1996) and Welfare Cess Act 1996 with Rules. _______________________________________ [Name of Documentary evidence in support of compliance] (iv) Workmen Compensation Act 1923 and Rules. Yes/No _______________________________________ [Name of Documentary evidence in support of compliance] (v) Public Insurance Liabilities Act 1991 and Rules. Yes/No _______________________________________ [Name of Documentary evidence in support of compliance] (vi) Indian Explosive Act 1948 and Rules. Yes/No _______________________________________ [Name of Documentary evidence in support of compliance] (vii) Indian Petroleum Act 1934 and Rules. Yes/No _______________________________________ [Name of Documentary evidence in support of compliance] (viii) License under the contract Labour (Regulation & Yes/No Abolition) Act 1970 and Rules. _______________________________________ [Name of Documentary evidence in support of compliance] (ix) Indian Electricity Rule 1956 and amendments if Yes/No Section IX. Contract Forms 9-161 S. N. Details of Enclosure Status Remarks of Submission of information/ documents any, from time to time. _______________________________________ [Name of Documentary evidence in support of compliance] (x) The Environment (Protection) Act 1986 and Yes/No Rules. _______________________________________ [Name of Documentary evidence in support of compliance] (xi) Child Labour (Prohibition & Regulation) Act 1986. Yes/No _______________________________________ [Name of Documentary evidence in support of compliance] (xii) National Building Code of India 2005 (NBC 2005). Yes/No _______________________________________ [Name of Documentary evidence in support of compliance] (xiii) Indian standards for construction of Low/ Medium/ Yes/No High/ Extra High Voltage Transmission Line _______________________________________ [Name of Documentary evidence in support of compliance] (iv) Any other statutory requirement(s) Yes/No [please specify] _______________________________________ [Name of Documentary evidence in support of compliance] 13. Annexure – 10B (SP) Details of Insurance Policies alongwith documentary evidences taken by the Contractor for the insurance coverage against accident for all employees as below: Section IX. Contract Forms 9-162 S. N. Details of Enclosure Status Remarks of Submission of information/ documents (i) Under Workmen Compensation Act 1923 and Yes/No Rules. _______________________________________ [Name of Documentary evidence in support of insurance taken] (ii) Public Insurance Liabilities Act 1991 Yes/No _______________________________________ [Name of Documentary evidence in support of insurance taken] (iii) Any Other Insurance Policies Yes/No _______________________________________ [Name of Documentary evidence in support of insurance taken] ____ EMPLOYER ANNEXURE 18 CHECKLIST FOR INSPECTION OF TRANSMISSION /DISTRIBUTION LINES AND SUBSTATIONS TRANSMISSION LINES NON-SHUT SHUT DEFECT MONTH DOWN DOWN DATE A. FOUNDATION A1 Soil erosion/uneven settlement A2 Any crack/damage to foundation A3 Any crack/damage to retaining wall/revetment A4 Missing/Damage/Earthwire/Strip A5 Earth Cutting from vicinity of foundation B. TOWER B1 Damaged/Missing Member BWL B2 Damaged/Missing Member AWL B3 Damaged/Missing nuts &bolts BWL B4 Damaged/Missing nuts &bolts AWL B5 Danger plate missing B6 Number plate missing B7 Phase plate missing B8 Protective coating disappeared B9 Step bolts missing B 10 Foreign material on Tower viz birds nest C. HARDWARE FITTINGS & INSULATORS C1 Surface pollution C2 Unusual deflection of string C3 Flash over/Burning mark C4 No. of fitting damage C5 No. of disc damage D. CONDUCTOR AND EARTHWIRE D1 Strands cut and open D2 Loose jumpers of conductor D3 Hanging earthwire D4 Dislocated/Loose VD of conductor D5 Missing VD of Conductor D6 Dislocated/Loose VD of earthwire D7 Missing VD of earthwire D8 Spacers Missing D9 Spacers Dislocated/Loose D 10 Jumper/Hard Spacer missing TRANSMISSION LINES NON-SHUT SHUT DEFECT MONTH DOWN DOWN DATE D 11 Jumper/Hard spacer loose/dislocated D 12 Copper bonds missing D 13 Copper bonds dislocated E. ELECTRICAL CLEARANCE E1 Details of trees causing/may cause problems E2 Infringement in clearance of bottom conductors to ground E3 Infringement in clearance of earthwire to conductor E4 Any new construction seen within the line E5 Well blasting below the line Patrolling done by Signature Counter Signature by Line Section I/C 1) Comments with signature of Line Section In-charge Date SUB-STATION SL. ACTIVITY TEST RESULTS TO S/D PERIOD NO BE APPROVED BY 1 AC PLANT 1.1 AHU 1.2 Compressors 1.3 Condenser Unit 1.4 Cooling Towers 1.5 Electrical Motor 1.6 LT Panels 1.7 Water Treatment 2 BATTERY SYSTEMS 3 BUSBARS 4 CAPACITANCE VOLTAGE TRANSFORMER 5 CIRCUIT BREAKERS 5.1 Air Blast CB 5.2 CB Operation 5.3 Control Cabinet 5.4 Measurement 5.5 SF6 CB SUB-STATION SL. ACTIVITY TEST RESULTS TO S/D PERIOD NO BE APPROVED BY 6 CURRENT TRANSFORMER 7 DG SET 8 FIRE PROTECTION 8.1 Compressor 8.2 Deluge System 8.3 Diesel Engine 8.4 Electrical Panel 8.5 Fire Alarm System 8.6 Fire Extinguish 8.7 General 8.8 Hydrant System 8.9 Jockey Pump 8.10 Motors 8.11 Pumps 8.12 Strainers 9 ISOLATORS & E/S 9.1 Earth Switch 9.2 Main Contacts 9.3 Marshalling Box 9.4 Operating mech. 10 LIGHTNING ARRESTORS 11 CT SW. GEARS (ACDB) 12 PLCC SYSTEM 13 PROTECTION SYSTEMS 14 SHUNT REACTORS 15 TELEPHONE EXCHANGE 16 WAVE TRAPS ANNEXURE- 19 SAMPLE TERMS OF REFERENCE (TOR) FOR BIODIVERSITY ASSESSMENT STUDY 1.0 Background : Power transmission is a less intrusive activity. Its operational activities are totally different from other linear transportation corridors. However, it may have some negative impacts on area it traverses and affect any sensitive receptors in its vicinity. In order to ensure that there is minimum impact on any important biodiversity area encountered along the routes, if any, a specific Biodiversity Assessment Study for this stretch shall be undertaken by independent agency to provide necessary mitigation measures that can be incorporated into overall Environment Management Plan (EMP) of the project. 2.0 Objectives & Scope of the Study : The above study aims in identifying potential impacts on flora and fauna and to suggest relevant compensatory and mitigatory measures to protect/conserve biodiversity in the likely impacted area along RoW of transmission line due to the project activity. To achieve this agency/consultant shall carry out a comprehensive study on biological, socio-economic aspects along the proposed routes ( RoW) limited to affected biodiversity area and assess the potential impacts and risks (direct as well as indirect/ induced) due to the project activities and shall suggest appropriate measures for compensating & mitigating measures for managing the same. This study will describe the biodiversity values present on the development site and the impact of the project activity on these values and also identify reasonable measures and strategies that can be taken to avoid and minimise impacts on biodiversity. 3.0 Approach and Methodology of the Study: The study will essentially carried out in two parts: i) Baseline study in order to determine what flora & fauna species of concern might be found along the route in such sensitive areas through review of data from secondary sources like important data base (IBAT Business), using Satellite imaginary like GIS and GPS technique, IUCN Red data lists, other literatures/publications, various notifications/ gazette, forest/wildlife management plans and other studies, if available ii) Field study and collection of primary data along the route in protected/sensitive areas on key parameters like a) Details of flora & fauna with special reference to endemic/threatened species population reported from the study area. b) Description of habitat for such endemic/threatened species, , ecology and like threat including the breeding, foraging pattern and its conservation plan/biodiversity action plan undertaken, if any c) Socio-economic values of the affected area vis-à-vis biodiversity values. d) Consultations with forest/wildlife officials, local communities, technical & managerial staff of Utility and survey team. 4.0 Output: The agency will submit biodiversity assessment report including management plan broadly covering following aspects: 1) Baseline status of diversity values project affected area : Biodiversity assessment shall include details on forest/ tree cover with species and girth distribution, density/crown, description of understory and middle storey flora & fauna, if any, survey of fauna including species abundance, major habitats, current distribution etc. The study also cover distribution of species in terms of seasonal issues related to breeding and feeding ecology and geographical issues related with the movement of wild species including species from cryptic habitats. This study also identify any rare, endangered, threatened, and endemic species of flora and fauna present along the route. If such species are present, the assessment shall also include geographical features and other associations important for survival of these species and their role in community ecology. 2) Study of ecological, environmental and socio-economic impacts: The study should concentrate on the likely impacts on flora & fauna including their role in community ecology due to project activities. The study shall include impact on socio-economic aspect and also impact on ancillary activities such as provision of access roads to site, on other resources on biodiversity value in the affected area. 3) Management Plan for bio-diversity conservation : Based on the assessment, suitable management plan shall be prepared describing adequate compensation, mitigation and management measures with respect to identified impacts, if any. It should focus on measures for conserving important resources, recommending avoidance of impacts by modifying design of specific activities/components if practical, minimum compensatory measures required by GoI/State government for mitigation and/or management measures for indirect or induced impacts, institutional arrangements including co-ordination mechanisms that need strengthening, description of roles and responsibilities, and budgetary resources required. 5.0 Resource Requirements: It is anticipated that the assignment will require a Biodiversity Expert assisted by a field team of support professionals including Ecologist, Wildlife Biologist, and Zoologist & Environmental Management/Planning Specialist etc. 6.0 Completion Schedule & Final Deliverables: It is expected that the above study will be completed within 8-14 weeks from the date of issuance of Work Order. The agency will submit final report in both hard & soft copy with within 2 weeks of acceptance of report. ANNEXURE-20 TABLE OF CONTENT FOR INITIAL ENVIRONMENT ASSESSMENT REPORT (IEAR) FOR SUB PROJECT Section - I: Project Description: Brief description of the background, objective of the project, resultant benefit and scope of the work Section – II: Base line data: Description of the relevant physical, physiographical, and socio- economic condition of the project area including description of natural resources base like forest resources or any other environment sensitive areas like National Park sanctuary etc. along with description of climatic condition, population and other demographic features of the project area. Section -III: Policy, Legal and Regulatory framework: Description of the policy, Legal and Regulatory framework applicable to transmission project and the environmental requirement under which environment assessment has been carried out. Section – IV: TSECL Approach for Route Selection: Brief description of the environmental criteria for selection of route and sub-station(if applicable) description of alternative studies made for proposed route of transmission line including systematic analysis of different alternative studied with reference to particular environmental & social parameters like involvement of forest, protected areas, significant economic benefit associated with the project and without the project etc. and reason for selection of proposed route. Section – V: Screening of potential Environmental impact, evaluation and mitigation measures: Description of the criteria for identification of potential impact due to project location, construction and operation on the environment (clearing of forest/vegetation) public health, landscape etc. its extent magnitude, duration and significance. The section will also list different measures like design modification, variation in alignment compensation etc. to either completely avoid or to mitigate such impact to the extent possible. Section also details out process of public consultation for the given project and peoples reaction/suggestion if any and a conclusion regarding further studies required for selected impacts if any. Section – VI: Monitoring and organization support structure: Describing of the monitoring plan reporting pattern/frequency, cost estimate, external monitoring requirement/timing for potential environment & social issues with detailed Environment Management Plan (EMP) and proposed organization support structure for the same including training needs if so felt. Enclosures: 1) Original Topo map (SOI) with alternative route marked 2) Public Consultation details like list of participants, photos etc. 3) Any other supporting documents. ANNEXURE 21 TABLE OF CONTENT FOR COMPENSATION PLAN FOR TEMPORARY DAMAGES (CPTD) FOR SUB PROJECT Section - I: Project Description: Brief description of the background, benefits of the project, objective of compensation plan. Section – II: Project Impacts : Minimization of impacts, description of alternative studies made for proposed route of transmission line including systematic analysis of different alternative studied with reference to particular environmental & social parameters like involvement of forest, protected areas, significant economic benefit associated with the project and without the project etc. and reason for selection of proposed route, analysis of impacts including numbers of affected persons/household, land use traversed etc. . Section – III: Socio-economic and Environmental Analysis for CPTD: Description of the physical, physiographical, socio-economic condition of the project area including other demographic features of the project area, Preliminary Social assessment, Impact due to project location and design and Critical social review criteria Section -IV: Compensation Framework: Description of compensation plan, Procedure for tree/crops/land compensation. Section – V: Stakeholders Participation & Compensation: Public Consultation during Preliminary Survey and peoples reaction/suggestion if any, Plan for further consultation during implementation Section – VI: Institutional Arrangements for Implementation and Monitoring: Describing the implementation schedule, Grievances Redressal Mechanism, Disclosure, Evaluation and monitoring plan. Budget provision for compensation ANNEXURE-22 TABLE OF CONTENT FOR FINAL ENVIRONMENT ASSESSMENT REPORT (FEAR) FOR TRANSMISSION AND DISTRIBUTION PROJECT Section - I: Project Description: Brief description of the background, objective of the project, resultant benefit and scope of the work Section – II: Base line data: Description of the relevant physical, physiographical, and socio- economic condition of the project area including description of natural resources base like forest resources or any other environment sensitive areas like National Park sanctuary etc. along with description of climatic condition, population and other demographic features of the project area. Section -III: Policy, Legal and Regulatory framework: Description of the policy, Legal and Regulatory framework applicable to transmission project and the environmental requirement under which environment assessment has been carried out. Section – IV: Major Features of Final Route & Environment Impact: Brief description of the environmental criteria for selection of route and major features of final route alignment , details of forest involvement including number of trees and species of the trees likely to be effected. The details of forest clearance and environmental impact matrix describing in brief the extent of impact of transmission line. Section – V: Potential Environmental Impact, Evaluation and its Management: Description of the measures adopted and under implementation for identified impact due to project location, design, construction, O&M details of public consultation and its documentation, details of contractual conditions regarding safeguard issues under scope of contract for compliance and conclusion listing the category of the project based on the impact and analysis. Section – VI: Monitoring and Organization Support Structure: Description of the monitoring plan, reporting pattern/frequency, external monitoring requirement/timing for potential environment & social issues with compliance status of Environment Management Plan (EMP) and organization support structure. Enclosures: 1) Original Topo / GIS map with Final route marked 2) Public Consultation details like list of participants, photos etc. 3) Copy of Forest proposal and Compensatory Afforstation plan. 4) Forest approval letters 5) Tree, crop/tower footing compensation details 6) Contract conditions regarding safeguard issues. 7) Budget/Expenditure 8) Compliance details of safety checklist/measures ANNEXURE-23 AEGCL/APDCL’S PUBLIC CONSULTATION PROCESS Public consultation forms an integral part of AEGCL/APDCL’S project cycle, and will be carried out in local language for wider/better understanding. The process of consultation and its documentation shall be as follows: TRANSMISSION LINES 1. When planning a transmission line, public consultation is used as an integral tool for screening, assessment and finalisation of route alignment. During initial screening and walkover survey, AEGCL/APDCL staffs meet the public in the route of proposed transmission line. Observations and problems arising from these discussions are given due consideration while finalising the route. 2. During the survey for tower spotting, AEGCL/APDCL site officials meet the public i.e. people coming in the route of the line. This enables AEGCL/APDCL to gauge public opinion. At the time of construction, every individual on whose land a tower is to be erected is met with. People coming in the way of the ROW are consulted and their views and suggestions are incorporated thus allowing for public participation. 3. During construction AEGCL/APDCL pays the compensation for any damages to each land owner and obtains their final acknowledgement. 4. During maintenance, AEGCL/APDCL consults the individual landowners, obtains their approval and pays compensation for any damage to property. Substations: 1. AEGCL/APDCL identifies locations of the substation. If it is private/panchayat land AEGCL/APDCL shall request GoA for acquisition for their purpose after selecting suitable one as per RFCTLARRA, 2013. Preliminary Social Assessment shall be done by AEGCL/APDCL as per funding agency requirement and public views shall be recorded too, till this point. 2. Further processing shall be done by concerned dept. of GoA as per RFCTLARRA, 2013and after acquisition GoA will give possession to AEGCL/APDCL. In order to further streamline the consultation process for transmission/distribution line and to facilitate documentation of the same, the followings aspects may be shared during public discussion:  complete project plan (i.e. its route and terminating point and substations, if any, in between  design standards in relation to approved international standards;  health impacts in relation to EMF;  measures taken to avoid public utilities such as school, hospitals, etc.;  other impacts associated with TL/DL and AEGCL/APDCL’S approach to minimising and solving them; AEGCL/APDCL shall practise to use one or more of the following consultation techniques at various stages. These include: (1) Public meetings: AEGCL/APDCL will hold public meetings during its EAMP process at appropriate locations along the length of the transmission line. Public meetings will include one to one meetings with land owners during transmission tower spotting. Larger group meetings will be organised at strategic distances along the length of the transmission line. These will consist of all or at least most of the people to be directly affected by the concerned project and their local Gram Panchayat leaders. (2) Informal small group meetings: Informal small group meetings will be conducted during walkover survey to find out local environmental and social issues along the proposed transmission line route. These meetings will be conducted by Site staff at appropriate intervals. (3) Information brochures and Pamphlets: AEGCL/APDCL will make available information and project specific details to the public through Information brochures and Pamphlets. These brochures and pamphlets will contain information on: the overall project plan; design and construction standards; prudent deviations from design standards from transmission towers near schools, hospitals, human habitation; potential impacts and generic mitigation measures; resettlement and rehabilitation; and, compensation. (4) Operating field offices: Information regarding the proposed transmission line can be accessed by the public from operating field offices. Information will be provided through brochures and pamphlets and any further queries will be responded by AEGCL/APDCL’s staff. (5) Local planning visits and site visits: AEGCL/APDCL’s staff will visit field sites. During this time informal contacts will be established with the local people. Reactions of the public to the project will be informally gauged. (6) Response to public Enquires: Circle office will respond to public enquiries by post or through notices in local news papers. 7) Press release inviting comments: AEGCL/APDCL will publish details of proposed transmission routes in two local newspapers. Public will be invited to comment in writing or by meeting concerned AEGCL/APDCL officials within a specified period. AEGCL/APDCL will then incorporate relevant objections and suggestions. (8) Project coordination committees: AEGCL/APDCL will set up grievance redressal committees to address the complaints and objections that PAP’s may have regarding the project, its impacts or mitigation measures. (9) Ombudsman or representative: For building a consensus on the project its impacts and mitigation measures, the PAPs will be encouraged to elect or appoint a trusted ombudsman or representative. (10) Public Displays: AEGCL/APDCL will show their model projects to public/small representative groups. DOCUMENTATION The proceedings of the above consultation shall be documented. Details recorded will include date of the meeting, venue, number and possibly the names of the people attended, issues discussed and the outcome of the meeting. The manager at Circle office/site will apply combinations of the appropriate techniques at various activities of a project depending upon the field conditions as shown below: Milestones Process Techniques 1. Environmental &  Screen &scope TL/DLs from an Informal small group meetings, social screening & environmental and social perspective local planning visits and site visits scoping for TL/DL - spot verification 2. Environmental &  Screen &scope SS from an Informal small group meetings, social screening & environmental and social perspective Local planning visits and site visits scoping for SS - spot verification 3. EAMP  TL/DLs & SS Public meetings, Press release - undertake environmental review inviting comments and formulate appropriate management measures 4. CPTD  TL Informal small group meetings, - negotiate compensation packages with local planning visits and site visits, revenue authorities and Affected Response to public enquiries person (APs) - finalise and document compensation and other management measures 5. Execution of  Execute environmental management Information brochures and Environmental works pamphlets, Operating field offices, management works - Appropriate clearance for Response to public enquiries Transmission line ROW, etc. Milestones Process Techniques - compensatory afforestation 6. Execution of Social  TL Information brochures and management works - pay compensation as agreed and pamphlets, Operating field offices, documented in CPTD and execute Response to public enquiries other measures Information brochures and  SS pamphlets, Operating field offices, - deposit compensation and take Response to public enquiries possession of land - 7. Environmental and  Monitor EAMP measures Information brochures and Social monitoring - maintenance of ROW pamphlets, Operating field offices, - progress on compensatory Response to public enquiries afforestation  Monitor CPTD measures Informal small group meetings - appropriate compensation and other measures during maintenance of towers and lines